UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, or

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172021

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number001-36166

 

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

Delaware

27-1566372

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

125 High Street

Boston, MA 02110

(617)351-5000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

HMHC

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of RegulationS-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K or any amendment to thisForm 10-K.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

☐  

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held bynon-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2017,2021, was approximately $1.3$1.22 billion.

The number of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding as of February 2, 20181, 2022 was 123,430,481.127,728,011.

Documents incorporated by reference and made a part of this Form10-K:

The information required by Part III of this Form10-K, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 20182020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2017.2021.

 

 


 


Table of Contents

 

Page(s)

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

3

PART I

Item 1.

Business

Business

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

13

15

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

24

27

Item 2.

Properties

Properties25

28

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

25

28

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

25

28

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

26

29

Item 6.

Reserved

Selected Financial Data28

30

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

30

31

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

60

52

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

61

52

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

115

106

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

115

106

Item 9B.

Other Information

116

107

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions That Prevent Inspections

107

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

116

107

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

116

107

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

116

107

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

116

107

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

116

107

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Exhibits117

118

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

Form10-K Summary122

123

SIGNATURES

SIGNATURES

123

124


 

2


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained herein include forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “could,” “intends,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “forecast,” “intend,” “plan,” “potential,” “project,” “target” or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not statements of historical facts. They include statements regarding the outcome or any unexpected impacts of our proposed acquisition by Veritas; our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations; financial condition; liquidity; prospects, growth and strategies; the expected impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic; our competitive strengths; the industry in which we operate; the impact of new accounting guidance and tax laws; expenses; effective tax rates; future liabilities; the outcome and impact of pending or threatened litigation; decisions of our customers; education expenditures; population growth; state curriculum adoptions and purchasing cycles; the impact of dispositions, acquisitions and other investments; our share repurchase program; the timing, structure and expected impact of our operational efficiency and cost-reduction initiatives and the estimated savings and amounts expected to be incurred in connection therewith; and potential business decisions. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, weWe caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. All forward-looking statements are based upon information available to us on the date of this report.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that actual results may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained herein. In addition, even if actual results are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained herein, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.

Important factors that could cause actual results to vary from expectations include, but are not limited to: changesto the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstance that could give rise to the termination of the merger agreement that we entered into with entities beneficially owned by The Veritas Capital Fund VII, L.P. (“Veritas”) on February 21, 2022, pursuant to which we expect to become a wholly owned subsidiary of an entity owned by Veritas; the failure to satisfy required closing conditions under the merger agreement, including, but not limited to, the tender of a minimum number of our outstanding shares of common stock in the related tender offer and the receipt of required regulatory approvals, or the failure to complete the merger in a timely manner; risks related to disruption of management’s attention from our ongoing business operations due to the pendency of the transaction with Veritas; the effect of the announcement of the transaction with Veritas on our operating results and business generally, including, but not limited to, our ability to retain and hire key personnel and maintain our relationships with strategic partners, customers, suppliers, school districts and others with whom we do business; the impact of the pending transaction with Veritas on our strategic plans and operations and our ability to respond effectively to competitive pressures, industry developments and future opportunities; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against us and others relating to the merger agreement; the duration and severity of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on the federal, state and local education funding and/or related programs, legislationeconomies and procurement processes; changes in state academic standards; industry cycles and trends;on K-12 schools; the rate and state of technological change; state requirements related to digital instructional materials; changes in product distribution channels and concentration of retailer power; changes in our competitive environment, including free and low-cost open educational resources; periods of operating and net losses; our ability to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights; risks based on information technology systems and potential breaches of those systems; dependence on a small number of print and paper vendors; third-party software and technology development; possible defects in digital products; our ability to identify, complete, or achieve the expected benefits of, acquisitions; our ability to execute on our long-term growthdigital first, connected strategy; increases in our operating costs; exposure to litigation; major disasters or other external threats; contingent liabilities; risks related to our indebtedness; future impairment charges; changes in school district payment practices; a potential increase in the portion of our sales coming from digital sales; risks related to doing business abroad; changes in tax law or interpretation; management and personnel changes; timing, higher costs and unintended consequences of our operational efficiency and cost-reduction initiatives;initiatives and other factors discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of ourthis Annual Report on Form10-K (this “Annual Report”). In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events described herein may not occur.

We undertake no obligation, and do not expect, to publicly update or publicly revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained herein.


3


Item 1. Business

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “HMH” and the “Company” refer to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, formerly known as HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

Our Company

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt isWe are a global learning technology company committed to delivering integratedconnected solutions that engage learners, empower educators and improve student outcomes. We serve overAs a leading provider of Kindergarten through 12th grade (“K-12”) core curriculum, supplemental and intervention solutions, and professional learning services, HMH partners with educators and school districts to uncover solutions that unlock students’ potential and extend teachers’ capabilities. HMH estimates that it serves more than 50 million students and three million teacherseducators in more than 150 countries worldwide.countries.

HMH focusesWe focus on the kindergarten through 12th grade(“K-12”)K-12 market and, in the United States, we are a market leader. We specialize in comprehensive core curriculum, supplemental and intervention solutions, as well asand we provide ongoing support in professional learning coaching and technical servicescoaching for educators and administrators. HMHOur offerings are rooted in learning science, and we work with research partners, universities and third-party organizations as we design, build, implement and iterate our offerings to maximize their effectiveness. We are purposeful about innovation, leveraging technology to create engaging and immersive experiences designed to deepen learning experiences for students and to extend teachers’ capabilities so that they can focus on making meaningful connections with their students.

HMH’sOn May 10, 2021, we completed the sale of all of the assets and liabilities used primarily in the HMH Books & Media segment, our consumer publishing business. The divestiture enables HMH to focus singularly on K–12 education and accelerate growth momentum in digital sales, annual recurring revenue and free cash flow while paying down a significant portion of our debt.

Our diverse portfolio enables us to help ensure that every student and teacher has the tools needed for success. We are able to build deep partnerships with school districts and leverage the scope of our offerings to provide holistic solutions at scale with the support of ourfar-reaching sales force and talented field-based specialists and consultants. We provide print, digital, and hybridblended print/digital solutions that are tailored to a district’s needs, goals and technological readiness.

For nearly two centuries, HMH’s Trade Publishing division has brought renownedOn February 21, 2022, we entered into an Agreement and awarded children’s, fiction, nonfiction, culinaryPlan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Harbor Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”), and reference titles to readers throughout the world. Our distinguished author list includes ten Nobel Prize winners, forty-eight Pulitzer Prize winners,Harbor Purchaser Inc., a Delaware corporation and fifteen National Book Award winners. We are home to popular characters and titles such as Curious George, Carmen Sandiego,The Lorda wholly owned subsidiary of the Rings,Parent (the “Purchaser”) providing for the acquisition of us by the Parent through a cash tender offer (the “Offer”) by the Purchaser for all of our outstanding shares of common stock, at a price of $21.00 per share of common stock (the “Offer Price”). The Whole 30,Parent and the Purchaser are beneficially owned by The Best American Series,Veritas Capital Fund VII, L.P. The completion of the Peterson Field Guides, CliffsNotes,Offer will be conditioned on at least a majority of the shares of our outstanding common stock having been validly tendered into the Offer, receipt of certain regulatory approvals andThe Polar Express, other customary conditions. Following the completion of the Offer, the Purchaser will merge with and publisheddistinguished authors suchinto the Company, with the Company surviving as Philip Roth, Temple Grandin, Tim O’Brien, Amos Oz, Kwame Alexander, Lois Lowry,a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent, pursuant to the procedure provided for under Section 251(h) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, without any additional stockholder approvals. We currently expect the transaction to close in the second quarter of 2022. If the transaction is completed, it is expected that our common stock will be removed from listing on the Nasdaq Stock Market and Chris Van Allsburg.from registration under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report for additional information regarding this transaction.

Market Overview

HMH operatesWe operate predominantly within the U.S.K-12 Education education market, which represents over $600$750 billion of total spending annually, and specifically withinannually. Specifically, we focus on the U.S. market forK-12 instructional materials and services, which we estimate to be approximately $11.0$10.0+ billion in size. Internationally, we export and sellK-12 English language education products to premium private schools that utilize the U.S. curriculum, located primarily in Asia, the Pacific, the Middle East, Latin America, the Caribbean and Africa. We also participate in the U.S. Trade publishing market, which is estimated to be approximately $16.0 billion according to the Association of American Publishers.


The U.S. Education market comprises approximately 13,60013,500 K-12 public school districts, 132,800130,000 public and private schools, 3.53.7 million teachers and 55.856.4 million total student enrollmentenrolled students across public, private and charter schools. From 2013-2014Fall 2022 to 2025-2026,Fall 2029, total publicelementary and secondary school enrollment, a major long-terman important driver of long-term growth in theK-12 Education market, is projected to increase by 3%0.7% to 51.456.8 million students, according to the National Center for Education Statistics.

The primary sources of funding for public schools in the U.S. are state and local tax collections, with Federal funding historically accounting for slightly less than 10%approximately 8% of public education spending nationally. Consequently, general or localized economic conditions as well as legislative and political decisions which affect the ability of

4


state and school districts to raise revenue through tax collections can have a significant impact on spending and growth in theK-12 Education market. The COVID-19 pandemic has had an adverse impact on tax revenues and other financial resources in some states, which could adversely affect state and local spending on public schools, although it is expected that federal pandemic relief funding will help to mitigate those impacts. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act, the Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act of 2021, and the American Rescue Plan Act collectively provided over $263.0 billion in one-time emergency support for education through an Education Stabilization Fund, including $189.5 billion exclusively designated for public K-12 education. PublicK-12 education has been, and remains, a high priority for political leaders, historically accounting for more thanone-fifth of all state and local government spending.

Education policy and curriculum choices have traditionally been local prerogatives in the U.S., but Federal law and policy also play an important role. The Elementary and Secondary Education Act (“ESEA”), reauthorized in 2015 by the Every Student Succeeds Act (“ESSA”), requires that states, as a condition to receiving Federal education funds, adopt challenging academic content standards, administer annual student tests aligned to those standards, develop systems of accountability tied to specific goals for student achievement, and take measures to identify and support low performing schools. ESSA gives states more flexibility than they had under prior law, but still requires standards-based, largely assessment-driven accountability with a focus on the achievement of students in all demographic subgroups.

One important change brought about by ESSA is that states are now permitted to use growth in student achievement as measured by statewide assessments, in addition to grade-level proficiency, as an academic indicator for purposes of accountability. Instructional solutions that incorporate interim assessments and data analytics to help monitor student performance in real time will be especially useful in states that incorporate student growth as a significant element of their accountability systems. Other changes brought about by ESSA include a greater emphasis on English language learners, with progress towards English proficiency now a required element of state accountability plans, a requirement that products and solutions paid for with Federal education funds have evidence of effectiveness, and new requirements and expectations for Federally funded educator professional learning programs. The new law also gives states and school districts greater flexibility in how they spend Federal dollars and how they demonstrate that Federal funds are used to supplement and not supplant state and local spending.

Title I, the largest program within ESSA,ESEA, and other ESSAESEA programs also provide targeted funding for specific activities, such as early childhood education, school improvement, dropout prevention, and before- and after-school programs. The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (“IDEA”) governs how states and public agencies provide early intervention, special education and related services to children with disabilities. In addition,Generally, school districts in many states are now ablepermitted to spend educationalESEA funds on “instructional materials” that includeinstructional materials, including core and supplemental materials, computer software, digital media, digital courseware, and online services.

Academic content standards, which are grade-level expectations for student learning, are established at the state level. States generally review and revise standards in each of the various subject areas every six to eight years, and the revision or adoption of new standards typically gives rise to the need for new instructional materials and services aligned to the new or revised standards. A large percentage ofContent standards in English language arts and reading in many states have adopted theare modeled to varying degrees after Common Core State Standards (“CCSS”) and in English language arts and mathematics or standards largely based onscience after the Common Core, and, as of December 2017, nineteen states had adopted Next Generation Science Standards (“NGSS”). Both the CCSS and NGSS are products ofstate-led collaborations. The adoptionpromulgation of these model standards has led to greater uniformityconsistency among statesstates’ content standards but has not completely eliminated differences orand the need for customized state-specific instructional materials.

Market Segments

Core Curriculum

InInternationally, we export and sell K-12 English language education products to premium private schools that utilize the U.S.,K-12 curriculum, who are located primarily in Asia, the Pacific, the Middle East, Latin America, the Caribbean and Africa.  

Education net sales and billings are derived from Core Solutions and Extensions. Core Solutions products address the core curriculum market with grade-level, educational standards-aligned materials. Extensions products address the markets for supplemental programs, providesintervention programs, and professional learning.


Market Segments

Core Curriculum

Our core curriculum offerings cover state-level educational content and assessments to over 55.8 million students across approximately 132,800 public and private elementary and secondary schools. Core programs cover curriculum standards inwithin a particular subject and include a comprehensive offering of teacher and student materials necessary to conduct the classgrade-level instruction throughout the entire school year. Products and services include students’ print and digital offeringsresources and a variety of supporting materials such as teacher’s editions, formative assessments, supplemental materials, whole group instruction materials, practice aids educational games and services.ancillary materials.

5


Core curriculum programs traditionally have been the primary resource for classroom instruction in mostK-12 academic subjects, and as a result, enrollment trends are a major driver of industry growth. Although economic cycles may affect short-term buying patterns, school enrollments, a driver of growth in the educational content industry, are highly predictable and are expected to trend upward over the longer term.

Demand for core curriculum programs is also affected by changes in state curriculum standards, which drive instruction, assessment, and accountability in each state. A significant change in state curriculum standards requires that assessments, teacher training programs, and instructional materials be revised or replaced to align to the new standards, which historically has driven demand for new comprehensive curriculum programs.

In the U.S., core instructional material programs arecurriculum is typically selected and purchased at the school district level and, in some cases, at the individual school level. In nineteen19 states, before districts make their selections, programs are first evaluated at the state level for alignment to state academic standards and other criteria. These states are commonly referred to as “adoption states,” while states that do not have a state level review process are called “open states” or “open territory.territory states. The National Center for Education Statistics estimated the student population in adoption states represented approximately half of the U.S. public school elementary and secondary school-age population in 2021. In some adoption states, districts are required to select materials from the state-adopted list; in othersother adoption states, the state list is justserves as a recommendation, and districts are free to purchase and use whateverany materials they choose, whether or not adopted by the state. Adoption states typically review materials in the various subject areas on asix- to eight-year cycle. School districts in those states tend to follow the state review cycle and replace core programs in the year or years immediately following state adoption. In open territory states, each individual school or school district evaluates and purchases materials independently, typically according to a five- toten-year cycle. As a result, in individual adoption states, purchases of core instructional materials in a particular subject area tend to be clustered in a window of one to three years, while in individual open territory states they may be spreadoccur over several years.

The following chart illustrates the current adoption and open territory states:

The formal determination whether to approve a program for state adoption is typically made by the state board of education or chief state school officer, informed by recommendations by one or more instructional materials review committees comprised of educators, curriculum specialists, and or subject area experts. The district level selection process varies but, in both adoption and open states, usually entails presentation to and evaluation by a committee of educators. State level evaluations typically focus primarily on alignment to state academic standards, whereas local evaluators consider, in addition to standards alignment, more subjective factors such as ease of use and suitability for particular student populations. Providers of instructional content often, although not always, customize their programs for particular states, including both adoption and open states, to strengthen alignment to state standards and assessments and/or to address specific needs and preferences of students and educators in a state.

6


The student population in adoption states represents approximately 53% of the U.S. elementary and secondaryschool-age population. A number of adoption states, and a few open territory states, provide categorical state funding for instructional materials; that is, funds that cannot be used for any purpose other than to purchase instructional content or, in some cases, technology equipment used to deliver instruction. In some states, categorical instructional materials funds can be used only for the purchase of materials on the state-approved list. In states that do not provide categorical state instructional materials funding, districts pay for materials primarily out of general purpose state formula aid and/or local funds.

Supplemental

Supplemental resources encompass a wide variety of targeted solutions that enrich learning and support student achievement beyond core curriculum. Supplemental resources can be print and/or digital, and can include software, workbooks, test-prep materials, software,formative assessment, games, and apps. Newer technologies, such as artificial intelligence and machine learning, combined with more sophisticated algorithms are also driving the rise in supplemental computer-adaptive practice solutions that can both support teachers who are often time and bandwidth constrained, as well as improve personalization of learning for students.

Many teachers augment their core curriculum with supplemental resources for additional practice and personalized instruction around particular areas of need, such as writingMath, Reading, Writing, or vocabulary.Vocabulary. Supplemental materials are purchased by districts, schools, or individual teachers, schools and districts whoseteachers. These purchases are typically not tied to adoption schedules and who useleverage funding from local, state and federal sources. We estimate this market to be approximately $2.5 billion per year.


Intervention

Intervention solutions are generally purchased by individual schools or districts. Demand for intervention materials is significant and growing in the United States. We estimate this market to be $1.5 billion per year. In the latest NAEP (NationalNational Assessment of Educational Progress)Progress assessments conducted in 2015,2019, more than 60 percent of public school students performedtested below proficiency in most grade levels in both literacy and mathematics. These students are strong candidates for intervention programs that are focused on improving outcomes and ensuring students perform at grade level. As demand for digital content and personalized learning solutions is growing, traditional distinctions between core, supplemental and intervention materials and assessments are blurring.

Intervention products and services are funded through state and local funding as well as Title I and other federal funding allocations pursuant to the ESSAESEA and IDEA. Title I provides funding to schools and school districts with high concentrations of students from low income families and is often used to purchase intervention products and services.

Assessment

The assessment market segment includes summative, formative orin-classroom, and cognitive assessments. Summative assessments are concluding or “final” exams that measure students’ proficiency in a particular subject or group of subjects on an aggregate level or against state standards. Formative assessments areon-going,in-classroom tests that occur throughout the school year and monitor progress in certain subjects or curriculum units. Diagnostic and cognitive assessments are designed to pinpoint areas of need and are often administered by specialists to identify learning difficulties and qualify individuals for special services under the requirements IDEA.

ESSA requires annual summative testing in reading and mathematics at grades 3 through 8 and one grade level of high school, as well as testing in science at a minimum of three grade levels. Under ESSA, states have greater flexibility than under the previous No Child Left Behind Act in choosing their assessment approach and how they intervene with the lowest performing schools. In addition, the law prohibits federal incentives for states to adopt any particular set of standards, including the Common Core State Standards, and assessments. Several states that had initially participated in the Common Core-based Smarter Balanced Assessment Consortium (“SBAC”) and the Partnership Assessment of Readiness for College and Careers (“PARCC”) have since dropped out of the consortia and decided to use other assessments to measure student achievement. Major challenges facing the future of the consortia are testing time, cost, and dependency for online assessment delivery.

7


As states plan for and implement new assessments and districts continue to transition to new standards, demand for quality measures and reporting systems that help educators prepare students for the content coverage and item types anticipated on the new assessments should continue to increase.

States rely heavily on large federal programs, such as Title I and IDEA to augment their contributions for assessments. Classroom assessment decisions are primarily made at the district level, relying on state and local funding.

Professional Learning

The professional learning market segment includes consulting and support services to assist individual schools and school districts in raising student achievement, implementing new programs and technology effectively, developing effective teachers, principals and leaders, as well as school and school-district turnaround and improvement solutions. We believe all districts and schools contract for some level of professional services. These services may include support forup-front training,in-classroom coaching, institutes, author workshops, professional learning communities, leadership development, technical support and maintenance, and program management.

ProfessionalOne important source of funding for professional learning is directly addressed in ESSA. ESSA restructuredthe K-12 market is Title II, the sectionPart A of the law addressing teacher quality, and eliminated federal “highly qualified teacher” requirements. ESSA prohibits U.S. Department of Education mandates and incentives to evaluate teachers based on student test scores, which in recent years have channeled resources and attention to the development of educator evaluation systems, measurement tools, and related training.ESEA, Supporting Effective Instruction. Title II, nowPart A focuses instead on the role of the profession in improving student achievement including new requirementsand requires that funds be used to ensuresupport professional development that is not only sustained, (“noone-day workshops”), but also“job-embedded”, “data-driven,”job-embedded, data-driven, and “personalized.” It is expected that school districts will need to focus their applications for teacher training to ensure teacher alignment with high quality standards as well as priorities for funds tolow-performing schools where comprehensive support and improvement plans are in place.personalized. There are also significant funding opportunities for professional learning as part of state programs, especially in states where theythat have consolidated program funding and want solutions that are “evidence-based.”evidence-based.

The professional learning services segment,market, which is relatively fragmented in the United States, is expected to grow as the transition to digital learning in classrooms increases the need for technology training and implementation support for educators. We currently estimate the professional learning market to be approximately $3.5 billion per year. We believe that the use of interim data, differentiation, teacher content knowledge (in mathematics) and the use of technology in the classroom are the areas in which teachers and leaders are most seeking support. Also, demand for teacher training and professional development opportunities tied to the implementation of new or revised standards at the state level is expected to continue. In addition, there is expected to be athe need to developfor new teachers asteacher development over the next several years areis expected to grow as we continue to see the “greening” of the teaching force, with approximately 200,000345,000 new teachers entering the work forcehired every year and roughly 50% attritionalong with an approximately 16% annual teacher turnover rate, among new teachers.

Trade Publishing

Trade Publishing market includes children’s, fiction, nonfiction, culinary and reference titles. While digital formats have gained some traction in this market, print remainsa trend that may continue or accelerate as a result of the primary format in which trade books are produced and distributed. In recent years, eBooks sales in the industry have declined while the market overall grew.COVID-19 pandemic.

Our Products and Services

HMH is organized along two reporting segments: Education and Trade Publishing. Our primary segment measuresWe are net sales and Adjusted EBITDA. The Education segment is our largest business, representing approximately 87% of our total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 88% of our total net sales for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

8


Education

Our Education segment provides integrateda learning technology company committed to delivering connected solutions that engage learners, empower educators and improve student outcomes. The principleprincipal customers for our Education products areK-12 school districts, which purchase core curriculum, supplemental and intervention solutions and professional learning services.

The Education segmentOur net sales and Adjusted EBITDA were $1,223.0$1,050.8 million, $840.5 million and $253.6 million, $1,207.1 million and $225.7 million, and $1,251.1 million and $269.4$1,211.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015, respectively.

2019, respectively, with our 2020 financial results being adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our Education offerings consist of the following:

 

Core Solutions: Our core curriculum offerings include education programs in disciplines including reading, math, social studiesReading, Literature, Math, Science and scienceSocial Studies that serve as primary sources of classroom


instruction and represented 52% and 55% of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Our core programs are developed based on extensive hours of research, including educator input. Educators are the centerpiece of the classroom, but count on comprehensive core curriculum to be the backbone of their instruction. HMH’sOur core programssolutions are created to provide educators with the resources needed to align with state standards and support students in their mastery of grade-level subject matter.

Between 2016-2018, we launched our next generation of core programs for each of the major subject matter, resulting in positive outcomesareas: English Language Arts (Reading and competency. HMH’s market-leadingLiterature), Mathematics, Science and Social Studies. Our Into Reading and Into Literature national programs, within this space includeJourneysour Into Math national offerings for reading,Collectionsfor literature,Go Math! for math,grades 3-5 and 6-8 along with the K-8 Florida version all received top “all green” scores from EdReports.org. Science Dimensions, and which was co-authored by Dr. Cary Sneider, a writer of the Next Generation Science FusionStandards, was approved by the State Board of Education of California in 2018. HMH Social Studies, our next generation social studies program for Science.grades 6-12, incorporates innovative technology like Google Expeditions to offer curriculum-aligned virtual reality field trips.

 

Supplemental Solutions:HMH’s supplemental

Extensions: Our extensions offerings include supplemental solutions, intervention solutions, professional services, and our Heinemann brand that provides professional resources and educational services for teachers. Our extensions offerings collectively accounted for 48% and 45% of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The extensions category represents a notable growth opportunity. We estimate this category accounts for about $7.5 billion in market opportunity.

Extensions Market Opportunity

Through our Heinemann brand, we provide professional books, supplemental and intervention curricular resources, and professional services for teachers. Heinemann is a variety of targeted solutions that enrich learningleading professional publisher for educators, and support student achievement beyond the core curriculum. Supplemental resources can be print and/or digital,features well-known, respected authors and can include workbooks, test-prep materials, software, games and apps. Many teachers augment core curriculum with supplemental resources that can provide additional practice for their students and further personalize learning instruction to support student growth in essential areasthought leaders such as writing or vocabulary. HMH’s offerings inIrene Fountas, Gay Su Pinnell, Lucy Calkins, and Jennifer Serravallo, who support the supplemental space includeSteck-Vaughn language arts, mathpractice of teachers through books, videos, workshops, online courses, and GED prep workbooks,Saxon Phonics and Spelling,Rigby Leveled Readers, and our popular “Classroom Reading Libraries,” which provide individually-curated collections of “just-right” books to strengthen literacy development and foster independent reading.curricularresources.


 

Intervention Solutions: Intervention

Our intervention solutions also address curricular needs outsideinclude: READ 180 Universal, one of a select number of programs that the core disciplines, supporting student achievementindependent, government-run What Works Clearing House has awarded its highest effectiveness ratings for thoseimproving comprehension and literacy achievement;MATH 180, a math intervention program focusing on deep understanding and mastery of essential skills and concepts enabling access to algebra and advanced mathematics; and System 44, a stand-alone program with a holistic, blended learning model that delivers just-in-time intensive intervention for the most challenged readers in grades 3-12. These solutions are called upon to help students with unique needs, such as English language learners, athe growing population and students performing below grade level. Our intervention solutions support struggling learners through comprehensive offerings, including market-leading products such asMATH 180, READ 180 Universal, System 44 and iRead. The products within this area generate net sales and earnings that do not vary greatly with the adoption cycle and require significantly less capital investment than the development of a core curriculum program.English languagelearners.

 

Assessment: HMH assessment

Our professional services offerings provide district and state-level cognitive and formative assessment tools and platform solutions. Cognitive solutions provide psychological and special needs testing to assess intellectual, cognitive and behavioral development. Our group and formative solutions include K-12 assessment tools and services to benchmark academic achievement and growth as well as low-stakes tools that assist in identifying the learning needs and abilities of students. Key products in the assessment space includeIowa Assessments,Woodcock-Johnson® and theCognitive Abilities Test (CogAT®), as well as HMH’sMath Inventory andReading Inventory solutions, which offer educators rich data reporting tool to ensure their students are on track for success.

Professional Services: HMH bringsbring together its world-renowned authors and education experts to work directly withK-12 educators and administrators to build instructional excellence, cultivate leadership and provide school districts with the comprehensive support they need to raise student achievement. OfferingsThese offerings include ongoing curriculum support and expertise in professional development, technical services, coaching, and strategic consulting from trusted names like the International Center for Leadership in Education, (ICLE)Literacy Solutions, and Math Solutions®.Solutions.

 

Heinemann: A division

Our supplemental solutions include award-winning solutions like Waggle (which won the CODiE award for “Best Learning Capacity-Building Solution”), as well as artificial intelligence and state-of-the-art speech recognition-driven Amira Assessment and writing-enhancing online tool Writable that we offer through strategic partnerships. We also offer HMH Classroom Libraries, which provide individually curated collections of HMH, Heinemann provides professional resources“just-right” books to strengthen literacy development and educational services for teachers, kindergarten through college. With 11 straight years of growth, Heinemann is the leading professional publisher for educators, and features well-known and respected authors such as Irene Fountas,Gay-Su Pinnell and Lucy Calkins, who support the practice of teachers through books, videos, workshops, online courses, and most recently through explicit teaching materials.foster independentreading.

 

9


Trade Publishing

Our Trade Publishing segment, founded in 1832, primarily develops, markets and sells consumer books in print and digital formats and licenses book rights to other publishers and electronic businessesBy leveraging our leading position in the United StatesU.S. instructional materials market, we aim to engage our customers with solutions addressing the variety of instructional needs across the educational achievement spectrum. We believe that by integrating our solutions on a single platform, which uses a common student dataset, and abroad. The principle distribution channels for Trade Publishing products are retail stores (both physicalby developing ongoing connections with the teachers who use our solutions, we will be well positioned to increase and online)sustain market share and wholesalers. Reference materials are also sold to schools, colleges, libraries, office supply distributors and other businesses.

Our Trade Publishing segment offers an extensive library of general interest, young readers and reference works that include well-known characters and brands. Our award-winning general interest titles include literary fiction, culinary, andnon-fiction in hardcover,e-book and paperback formats, including the Mariner Books paperback line. Among the general interest properties are the popular J.R.R. Tolkien titles, the prolific The Best American Series and major cookbook brands such as Betty Crocker and Better Homes and Gardens in addition to recent best sellers including theHow to Cook Everything series andWhole30. In young readers publishing,grow our list addresses a broad age group and includes recognized characters and titles such as Curious George and Martha Speaks, Five Little Monkeys, Gossie & Friends, Polar Express, Little Blue Truck, and many more. We also publish novels for young adults, a growing genre, including titles from Lois Lowry, author ofThe Giver, and Kwame Alexander.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, Trade Publishing net sales and Adjusted EBITDA were approximately $184.5 million and $16.1 million, $165.6 million and $6.3 million, and $164.9 million and $7.7 million, respectively.revenues.

Seasonality

Approximately 87% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 were derived from our Education segment, which is a markedly seasonal business. Schools typically conduct the majority of their purchases in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. Thus, over ourthe latest three completed fiscal years, approximately 68%69% of our consolidated net sales were realized in the second and third quarters. Sales ofK-12 instructional materials and customized assessment products are also cyclical, with some years offering more sales opportunities than others.others based on the state adoptions calendar. The amount of funding available at the state level for educational materials also has a significant effect onyear-to-year net sales. Although the loss of a single customer would not have a material adverse effect on our business, schedules of school adoptions and market acceptance of our products can materially affectyear-to-year net sales performance.

Competition

We sell our products in highly competitive markets. In these markets, product quality, innovation and customer service are major differentiating factors between companies. Other factors affecting competition include: (i) competitive pricing, sampling and gratis costs; (ii) digitization and innovative delivery; and (iii) educational effectiveness of the program. In addition to national curriculum publishers, we also compete with a variety of specialized or regional publishers that focus on select disciplines and/or geographic regions in theK-12 market. There are also multiple competitors in the Trade Publishing, supplemental and assessment segmentsmarkets offering content that school districts increasingly are using as part of their core classroom instructional materials. In addition, school districts in many states are able to spend educational funds on “instructional materials” that include core and supplemental materials, computer software, digital media, digital courseware, and online services. Our larger competitors in the educational market include Savvas Learning Co. (formerly Pearson Education, Inc.), McGraw Hill Education, Stride Inc. (formerly K-12 Inc.), Cengage Learning, Inc., Scholastic Corporation, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Curriculum Associates, LLC, Benchmark Education, LLC, Accelerate Learning, Inc., and Amplify Education, Inc. Also competing in our market as a substitute are open educational resources. These resources are free, digital solutions that range from supplemental resources to full Core Solutions programs.


10


Printing and binding; raw materialsBinding; Raw Materials

We outsource the printing and binding of our products, with approximately 50%35% of our printing requirements handled by one major supplier.a small group of suppliers. We have procurement agreements that provide volume and scheduling flexibility and price predictability. We have a longstanding relationship with these parties. Approximately 18%16% of our printed materials (consisting primarily of teacher’s editions and other ancillary components) are printed outside of the United StatesU.S. and approximately 82%84% of our printed materials (including most student editions) are printed within the United States.U.S. Paper is one of our principal raw materials. We purchase our paper primarily through one paper merchant and also directly through suppliers for limited product types. We maintain various agreements that protect against supply availability and unbound price increases. We manage our paper supply concentration by having primary and secondary sources and staying ahead of dramatic market changes.

Distribution

We operate three distribution facilities in Geneva, Illinois and Troy, Missouri from which we coordinate our own distribution process: one each in Indianapolis, Indiana; Geneva, Illinois; and Troy, Missouri.process. We also utilize select suppliers to assist us with coordinating the distribution process for a limited number of product types. Additionally, some adoption states require us to usein-state textbook depositories for educational materials sold in that particular state. We utilize various delivery firms, includingsuch as United Parcel Service Inc., FedEx Freight, CH Robinson Worldwide Inc.etc., YRC Freight, SAIA and USF Holland, Inc. to facilitate the principally ground transportation of products.

EmployeesHuman Capital

As of December 31, 2017,2021, we had approximately 3,8002,300 full-time, part-time and temporary employees, none of whichwhom were covered by collective bargaining agreements. TheseWe consider our relationship with our employees generally to be good.

Health and Safety: The health and safety of our employees is one of our highest priorities, and this is consistent with our operating philosophy. Following Occupational Safety and Health Administration best practices in our distribution centers, we measure, document and post incident rates for safety transparency; host local employee safety committees at each distribution center; and hold quarterly distribution center safety committee meetings for cross-location collaboration. In response to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we have implemented and continue to implement additional safety measures in all our offices and facilities including: monitoring vaccine status and screening for symptoms indicative of COVID-19; requiring staff and visitors to wear masks if their vaccine status is unverified in order to seek to prevent community spread of COVID-19; continuing work from home flexibility; adjusting attendance policies and allowing occasional absence time to encourage those who are substantially locatedsick to stay home; increasing cleaning protocols across all locations; initiating regular communication regarding impacts of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, including health and safety protocols and procedures; requiring temperature screening of employees at our distribution facilities and twice-weekly testing for all unvaccinated employees at our distribution facilities; requiring physical distancing for employees who need to be onsite; providing additional personal protective equipment and cleaning supplies; modifying work spaces with plexiglass dividers and touchless faucets; and implementing protocols to address actual and suspected COVID-19 cases and potential exposure. As of December 31, 2021, all HMH corporate offices were open on a voluntary basis and our distribution centers were open and operating at full capacity.  

Talent and Development: Successful execution of our strategy is dependent on attracting, developing and retaining key employees and members of our management team. The skills, experience and industry knowledge of our employees significantly benefit our operations and performance. We continuously evaluate, modify, and enhance our internal processes and technologies to increase employee engagement, productivity, and efficiency. In 2021, we provided a company-wide employee engagement survey to all regular employees. We outperformed benchmarked peer companies, with engagement among our employees landing in the United States86th percentile for all companies using Gallup’s Q12 Engagement Index, and in the 89th percentile among our peers. We additionally continue to provide all of our employees with 218a variety of training and development opportunities. All regular employees located outsidehave access to Knowledge Network, HMH’s online learning management system offering over 13,500 on demand training courses and programs, live webinars and in-person training opportunities. More than 2,400 employees participated in training programs in 2021, including Unconscious Bias, Cybersecurity, Sales, Product and Change Management, with more than 42,500 courses completed across the Company for approximately 16,000 total


hours of completed course content. In 2021, we created a new Finance Enrichment Academy, focusing on accelerating the transformation of Finance talent through seven distinct curricula, and the expansion of the United States.HMH Leadership Academy, offering four-month and six-month programs focused on developing critical leadership competencies and skills.

Diversity and Inclusion: We believeembrace the diversity of our employees, customers and stakeholders, including their unique backgrounds, experiences, thoughts and talents. Everyone is valued and appreciated for their distinct contributions to the growth and sustainability of our business. We strive to cultivate a culture and vision that relationssupports and enhances our ability to recruit, develop and retain diverse talent at every level. We take direct actions to attract, hire, and retain more diverse talent, nurture an inclusive workplace, and create opportunities for meaningful conversations about diversity. We aim to increase the diversity of our employee base by growing our diverse talent pipeline, including partnerships with organizations like SV Academy, HBCU Lifestyle, Handshake, HackerX, Circa, and Teach for America. We have a goal to build a highly engaged team by increasing retention year over year. As of December 31, 2021, we have established Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (“DEI”) goals regarding recruitment, engagement and retention of our employees who identify as people of color. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, our domestic workforce was approximately 67% female and approximately 77% white, approximately 9% Hispanic or Latinx, approximately 8% Black or African American, approximately 5% Asian American, and approximately 1% two or more races or other. Additionally, as of December 31, 2021, approximately 38% of executive management roles were held by women and our executive management team was approximately 77% white, approximately 15% Black or African American, and approximately 8% Hispanic or Latinx. In 2021, we also conducted an optional company-wide employee survey regarding members and allies of the Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and/or Queer (LGBTQ+) community, and of the 2,030 employees who responded 7% consider themselves a member of the LGBTQ+ community. In addition, in 2021 approximately 1% of our domestic workforce includes a protected veteran population and approximately 1% of employees have voluntarily noted that they have a disability or previously had a disability.

As a learning technology company, we are generally good.committed to ongoing opportunities for education and growth. This includes formal and informal opportunities for meaningful conversations—from roundtable discussions to company-wide unconscious bias training. Learning and unlearning are lifelong practices that we must actively foster—in our schools, communities, and workplaces. Our cross-functional DEI Council’s work centers around four pillars—leadership, talent, culture, and business—and promotes social justice through Employee Resource Groups (“ERGs”), DEI trainings, and discussions on how to build an antiracist community. We have ERGs to support Black and African American, Latinx and Hispanic, LGBTQ+, Asian, disabled and neurodiverse, and female employees, in addition to ERGs focused on mental health and wellness. The ERGs hosted virtual activities throughout 2021.

Intellectual property

Our principal intellectual property assets consist of our trademarks and copyrights in our content. Substantially all of our publications are protected by copyright, whether registered or unregistered, either in our name as the author of a work made for hire or the assignee of copyright, or in the name of an author who has licensed us to publish the work. Ownership of such copyrights secures the exclusive right to publish the work in the United States and in many countries abroad for specified periods: in the United States, in most cases, either 95 years from publication or for the author’s life plus 70 years, but in any event a minimum of 28 years for works published prior to 1978 and 35 years for works published thereafter. In most cases, the authors who retain ownership of their copyright have licensed to us exclusive rights for the full term of copyright. Under U.S. copyright law, for licenses granted by an author during or after 1978, such exclusive licenses are subject to termination by the author or certain of the author’s heirs for a five yearfive-year period beginning at the end of 35 years after the date of publication of the work or 40 years after the date of the license grant, whichever term ends earlier.


We do not own any material patents, franchises or concessions, but we have registered certain trademarks and service marks in connection with our publishing businesses. We believe we have taken, and take in the ordinary course of business, appropriate available legal steps to reasonably protect our intellectual property in all material jurisdictions.

Environmental matters

We generally contract with independent printers and binders for their services, and our operations are generally not otherwise affected by environmental laws and regulations. However, as the owner and lessee of real property, we are subject to environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to the discharge of hazardous materials into the environment, the remediation of contaminated sites and the handling and disposal of

11


wastes. It is possible that we could face liability, regardless of fault, and can be held jointly or severally liable, if contamination were to be discovered on the properties that we own or lease or on properties that we have formerly owned or leased. We are currently unaware of any material environmental liabilities or other material environmental issues relating to our properties or operations and anticipate no material expenditures for compliance with environmental laws or regulations.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)

As a corporate citizen, we accept and promote a community responsibility to minimize our impact on the environment to ensure that we will be able to serve teachers, students and all readers for years to come. As such, we seek to make environmentally responsible choices in our business practices. We set objectives for continual improvement of our environmental and sustainability management procedures.In 2021, we made progress against our sustainability goals, and we strive to continually improve our efforts moving forward. Looking ahead, we are expanding our company-wide sustainability efforts, setting additional goals and measuring progress in other areas material to our business.

Responsible Paper Usage

One of our on-going sustainability focus areas is our approach to how we source, use and dispose of paper related to our products. In 2019, we strengthened and updated our Paper Sourcing and Usage Policy that reflects our continuing commitments to our environment and surroundings. Key 2021 progress highlights were: 98% of HMH purchased paper for education products was manufactured with no less than 10% recycled fiber.

Transportation

A major aspect of our business involves the transportation of our products, and we work to promote environmentally friendly modes of such transportation. In 2021, HMH estimates that it saved 725,321 pounds of CO2 emissions by managing our carbon footprint by using intentional transportation methods, including consolidating shipments and shipping directly from vendors to end recipients when possible.

HMH participates in the Environmental Protection Agency’s (“EPA”) SmartWay program.  The EPA’s SmartWay program helps companies advance supply chain sustainability by measuring, benchmarking, and improving freight transportation efficiency. Through this program, HMH partners with the EPA to improve our shipping operations to achieve a more sustainable transportation process that directly facilitates a reduction in our carbon footprint. In 2021, HMH estimates that it saved 187,393 pounds of CO2 emissions by participating in the SmartWay program.

Waste Management and Recycling

Whenever possible, we recycle our excess product and waste generated at our distribution centers and warehouses to avoid sending recyclable products and other waste to landfills.

Donation is HMH’s preferred method of disposal for excess books and materials (rather than destruction), and prior to the divestiture of HMH Books & Media, HMH donated more than 161,400 books, including children and adult titles, to 45 nonprofit organizations during 2021.


95% of the waste generated at HMH’s distribution centers and warehouses is recycled.

In our corporate offices, each employee has a recycling and a garbage bin.  We work to increase employee awareness regarding waste management and recycling with bins and signage.

Energy Use

We continue to strive to reduce energy consumption at our HMH distribution centers, warehouses and related offices through:

Conversion to high efficiency fluorescent bulbs

Conference rooms with motion sensor lighting

Energy-efficient HVAC and heating units

LED light fixtures in parking lots

In addition, the building in Boston, Massachusetts that houses HMH’s headquarters has received the LEED® (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) Gold Certification for Existing Buildings™, which is the second highest LEED Certification level attainable.  

Human Rights & Conduct

Our values guide every aspect of our work. We believe that respecting and protecting human rights is fundamental to our work as a responsible company. We align with the United Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights and other international human rights laws and standards and strive to embody these values in our culture. Our purpose-driven mission is strongly aligned with the UN Sustainable Development Goal 4 to “ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all.” We recognize the importance of evaluating and improving how our company, including our products and services, can contribute to education access and improved outcomes for learners. We also seek to embed respect for human rights across our business and with vendors and suppliers with whom we do business as set forth in our Supplier Code of Conduct.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

At HMH, we believe in social justice. The critical work to improve DEI is an inward and outward process—we are constantly seeking new ways to better our own culture as we strive to better our world. We aim to create and cultivate an employee community, company culture and business strategy that reflects the diverse demographics and perspectives of our customers and employees.  Further, we embrace the diversity of our employees, customers and stakeholders, including their unique backgrounds, experiences, thoughts and talents. We strive to cultivate a culture and vision that supports and enhances our ability to recruit, develop and retain diverse talent at every level.  We take direct actions to nurture an inclusive workplace.

Our DEI Council is made up of a cross-functional, diverse group of employees that works and focuses on short-term and long-term initiatives with three main priorities in 2021: people manager training, mentoring opportunities, and building HMH as a model anti-racist company. The DEI Council supports our company-wide DEI efforts and takes actionable steps toward reaching our DEI goals. The council supports HMH’s ERGs, DEI trainings, and discussions on how to build HMH as a model antiracist community. In 2021, we launched HMH Mentoring, our re-imagined mentoring program, including the addition of group mentoring and the ability to choose to become a member of ERGs, in an effort to connect those with shared backgrounds and experiences. Last year, we also provided opportunities for education and growth, including formal and informal opportunities for meaningful conversations — namely, continued antiracism roundtable discussions and company-wide unconscious bias training for the majority of our employees. In addition, in support of growing our internal talent pipeline, in February 2021 we launched the Connected Leadership Engagement and Development Rotation Program (LEAD Connected), aimed at providing employees from historically marginalized backgrounds with growth and advancement opportunities.


As a learning technology company focused on empowering students and teachers, we believe it is our responsibility to build content and provide services and resources that foster a holistic understanding of our world and honor the diverse communities we serve. As an organization, we too are always learning and growing, and we will continue to be intentional about improvements we make as part of our continuous evolution. To that end, our Content Review Panel – a cross-disciplinary internal advisory board that focuses on equity, inclusion, and diversity in our solutions – reviews our content, striving for equitable, nonbiased, and sensitive treatment and representation for all individuals, communities, and experiences across all HMH programs, services, and platforms. In 2021, the Content Review Panel reviewed over 150,000 pieces of content. During 2021, we also established our Equity Advisory Council for Learning that partners with leading education scholars, practitioners, and advocates with HMH employees, forming a community of experts focused on the continuous improvement of our K-12 curriculum and materials in this area.

As outlined in our Content, Equity, Inclusion and Diversity pledge available on our website at https://www.hmhco.com/diversity-equity-inclusion/our-world, we are committed to producing curriculum in which all students can see themselves and the possibilities for their future success. Our programs are strongest when they resonate with learners, inspire connections and spark dialogue, and honor the unique qualities and experiences of every learner.

In 2020, a cross-functional Supplier Diversity Council was formed to drive HMH’s Supplier Diversity Program forward. The council is focused on fostering meaningful partnerships with diverse suppliers in all areas of HMH’s business – aiming to establish new partnerships with small and diverse suppliers while also deepening relationships with diverse suppliers that HMH already works with. In 2021, this initiative continued to take shape with further definition of the diverse supplier categories in our program, the creation of a supplier portal where current and prospective suppliers can share their diverse certification(s) and the creation of a webpage on our company website available at https://www.hmhco.com/hmh-supplier-diversity.  As part of our commitment to supplier diversity, HMH is a member of the National Minority Supplier Development Council and the Women’s Business Enterprise National Council.

Additional information

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on March 5, 2010, and was established as the holding company of the current operating group. Houghton Mifflin Harcourt was formed in December 2007 with the acquisition of Harcourt Education Group, then the second-largestK-12 U.S. publisher, by Houghton Mifflin Group. We are headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts. Our corporate website iswww.hmhco.com. We make available our annual reports on Form10-K, quarterly reports on Form10-Q, current reports on Form8-K and amendments to these reports, as well as other information, free of charge through our corporate website under the “Financial Information” link located at: ir.hmhco.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after being filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The information found on our website or any other website we refer to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.


12


Item 1A. Risk Factors

Risks Related to Pending Transaction with Veritas

We may not complete the pending transaction with entities owned by Veritas within the time frame we anticipate or at all, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial results and/or operations.

On February 21, 2022, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among us, Harbor Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”), and Harbor Purchaser Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent (the “Purchaser”). The Parent and the Purchaser are beneficially owned by The Veritas Capital Fund VII, L.P. (“Veritas”). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of us by the Parent through a cash tender offer (the “Offer”) by the Purchaser for all of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock at a price of $21.00 per share of common stock. Following the completion of the Offer, subject to the absence of injunctions or other legal restraints preventing the consummation of the Merger, the Purchaser will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent (the “Merger”), pursuant to the procedure provided for under Section 251(h) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, without any additional stockholder approvals. We currently expect the Offer and the Merger to be completed in the second quarter of 2022.

If the transaction is not completed within the expected time frame or at all, we may be subject to a number of material risks. The price of our common stock may decline to the extent that current market prices of our common stock reflect a market assumption that the Merger will be completed. We could be required to pay Veritas a termination fee of $65 million if the Merger Agreement is terminated under specific circumstances described in the Merger Agreement. The failure to complete the transaction also may result in negative publicity and negatively affect our relationship with our stockholders, employees, strategic partners, customers, suppliers and other business partners. We may also be required to devote significant time and resources to litigation related to any failure to complete the Merger or related to any enforcement proceeding commenced against us to perform our obligations under the Merger Agreement.

The Company’s ability to complete the Merger is subject to certain closing conditions and the receipt of consents and approvals from government entities which may impose conditions that could adversely affect the Company or cause the Merger to be abandoned.

The Merger Agreement contains certain closing conditions, including, among others, that the number of shares of common stock validly tendered and not validly withdrawn, together with any shares of common stock beneficially owned by the Parent or any subsidiary of the Parent, equals at least a majority of all shares of common stock then outstanding, the absence of any legal impediment that has the effect of enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting or prohibiting the consummation of the Offer or making the Offer or the Merger illegal, that, since the date of the Merger Agreement, there shall not have occurred any material adverse effect with respect to the Company, and other conditions as specified in the Merger Agreement. The Company cannot provide any assurance that the conditions to the consummation of the Merger will be satisfied or waived, or will not result in the abandonment or delay of the Merger.

In addition, the Merger is conditioned on the expiration or termination of any waiting period applicable to the consummation of the Merger under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended. The granting of these regulatory approvals could involve the imposition of additional conditions on the closing of the Merger. The imposition of such conditions or the failure or delay to obtain regulatory approvals could have the effect of delaying completion of the Merger or of imposing additional costs or limitations on the Company or may result in the failure to close the Merger. The regulatory approvals may not be received at all, may not be received in a timely fashion, or may contain conditions on the completion of the Merger.

The pendency of the transaction with Veritas could adversely affect our business, financial results and/or operations.

Our efforts to complete the Merger could cause substantial disruptions in, and create uncertainty surrounding, our business, which may materially adversely affect our results of operation and our business. Uncertainty as to


whether the transaction will be completed may affect our ability to recruit prospective employees or to retain and motivate existing employees. Employee retention may be particularly challenging while the transaction is pending because employees may experience uncertainty about their roles following consummation of the transaction. A substantial amount of our management’s and employees’ attention is being directed toward the completion of the transaction and thus is being diverted from our day-to-day operations. Uncertainty as to our future could adversely affect our business and our relationship with strategic partners, customers, suppliers, school districts and other business partners. Changes to or termination of existing business relationships could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, as well as the market price of our common stock. The adverse effects of the pendency of the Merger could be exacerbated by any delays in completion of the transaction or termination of the Merger Agreement.

While the Merger Agreement is in effect, we are subject to restrictions on our business activities.

While the Merger Agreement is in effect, we are subject to restrictions on our business activities, generally requiring us and our subsidiaries (i) to conduct business and operations in the ordinary course and in accordance in all material respects with past practice, (ii) not to engage in specified types of transactions during the pendency of the Merger and (iii) not to solicit proposals or, subject to certain exceptions, engage in discussions relating to alternative acquisition proposals or change the recommendation of our Board of Directors to our stockholders regarding the Merger Agreement. These restrictions could prevent us from pursuing strategic business opportunities, taking actions with respect to our business that we may consider advantageous and responding effectively and/or timely to competitive pressures and industry developments, and may as a result materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In certain instances, the Merger Agreement requires us to pay a termination fee to Veritas, which could require us to use available cash that would have otherwise been available for general corporate purposes.

Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, we may be required to pay Veritas a termination fee of $65 million if the Merger Agreement is terminated under specific circumstances described in the Merger Agreement, including, but not limited to, our entry into an agreement with respect to a superior proposal or a change in the recommendation of our Board of Directors. If the Merger Agreement is terminated under such circumstances, the termination fee we may be required to pay under the Merger Agreement may require us to use available cash that would have otherwise been available for general corporate purposes and other uses. For these and other reasons, termination of the Merger Agreement could materially and adversely affect our business operations and financial condition, which in turn would materially and adversely affect the price of our common stock.

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, direct and indirect costs as a result of the pending transaction with Veritas.

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant costs and expenses, including fees for professional services and other transaction costs, in connection with the pending transaction. We must pay substantially all of these costs and expenses whether or not the transaction is completed. There are a number of factors beyond our control that could affect the total amount or the timing of these costs and expenses.

Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has had, and may continue to have, material adverse effects on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business and financial results has been negatively impacted by the current COVID-19 pandemic which has had, and may continue to have, negative impacts on our business, including causing significant volatility in demand for our products, our ability to service our customers, changes in consumer behavior and preference, disruptions in our supply chain operations and warehousing operations, limitations on our employees’ ability to work and travel, adverse impacts on third parties upon which we rely, our liquidity, declines in state revenues and related impacts on educational budgets, and significant changes in the economic or political conditions in markets in which we operate, both near-term and potentially long-term. We continue to experience ongoing supply chain disruption both nationally and globally related to the continuing impact of COVID-19 on labor shortages, raw


material supply and transportation challenges, and manufacturing and warehousing capacity, particularly in markets where COVID-19 case levels are elevated. Moreover, significant uncertainties continue to exist regarding the format and other safety procedures schools may follow at various points during the school year. The decisions various schools make with regards to in-person and/or remote learning and whether to deviate from a chosen format due to outbreaks will impact demand for our products and services in ways that we cannot predict and may be challenging for us to respond to. Despite our efforts to manage these risks, their ultimate impact will depend on factors that may be beyond our knowledge or control, including the administration rates and effectiveness of vaccines, the severity and containment of certain COVID-19 variants, the continued duration and severity of the current pandemic and the effectiveness of actions taken to contain its spread and mitigate its public health effects and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume.

Risks Related to Our Industry and Operations

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in federal, state and local education funding, and changes in legislation and public policy.

A majority of our sales are to public school districts in the United States, most of which rely primarily on a combination of local tax revenues and state legislative appropriations for general operating funds and to pay for purchases of goods and services, including instructional materials. Funding for public schools at both the state and local levels can be affected by tax collections, which are typically sensitive to general economic conditions, and by political and policy choices made by state and local governments. A reduction in funding levels, whether due to an economic downturn or legislative action, or a failure of projected funding increases to materialize, can constrain resources available to school districts for making purchases of instructional materials and adversely affect our business and results of operations. The economic slowdown resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic has had a negative impact on tax revenues and other financial resources in some states and localities, which could adversely affect public school finances and spending in those places, including for instructional materials and professional learning services.

Some states, including a majority ofmost adoption states, provide dedicated state funding for the purchase of instructional content and/or classroom technology, and expenditures for instructional materials in those states tend to be highly dependent on appropriation of those funds. If dedicated funding is not appropriated, or if the amount is substantially less than anticipated or legislative action is taken to lift restrictions on the use of those funds, then purchases of instructional materials may to be significantly reduced and our net sales may be adversely impacted.

In addition, many school districts, including most large urban districts, receive substantial federal funding through Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (“ESEA”), the Individuals with Disabilities Act (“IDEA”), and other federal education programs. These funds supplement state and local funding and are used primarily to serve specific populations, such aslow-income students and families, students with disabilities, and English language learners as well as to support programs to improve the quality of instruction, including educator professional learning. The funding of these programs is subject to Congressional appropriation. A significant reduction in appropriation levels could have an adverse effect on our sales, particularly sales of intervention, supplemental and professional learning products and services.

Federal and state legislative and policy changes can also affect our business. For example, recent changesAt the federal level, ESEA governs to federal education law in the Every Student Succeeds Act (“ESSA”) givea significant degree how states greater latitude in how they approach assessment and accountability, support and improvement of low performing schools, as well as accounting for the expenditure of federal program funds. The recent changes in ESSA also provided for new requirements regardingand take into account evidence of effectiveness ofin adopting strategies and selecting educational products and services purchasedpaid for with federal funds. The recent changesChanges in ESSA andESEA and/or state legislation and administrative policy decisions on matters such as assessment and accountability, curriculum and intervention with respect thereto could affect demand for our products.

State instructional materials adoptions, which account for a significant portion of our net sales ofK-12 instructional materials, are highly cyclical and pose significant inherent risks that could materially impact our results of operations.

Due to the revolving and staggered nature of “predetermined” state adoption schedules, sales ofK-12 instructional materials have traditionally been cyclical, with some years offering more and/or larger sales opportunities than others. Since a large portion of our sales are derived from state adoptions, our overall results can be materially affected from year to year by the adoption schedule, particularly in large adoption states. For example, over the next few years adoptions are scheduled or have already begun in one or more of the primary subjects of reading, language arts and literature, social studies, science and mathematics in, among other states, California, Florida and Texas, which are the three largest adoption states. Our failure to secure approval for our programs


or perform according to our expectations in larger new adoption opportunities could materially and adversely affect our net sales for the year of the adoption and in subsequent years.

13


In any state adoption, there is the inherent the risk that one or more of our programs will not be approved by a particular state board of education or other adopting authority. For example, ourK-8 social studies materials were not adopted in California in 2017. While school districts in most adoption states including California, are not precluded from purchasing materials that have not been approved by the state, in many cases, exclusion of a program on the state-adopted list can materially and adversely impact our ability to compete effectively at the school district level. Moreover, even if our program is approved by the state, we face significant competition and there is no guarantee that school districts will select our program or that we will be able to capture a meaningful share of the sales in such state.

State adoptions can be delayed, postponed or cancelled – cancelled—sometimes with little or no warning and after we have made significant investments in anticipation of the adoption – adoption—due to various reasons, such as funding shortfalls, delays in development and approval of state academic standards and specifications, competing priorities or school readiness. In addition, individual school districts may decline to purchase new programs in accordance with the state’s adoption schedule. A substantial delay, postponement or cancellation of a largerlarge adoption opportunity can adversely affect the amount and timing of our net sales return on investment for the affected product, our business and our results of operations.

Further, the timing of the legislative appropriations process in most states is such that it is often impossible to know with certainty whether implementation of an adoption will be funded until after products have been submitted for review. By that time, investments have been made for product development and substantial expenses incurred for sales, marketing and other costs. If the legislature in a state that provides dedicated funding for instructional materials decides not to appropriate those funds or appropriates substantially less than anticipated, due to a revenue shortfall or other reasons, or if the legislature lifts restrictions on use of those funds, then implementation of that adoption could be substantially compromised or delayed and our net sales and return on investment could be adversely affected.

Changes in state academic standards could affect our market and require investment in development of new programs or modifications to our existing programs and any delays or controversies in the implementation of such standards could impact our results of operations.

States may adopt new academic standards or revise existing standards, which may affect our market and require investment in the development of new programs or modifications to our existing programs offered for sale in states that adopt such changes. Delays or controversies in the implementation of the adoption of new or revised academic standards may result in insufficient lead time before the deadline to submit instructional materials for an adoption. As a result, we have in the past and may again have to invest more than planned in order to complete product development or make the modifications in the compressed timeframe to bring our program into alignment with the new or revised standards, which could adversely affectaffecting our return on investment. Alternatively, we may determine that completing product development or making the modifications within the available timeframe is not practicable, and elect not to participate in the adoption, forgoing what might have been a significant sales opportunity which could materially and adversely affect our net sales for the year of the adoption and subsequent years.

We operate in a highly competitive environment where the risks from competition are intensified due to rapid changes in our markets and industry; as a result, we must continue to adapt to remain competitive.

We operate in highly competitive markets. The risks of competition are intensified in the current environment where investment in new technology is ongoing and there are rapid changes in the products and services our customers are seeking and our competitors are offering, as well as new technologies, sales and distribution channels. In addition to national curriculum publishers, we compete with a variety of specialized or regional publishers that focus on select disciplines and/or geographic regions in the K-12 market. Our larger competitors include Savvas Learning Co. (formerly Pearson Education, Inc.), McGraw Hill Education, Stride Inc. (formerly K-12 Inc.), Cengage Learning, Inc., Scholastic Corporation, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Curriculum Associates, LLC, Benchmark Education, LLC, Accelerate Learning, Inc., and Amplify Education, Inc. Some of these established competitors may have greater resources and less debt than us and, therefore, may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and


sale of their products and services than we can. Also competing in our market as a substitute are open source educational resources. In addition, the market shift toward digital education solutions has induced both established technology companies and new start-up companies to enter certain parts of our market. These new competitors have the possible advantage of not needing to transition from a print business to a digital business. In addition, many established technology companies have substantial resources that they could devote to developing or acquiring digital educational products and/or content and, distributing their own and/or aggregated educational content to the K-12 market, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. There is also a risk of further disintermediation, which is the occurrence of state, district and other customers contracting directly with technology companies, enabling technology companies to develop direct relationships with our customers, and accordingly, have significant influence over access to and, pricing and distribution of, digital and print education materials. We may not be able to adapt as needed to remain competitive in the market given the foregoing factors.

The availability of free and low-cost open education resources could adversely affect our net sales and exert downward pressure on prices for our education products.

In the K-12 market, we face growing competition from free, openly licensed content, often referred to as open education resources (“OER”). Free or low-cost OER content is typically delivered via the internet, and in some cases print versions and related services are available for purchase. A number of states support the use of OER by providing curated resources and others, including New York, Louisiana, Michigan, Tennessee, and Texas, are funding development of OER or have done so in the past. In addition, not-for-profit organizations such as the Gates Foundation and the Hewlett Foundation have supported the development of open source educational content that can be made available to educational institutions for free or at nominal costs. The increased availability of free and low-cost OER could negatively affect our customers’ perception of the value of our content, reduce demand for our educational products, and/or exert downward pressure on prices for our products, and adversely impact our net sales.

If we fail to maintain strong relationships with our authors, illustrators and other creative talent, as well as to develop relationships with new creative talent, our net sales and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Certain aspects of our K-12 business are highly dependent on maintaining strong relationships with the authors, illustrators and other creative talent who produce books and other products sold to our customers. We operate in a highly visible industry where there is intense competition for successful authors, illustrators and other creative talent. Any overall weakening of these relationships, or the failure to develop successful new relationships, could have an adverse effect on our net sales and results of operations.

If we are unable to attract, retain and focus a strong leadership team, a dynamic sales force, software engineers and other key personnel, it could have an adverse effect on our business and ability to remain competitive, financial condition and results from operations.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract, focus and retain a strong leadership team, a dynamic sales force, software engineers and other key personnel at economically reasonable compensation levels. We operate in highly competitive industry that continue to change to adapt to customer needs and technological advances and in which there is intense competition for experienced and highly effective personnel. If we are unable to timely attract and retain key personnel with relevant skills it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to remain competitive.

In addition, our business results depend largely upon the experience and knowledge of local market dynamics and long-standing customer relationships of our sales personnel. Our inability to attract, retain and focus effective sales and other key personnel at economically reasonable compensation levels could materially and adversely affect our ability to operate profitably and grow our business.


Risks Related to Operations and Strategic Plans

We may not be able to execute on our long-term growth strategy or achieve expected benefits from actions taken in furtherance of our strategy, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and/or our growth.

If we are not able to execute on our long-term growth strategy or achieve expected benefits from our actions in furtherance of our strategy, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and/or our growth. In any event, actions taken in furtherance of our strategy, such as transitioning to new business models or entering into new market segments could adversely impact our cash flow and our business in unforeseen ways.

14


Our investments in new products, service offerings, platforms and/or technologies could impact our profitability.

We operate in highly competitive markets that continue to change to adapt to customer needs. These needs include an increasing demand for integrated learning solutions. In order to address these needs, we are investing in new products, new technology and infrastructure, and a new common platform to integrate our products, services and solutions. These investments may be less profitable than what we have experienced historically, may consume substantial financial resources and/or may divert management’s attention from existing operations, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on third-party software and technology development as part of our digital platform.

We rely on third parties for some of our software and technology development. For example, some of the technologies and software that compose our instruction and assessment technologies are developed by third parties. We rely on those third parties for the development of future components and modules. Thus, we face risks associated with technology and software product development and the ability of those third parties to meet our needs and their obligations under our contracts with them. In addition, we rely on third parties for our internet-based product hosting. The loss of one or more of these third-party partners, a material disruption in their business or their failure to otherwise perform in the expected manner could cause disruptions in our business that may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Defects in our digital products and platforms could cause financial loss and reputational damage.

In the fast-changing digital marketplace, demand for innovative technology has generally resulted in short lead times for producing products that meet customer needs. Growing demand for innovation and additional functionality in digital products increases the risk that our digital products and platforms may contain flaws or corrupted data that may only become apparent after product launch, particularly for new products and platforms and new features for existing products and platforms that are developed and brought to market under tight time constraints. Problems with the performance of our digital products and platforms could result in liability, loss of revenue or harm to our reputation.

Some statesWe are dependent on a small number of third parties to print and school districts requirebind our products and to supply paper, a principal material for our products. If we were to lose our relationship with our key print vendor and/or paper merchant, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We outsource the printing and binding of our products and currently rely on a small group of vendors that newly purchased digital instructional materials conformhandle approximately 35% of our printing requirements, and we expect a small number of print vendors will continue to certain technical standardsaccount for accessibility by personsa substantial portion of our printing requirements for the foreseeable future. The loss of, or a significant adverse change in our relationship with disabilities, whichour key print vendor could have ana material adverse effect on our net sales and/or lead us to incur additional costs.

Some statesbusiness and school districts have adopted certain technical standards for accessibility by persons with disabilities that apply to school websites and electronically-delivered content. While we are committed to designing and developing our electronically-delivered products for theK-12 market in a manner accessible to persons with disabilities and strive to conform to relevant technical standards, it is possible that somecost of our digital products may be deemed to benon-conforming with those standards in all respects. This could limit our ability to compete for sales in states and districts that have adopted those standards, which could have an adverse effect on our net sales. To the extent that we decide to add accessibility features to existing products, we may incur costs that we would not otherwise have incurred.

Changes in product distribution channels and concentration of retailer power may restrict our ability to grow and affect our profitability in our Trade Publishing segment.

Distribution channels such as online retailers and ecommerce sites, digital delivery platforms, expanding social media, digital discovery and marketing platforms, combined with the increased concentration of retailer power, pose threats and provide opportunities to traditional consumer publishing models of our Trade Publishing segment, potentially impacting both sales volume and profitability. The reduction in “brick and mortar” booksellers, the resulting concentration of power held by our largest retailers, and the increased concentration of consumer book spending on best-selling titles could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

15


We operate in a highly competitive environment where the risks from competition are intensified due to rapid changes in our markets and industry; as a result we must continue to adapt to remain competitive.

We operate in highly competitive markets. The risks of competition are intensified in the current environment where investment in new technology is ongoing and there are rapid changes in the products and services our customers are seeking and our competitors are offering, as well as new technologies, sales and distribution channels. In addition, we purchase paper, a principal raw material for our print products, primarily through one paper merchant. Further, paper merchants, including our paper merchant, rely on paper mills to national curriculum publishers, we compete with a variety of specialized or regional publishers that focus on select disciplines and/or geographic regions inproduce theK-12 market. There are multiple competitors in the Trade Publishing, supplemental and assessment segments offering content that school districts increasingly are using as part of their core classroom instructional materials. Our larger competitors in the educational market include Pearson Education, Inc., McGraw Hill Education, Cengage Learning, Inc., Scholastic Corporation, Curriculum Associates, LLC, Benchmark Education, LLC, Accelerate Learning, Inc., and Amplify Education, Inc. Some of these established competitors may have greater resources and less debt than us and, therefore, may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services than we can. Also competing in our market as a substitute are open educational resources. In addition, the market shift toward digital education solutions has induced both established technology companies and newstart-up companies to enter certain segments of our market. These new competitors have the possible advantage of not needing to transition from a print business to a digital business. In addition, many established technology companies have substantial resources paper that they could devote to developing or acquiring digital educational products and/or content and, distributing their own and/or aggregated educational content to theK-12 market, which could negatively affectbroker. There can be no assurance that our business, financial condition and results of operations. There is also a risk of further disintermediation, which is the occurrence of state, district and other customers contracting directly with technology companies, enabling technology companies to develop direct relationships with our customers,print vendor and/or paper merchant will continue or that their business or operations will not be affected by disruptions in the industries that they rely on, including a


disruption in the paper mill industry, labor shortages, major disasters or other external factors. The loss of our key print vendor and/or paper merchant, a material change in our relationship with them, a material disruption in their business or their failure to otherwise perform in the expected manner could cause disruptions in our business that may materially and accordingly,adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Prolonged inflation could result in higher costs and decreased margins and earnings.

Recent inflationary pressures have significant influence over access toresulted in increased raw material, labor, energy, freight and pricinglogistics expenses and distribution of digital and print education materials.other costs. We may not be able to adapt as neededfully offset such higher costs through price increases or other cost saving actions. If our costs are subject to remain competitive in the market given the foregoing factors.

The availability of free andlow-cost open education resourcescontinuing significant inflationary pressures, our inability to offset such costs could adversely affect our net sales and exert downward pressure on prices for our education products.

In theK-12 market, we face growing competition from free, openly licensed content, often referred to as open education resources (“OER”). Free orlow-cost OER content is typically delivered via the internet, and in some cases print versions and related services are available for purchase. A number of states support the use of OER by providing curated resources and a few, including New York and Texas, are funding development of OER or have done so in the past. Twenty states have signed on to the U.S Department of Education’s GoOpen campaign, which seeks to support users of OER and promote coordination and sharing of OER among states. The increased availability of free andlow-cost OER could negatively affect our customers’ perception of the value of our content, reduce demand for our educational products, and/or exert downward pressure on prices for our products, and adverselyan adverse impact our net sales.

Our operating results fluctuate on a seasonal and quarterly basis and our business has historically been dependent on our results of operations for the third quarter.resulting in lower margins, earnings and cash flows.

Our business is seasonal. Approximately 87% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 were derived from our Education segment, which is a markedly seasonal business. Purchases ofK-12 products are typically made in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year, though assessment purchases have modest seasonality in the second and fourth quarters. We typically realize a significant portion of net sales during the third quarter, making third-quarter results materialOperational disruption to full-year performance. This sales seasonality affects operating cash flow from quarter to quarter. We typically incur a net cash deficit from all of our activities through the middle of the third quarter of the year. We cannot be sure that our second and third quarter net sales will continue to be sufficient to fund our business caused by a major disaster or other external threats could restrict our ability to supply products and meetservices to our obligations

customers.

 

16


or that they will be higher than our net sales for our other quarters or in the prior-year periods. In the event that we do not derive sufficient net sales for the second and third quarter, we may have a liquidity shortfall and be unable to fundAcross our business, and/we manage complex operational and logistical arrangements including distribution centers, data centers and large office facilities. Failure to recover from a major disaster (such as fires, floods, adverse weather events (including those brought about by climate change) or meet our debt service requirements and other obligations.

Our net sales, operating profitnatural disasters) or loss and net cash providedother external threat (such as terrorist attacks, strikes, weather, outbreaks of pandemic or used by operations are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar. As purchases ofK-12 products are typically made in the second and third quarters ofcontagious diseases, or political unrest or other external factors) at a given calendar year, changes in our customers’ ordering patterns may impact the comparison of results between a quarter and the same quarter of the prior year, between a quarter and the prior consecutive quarterkey center or between a fiscal year and the prior fiscal year, which can make it difficult for us to forecast the timing of customer purchases and assess our financial performance until late in the year.

Our history of operations includes periods of operating and net losses, and we may incur operating and net losses in the future. Such losses may impact our liquidity.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we generated operating losses of $113.5 million, $310.8 million and $116.1 million, respectively, and net losses of $103.2 million, $284.6 million and $133.9 million, respectively. If we continue to suffer operating and net losses, our liquidity may suffer and we may not be able to fund our business and/or meet our debt service requirements and other obligations. Furthermore, the market price of our common stock may decline significantly.

Our ability to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be limited, which may harm our competitive position and materially and adverselyfacility could affect our business and results of operations.

Our products are largely comprised of intellectual property content delivered through a variety of media, including print, digital andweb-based media. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and other intellectual property laws and rights as well as employee agreements and other contracts to establish and protectemployees, disrupt our proprietary rights in our products and technology. However, our efforts to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights may not be sufficient and we cannot make assurances that our proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated daily business activities and/or circumvented. Moreover, we conduct business in certain other countries where the extent of effective legal protection for intellectual property rights is uncertain. It is possible we could be involved in expensive and time-consuming litigation to maintain, defend or enforce our intellectual property.

Furthermore, despite the existence of copyright and trademark protection under applicable laws, third parties may nonetheless violate our intellectual property rights, andrestrict our ability to remedy such violations, including in certain foreign countries where we conduct or seeksupply products and services to conduct business, may be limited. In addition, the copying and distribution of content over the Internet creates additional challenges for us in protecting our proprietary rights. If we are unable to adequately protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our competitive position may be harmed, and our business and financial results could be materially and adversely affected.

Failure to comply with privacy laws or adequately protect personal data could cause financial loss and reputational damage.

Across our businesses we hold large volumes of personal data, including that of employees, customers and students. We are subject to a wide array of different privacy laws, rules, regulations and standards in the U.S. as well as in foreign jurisdictions where we conduct business, including but not limited to (i) the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act and state student data privacy laws in connection with personally identifiable information of students, (ii) the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act in connection with our self-insured health plan and certain of our products, (iii) the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards in connection with collection of credit card information from customers, and (iv) various EU data protection and privacy laws. Our brands and customer relationships are important assets. Our failure to comply with applicable privacy laws, rules, regulations and standards or adequately prevent the improper use or disclosure of the personal data we hold

customers.

 

17Risks Related to Information Technology Systems and Cybersecurity


could lead to penalties, significant remediation costs, reputational damage to our brands and customer relationships, potential cancellation of existing business and diminished ability to compete for future business.

We are subject to risks based on Information Technologyinformation technology systems. A major breach in security or information technology system failure could interrupt the availability of our internet-based products and services, result in corruption and/or loss of data, cause liability or reputational damage to our brands and business and/or result in financial loss.

Our business is dependent on information technology systems to support our complex operational and logistical arrangements across our businesses.business. We provide software and/or internet-based products and services to our customers. We also use complex information technology systems and products to support our business activities, particularly in infrastructure and as we move our products and services to an increasingly digital delivery platform.

We face several technological risks associated with software and/or internet-based product and service delivery in our educational businesses, including with respect to information technology capability, reliability and security, enterprise resource planning, system implementations and upgrades. Failures of our information technology systems and products (including because of operational failure, natural disaster, computer virus or hacker attacks) could interrupt the availability of our internet-based products and services, result in corruption or loss of data or breach in security and result in liability, reputational damage to our brands and/or adversely impact our operating results.

While we have policies, processes, internal controls and cybersecurity mechanisms in place intended to ensuremaintain the stability of our information technology, provide security from unauthorized access to our systems and maintain business continuity, no mechanisms are entirely free from the risk of failure and we have no guarantee that our security mechanisms will be adequate to prevent all possible security threats. Our brand, reputation, especially in theK-12 market, and consequently our operating results may be adversely impacted by unanticipated system failures, corruption, loss of data and/or breaches in security.


Failure to prevent or detect a malicious cyber-attack on our information technology systems could result in liability, reputational damage, loss of revenue and/or financial loss.

Cyber-attacks and hackers are becoming more sophisticated and pervasive. Our business is dependent on information technology systems to support our complex operational and logistical arrangements across our businesses.business. We provide software and/or internet-based products and services to our customers. We also use complex information technology systems and products to support our business activities, particularly in infrastructure and as we move our products and services to an increasingly digital delivery platform. Across our businessesbusiness we hold large volumes of personal data, including that of employees, customers and students.

Efforts to prevent cyber-attacks and hackers from entering our systems are expensive to implement and may limit the functionality of our systems. Individuals may try to gain unauthorized access to our systems and data for malicious purposes, and our security measures may fail to prevent such unauthorized access. Cyber-attacks and/or intentional hacking of our systems could adversely affect the performance or availability of our products, result in loss of customer data, adversely affect our ability to conduct business, or result in theft of our funds or proprietary information, the occurrence of which could result in liability, reputational damage, loss of revenue and/or financial loss.

We areRisks Related to Financial Condition, Credit Facilities and Liquidity

Our operating results fluctuate on a seasonal and quarterly basis and our business has historically been dependent on a small number of third parties to print and bind our products and to supply paper, a principal material for our products. If we were to lose our relationship with our print vendor and/or paper merchant, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We outsource the printing and binding of our products and currently rely on one key third-party print vendor that handles approximately 50% of our printing requirements, and we expect a small number of print vendors

18


will continue to account for a substantial portion of our printing requirements for the foreseeable future. The loss of, or a significant adverse change in our relationship with our key print vendor could have a material adverse effect on our business and cost of sales.

In addition, we purchase paper, a principal raw material for our print products, primarily through one paper merchant. Further, paper merchants, including our paper merchant, rely on paper mills to produce the paper that they broker. There can be no assurance that our relationships with our print vendor and/or paper merchant will continue or that their business or operations will not be affected by disruptions in the industries that they rely on, including a disruption in the paper mill industry, major disasters or other external factors. The loss of our key print vendor and/or paper merchant, a material change in our relationship with them, a material disruption in their business or their failure to otherwise perform in the expected manner could cause disruptions in our business that may materially and adversely affect our results of operations for the third quarter.

Our business is seasonal. Purchases of K-12 products are typically made in the second and financial condition.

third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. We may nottypically realize a significant portion of net sales during the third quarter, making third-quarter results material to full-year performance. This sales seasonality affects operating cash flow from quarter to quarter. We typically incur a net cash deficit from all of our activities into the third quarter of the year. We cannot be ablesure that our second and third quarter net sales will continue to identify and complete any future acquisitions or achieve the expected benefits from any previous or future acquisitions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and/or our growth.

We have at times used acquisitions as a means of expandingbe sufficient to fund our business and technologies, and expectmeet our obligations or that they will be higher than our net sales for our other quarters or in the prior-year periods. In the event that we will continue to do so innot derive sufficient net sales for the future as part of our capital allocation strategy. Wesecond and third quarter, we may have a liquidity shortfall and be unable to identify suitable acquisition opportunitiesfund our business and/or meet our debt service requirements and even ifother obligations.

Our net sales, operating profit or loss and net cash provided or used by operations are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar. As purchases of K-12 products are typically made in the second and third quarters of a given calendar year, changes in our customers’ ordering patterns may impact the comparison of results between a quarter and the same quarter of the prior year, between a quarter and the prior consecutive quarter or between a fiscal year and the prior fiscal year, which can make it difficult for us to forecast the timing of customer purchases and assess our financial performance until late in the year.

Our history of operations includes periods of operating and net losses, and we were ablemay incur operating and net losses in the future. Such losses may impact our liquidity.

Although we generated operating income and net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we generated operating losses of $447.9 million and $168.9 million, respectively, and net losses of $479.8 million and $213.8 million, respectively. If we revert to do so,suffering operating and net losses, our liquidity may suffer and we may not be able to finance or complete any such future acquisition on terms satisfactory to us. Further, we may not be able to successfully integrate previous or future acquisitions intofund our existing business achieve anticipated operating advantages and/or realize anticipated cost savings ormeet our debt service requirements and other synergies. The acquisition and integration of businesses involve a number of risks, including: use of available cash, issuance of equity or debt securities, incurrence of new indebtedness or borrowings under our revolving credit facility to consummateobligations. Furthermore, the acquisition and/or integrate the acquired business; diversion of management’s attention from operationsmarket price of our existing businesses and those of the acquired business to the integration; integration of complex systems, technologies and networks into our existing systems; difficulties in the assimilation and retention of employees; unexpected costs, delays or other risks related to transition support services provided under any transition services agreement thatcommon stock may be executed as part of the acquisition. These transactions may create multiple and overlapping product lines that are offered, priced and supported differently, which could cause customer confusion and delays in service. The demands on our management related to the increase in our size after an acquisition also may have potential adverse effects on our operating results.decline significantly.

If we are unable to finance or complete any future acquisition on terms satisfactory to us (or at all) and/or we are unable to successfully integrate any previous or future acquisitions into our existing business, achieve anticipated operating advantages and/or realize anticipated cost savings or other synergies from any such acquired business, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to attract, retain and focus a strong leadership team, a dynamic sales force, software engineers and other key personnel, it could have an adverse effect on our business and ability to remain competitive, financial condition and results from operations.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract, focus and retain a strong leadership team, a dynamic sales force, software engineers and other key personnel at economically reasonable compensation levels. We operate in highly competitive industry segments that continue to change to adapt to customer needs and technological advances and in which there is intense competition for experienced and highly effective personnel. If we are unable to timely attract and retain key personnel with relevant skills for our evolving industry segments it could adversely affect our business and ability to remain competitive, financial condition and results of operations.

19


In late summer / early fall of 2017, we added, through new hires and promotion, seven new members to our executive leadership team to serve under our President and Chief Executive Officer, who assumed his role in April 2017. Additional changes to our leadership team in the future could slow implementation of key initiatives, lead to changes in or create uncertainty about our business strategies and/or impact management’s attention to operations. Any such inefficiencies and uncertainty, as well as any failure of our new leadership team to timely and successfully transition into their roles could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results from operations and/or increase volatility in our stock price.

In addition, our business results depend largely upon the experience and knowledge of local market dynamics and long-standing customer relationships of our sales personnel. Our inability to attract, retain and focus effective sales and other key personnel at economically reasonable compensation levels could materially and adversely affect our ability to operate profitably and grow our business.

If we fail to maintain strong relationships with our authors, illustrators and other creative talent, as well as to develop relationships with new creative talent, our net sales and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our Trade publishing business and certain aspects of ourK-12 business are highly dependent on maintaining strong relationships with the authors, illustrators and other creative talent who produce books and other products sold to our customers. We operate in a number of highly visible industry segments where there is intense competition for successful authors, illustrators and other creative talent. Any overall weakening of these relationships, or the failure to develop successful new relationships, could have an adverse effect on our net sales and results of operations.

Our major operating costs and expenses include employee compensation as well as paper, printing and binding costs and expenses for product-related manufacturing, and a significant increase in such costs and expenses could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

Our major operating costs and expenses include employee compensation as well as paper, printing and binding costs for product-related manufacturing.


We offer competitive salary and benefit packages in order to attract and retain the employees required to grow and expand our businesses.business. Compensation costs are influenced by general economic and business factors, including those affecting the cost of health insurance, payout of commissions and incentive compensation and post-retirement benefits, as well as trends specific to the employee skillsets we require.

Paper is one of our principal raw materials. Paper prices fluctuate based on the worldwide demand for and supply of paper in general and for the specific types of paper we use. The price of paper may fluctuate significantly in the future, and changes in the market supply of, or demand for paper, could affect delivery times and prices. Paper mills and other suppliers may consolidate or there may be disruptions in their industry and as a result, there may be future shortfalls in quality and quantity supplies necessary to meet the demands of the entire marketplace, including our demands. As a result, we may need to find alternative sources for paper from time to time. In addition, we have extensive printing and binding requirements. We outsource the printing and binding of our books, workbooks and other printed products to third parties, typically under multi-year contracts. Increases in any of these operating costs and expenses could materially and adversely affect our business, profitability, financial condition and results of operations. Further, higher energy costs and other factors affecting the cost of publishing, transporting and distributing our products could adversely affect our financial results.

We also have other significant operating costs, and unanticipated increases in these costs could adversely affect our operating margins. Our inability to absorb the impact of increases in paper, printing and binding costs and other costs of publishing, transporting and distributing our products or any strategic determination not to pass on all or a portion of these increases to our customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

20We are subject to contingent liabilities that may affect liquidity and our ability to meet our obligations.


In the ordinary course of business, we issue performance-related surety bonds and letters of credit posted as security for our operating activities, some of which obligate us to make payments if we fail to perform under certain contracts in connection with the sale of instructional materials and assessment programs. The surety bonds are partially backstopped by letters of credit. As of December 31, 2021, our contingent liability for all letters of credit was approximately $16.1 million, of which $0.5 million were issued to backstop $1.1 million of surety bonds. The letters of credit reduce the borrowing availability on our revolving credit facility, which could affect liquidity and, therefore, our ability to meet our obligations. We may not realize expected benefits fromincrease the number and amount of contracts that require the use of letters of credit, which may further restrict liquidity and, therefore, our operational efficiencyability to meet our obligations in the future.

Our level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and cost-savings initiatives,results of operations.

As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately $325.0 million ($317.6 million, net of discount and issuance costs) of total indebtedness outstanding, comprised of $21.7 million of term loans and $303.3 million of senior secured notes. Our outstanding indebtedness could have important consequences, including those under our 2017 Restructuring Plan, and such initiatives may lead to unintended consequencesthe following:

our level of indebtedness could make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations;

our level of indebtedness could adversely impact our credit rating;

the restrictions imposed on the operation of our business under the agreements governing such indebtedness may hinder our ability to take advantage of strategic opportunities to grow our business and to make attractive investments;

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, restructuring, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired, which could be exacerbated by volatility in the credit markets;

we must use a portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness, which will reduce the funds available to us for operations, working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes;

our level of indebtedness could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that may have proportionately less debt;


our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate may be limited;

our failure to satisfy our obligations under the agreements governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default, which could result in all of our debt becoming immediately due and payable and could permit our secured lenders to foreclose on our assets securing such indebtedness;

our level of indebtedness makes us more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse developments in our business and industry; and

we may be vulnerable to interest rate increases, as certain of our borrowings bear interest at variable rates. A 1% increase or decrease in the interest rate will change our interest expense by approximately $0.2 million on an annual basis for our term loan facility and $2.5 million on an annual basis for our revolving credit facility, assuming it is fully drawn.

Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations.operations, prospects and ability to satisfy our obligations. In addition, we may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the agreements governing our existing indebtedness do not, and any future debt may not, fully prohibit us from doing so. If new indebtedness is added to our current indebtedness levels, the related risks that we now face could substantially intensify.

On an ongoing basis,We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations and to fund planned capital expenditures and other growth initiatives depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including our senior secured notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we assess opportunities for improved operational effectivenessmay be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and efficiencymay not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and better alignment of expenses with net sales, while preservingresources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our senior secured term loan and revolving credit facilities have certain restrictions on our ability to makeuse the investments in content and our peopleproceeds from asset sales. We may not be able to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are importantfair and proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to our long-term success. In March 2017, we committed to certain actions under the 2017 Restructuring Plan in order to improve our operational efficiency, better focus on the needs of our customers andright-size our cost structure to create long-term shareholder value. These actions include making organizational design changes across layers of the Company below the executive team and otherright-sizing initiatives expected to result in reductions in force, consolidating and/or subletting certain office space under real estate leases as well as other potential operational efficiency and cost-reduction initiatives. We have substantially completed the organizational design change actions and expect to complete the remaining actions by the end of 2018.meet any debt service obligations then due.

We estimate annualized cost savings of approximately $70.0 million to $80.0 million exiting 2018 as a result of these actions and estimate that implementation of these actions are expected to result in totalmay record future goodwill or additional indefinite-lived intangibles impairment charges of approximately $45.0 million to $49.0 million, of which approximately $35.0 million to $39.0 million of these charges are estimated to result in future cash outlays.

Expected costs, savings and operational efficiency benefits under such initiatives, including those under our 2017 Restructuring Plan, may differ materially from our estimates and expectations based on many factors, including timing of actions thereunder and higher than expected costs of implementation. In addition, such initiatives may lead to unintended consequences, such as management and employee distraction, inability to attract and retain key personnel, attrition beyond planned reductions, and reduced morale and productivity, which could have a material effectadverse impact on our results of operations.

We test our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles asset balances for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may exist. In evaluating the potential for impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, we make assumptions regarding estimated net sales projections, growth rates, cash flows and discount rates. Although we use consistent methodologies in developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations used in our impairment tests, these estimates are uncertain by nature and can vary from actual results. Declines in the future performance and cash flows of the business or small changes in other key assumptions may result in future impairment charges, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. We had goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of approximately $438.0 million and $161.0 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. There was a goodwill impairment charge of $279.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. There were no goodwill impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2019. There were also no impairment charges for indefinite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.


A change from up-front payment by school districts for multi-year programs and actions taken in furtherance of our long-term growth strategy could adversely affect our cash flow.

In keeping with the past practice of payments, school districts typically pay up-front when buying multi-year programs. If school districts changed their payment practices to spread their payments to us over the term of a program, our cash flow could be adversely affected. Further, as we execute on our long-term growth strategy, actions taken in furtherance of our strategy, such as transitioning to new business models could adversely impact our cash flow and our business in unforeseen ways.

The shift to sales of greater digital content or an increase in consumable print core programs may affect the comparability of our revenue to prior periods and cause increases or decreases in our sales to be reflected in our results of operations on a delayed basis.

Our customers typically pay for purchased products up-front; however, we recognize a significant portion of our time-based digital sales over their respective terms, as required by Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States. As a result, an increase in the portion of our sales coming from digital sales may impact the comparison of our revenue results for a period with the same prior-year or consecutive period. Further, sales of consumable print core programs typically result in net sales being recognized over longer periods similar to time-based digital products. As more product offerings move to a consumable print format, more revenue will be deferred and recognized over a longer period of time.

Another effect of recognizing revenue from digital and consumable print core program sales over their respective terms is that any increases or decreases in sales during a particular period may not translate into proportional increases or decreases in revenue during that period. Consequently, deteriorating sales activity may be less immediately observable in our results of operations.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

Our ability to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be limited, which may harm our competitive position and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our products are largely comprised of intellectual property content delivered through a variety of media, including print, digital and web-based media. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and other intellectual property laws and rights as well as employee agreements and other contracts to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our products and technology. However, our efforts to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights may not be sufficient and we cannot make assurances that our proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Moreover, we conduct business in certain other countries where the extent of effective legal protection for intellectual property rights is uncertain. It is possible we could be involved in expensive and time-consuming litigation to maintain, defend or enforce our intellectual property.

Furthermore, despite the existence of copyright and trademark protection under applicable laws, third parties may nonetheless violate our intellectual property rights, and our ability to remedy such violations, including in certain foreign countries where we conduct or seek to conduct business, may be limited. In addition, the copying and distribution of content over the Internet creates additional challenges for us in protecting our proprietary rights. If we are unable to adequately protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our competitive position may be harmed, and our business and financial results could be materially and adversely affected.

Failure to comply with privacy laws or adequately protect personal data could cause financial loss and reputational damage.

Across our businesses we hold large volumes of personal data, including that of employees, customers and students. We are subject to a wide array of different privacy laws, rules, regulations and standards in the U.S. as well as in foreign jurisdictions where we conduct business, including, but not limited to (i) the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act and state student data privacy laws in connection with personally identifiable information of students, (ii) the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards in connection with collection of credit card information from customers, and (iii) various EU data protection and privacy laws, including a comprehensive General Data Privacy Regulation that became effective in May 2018.


There has been increased public attention regarding the use of personal information and data transfer, accompanied by legislation and regulations intended to strengthen data protection, information security and consumer and personal privacy. The law in these areas continues to develop and the changing nature of privacy laws in the U.S., the European Union and elsewhere could impact our processing of personal and sensitive information of our employees, vendors and customers.

Continued privacy concerns may result in new or amended laws and regulations. Our brands and customer relationships are important assets. Future laws and regulations with respect to the collection, compilation, use, and publication of information and data privacy could result in limitations on our operations, increased compliance or litigation expense, adverse publicity, reputational damage to our brands and customer relationships, potential cancellation of existing business and diminished ability to compete for future business. It is also possible that we could be prohibited from collecting or disseminating certain types of data, which could affect our ability to meet our customers’ needs.

Changes in U.S. federal, state and local or foreign tax law, interpretations of existing tax law, or adverse determinations by tax authorities, could increase our tax burden or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to taxation at the federal, state or provincial and local levels in the U.S. and various other countries and jurisdictions. Any new tax legislative initiatives or tax reforms may result in further changes in tax laws and related regulations, our financial results could be materially impacted. Given the unpredictability of these possible changes, it is very difficult to assess whether the overall effect of such potential tax changes would be cumulatively positive or negative for our earnings and cash flow, but such changes could adversely impact our financial results.

Other Risks Related to Our Business

We may not be able to identify and complete any future acquisitions or achieve the expected benefits from any future acquisitions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and/or our growth.

We have at times used acquisitions as a means of expanding our business and technologies and expect that we will continue to do so in the future as part of our capital allocation strategy. We may be unable to identify suitable acquisition opportunities and, even if we were able to do so, we may not be able to finance or complete any such future acquisition on terms satisfactory to us. Further, we may not be able to successfully integrate acquisitions into our existing business, achieve anticipated operating advantages and/or realize anticipated cost savings or other synergies. The acquisition and integration of businesses involve a number of risks, including: use of available cash, issuance of equity or debt securities, incurrence of new indebtedness or borrowings under our revolving credit facility to consummate the acquisition and/or integrate the acquired business; diversion of management’s attention from operations of our existing businesses and those of the acquired business to the integration; integration of complex systems, technologies and networks into our existing systems; difficulties in the assimilation and retention of employees; unexpected costs, delays or other risks related to transition support services provided under any transition services agreement that may be executed as part of the acquisition. These transactions may create multiple and overlapping product lines that are offered, priced and supported differently, which could cause customer confusion and delays in service. The demands on our management related to the increase in our size after an acquisition also may have potential adverse effects on our operating results.


If we are unable to finance or complete any future acquisition on terms satisfactory to us (or at all) and/or we are unable to successfully integrate any acquisitions into our existing business, achieve anticipated operating advantages and/or realize anticipated cost savings or other synergies from any such acquired business, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Exposure to litigation could have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.

In the ordinary course of business, we are involved in legal actions, claims, litigation, investigations and other matters arising from our business operations and face the risk that additional actions and claims will be filed in the future.

Litigation alleging infringement of copyrights and other intellectual property rights, particularly with respect to proprietary photographs and images, is common in the educational publishing industry. While management does not expect any of the existing legal actions and claims arising from our business operations to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows, due to the inherent uncertainty of the litigation process, the costs of pursuing or defending against any particular legal proceeding, or the resolution of any particular legal proceeding could have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.

We have insurance in such amounts and with such coverage and deductibles as management believes is reasonable. However, our coverage for certain businessproduct lines has been exhausted and there can be no assurance that our liability insurance for other businessproduct lines will cover all events or that the limits of such coverage will be sufficient to fully cover all potential liabilities thereunder.

Operational disruption to our business caused by a major disaster or other external threats could restrict our ability to supply products and services to our customers.

Across all our businesses, we manage complex operational and logistical arrangements including distribution centers, data centers and large office facilities. Failure to recover from a major disaster (such as fire, flood or other natural disaster) or other external threat (such as terrorist attacks, strikes, weather or political unrest or other external factors) at a key center or facility could affect our business and employees, disrupt our daily business activities and/or restrict our ability to supply products and services to our customers.

21


We are subject to contingent liabilities that may affect liquidity and our ability to meet our obligations.

In the ordinary course of business, we issue performance-related surety bonds and letters of credit posted as security for our operating activities, some of which obligate us to make payments if we fail to perform under certain contracts in connection with the sale of instructional materials and assessment programs. The surety bonds are partially backstopped by letters of credit. As of December 31, 2017, our contingent liability for all letters of credit was approximately $25.2 million, of which $0.1 million were issued to backstop $2.5 million of surety bonds. The letters of credit reduce the borrowing availability on our revolving credit facility, which could affect liquidity and, therefore, our ability to meet our obligations. We may increase the number and amount of contracts that require the use of letters of credit, which may further restrict liquidity and, therefore, our ability to meet our obligations in the future.

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $780.0 million ($768.2 million, net of discount and issuance costs) outstanding under our term loan facility and no amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility. Our substantial outstanding indebtedness could have important consequences, including the following:

our high level of indebtedness could make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations;

our high level of indebtedness could adversely impact our credit rating;

the restrictions imposed on the operation of our business under the agreements governing such indebtedness may hinder our ability to take advantage of strategic opportunities to grow our business and to make attractive investments;

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, restructuring, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired, which could be exacerbated by volatility in the credit markets;

we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness, which will reduce the funds available to us for operations, working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes;

our high level of indebtedness could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that may have proportionately less debt;

our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate may be limited;

our failure to satisfy our obligations under the agreements governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default, which could result in all of our debt becoming immediately due and payable and could permit our secured lenders to foreclose on our assets securing such indebtedness;

our high level of indebtedness makes us more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse developments in our business and industry; and

we may be vulnerable to interest rate increases, as certain of our borrowings bear interest at variable rates. A 1% increase or decrease in the interest rate will change our interest expense by approximately $7.8 million on an annual basis for our term loan facility and $2.5 million on an annual basis for our revolving credit facility, assuming it is fully drawn.

Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and ability to satisfy our obligations. In addition, we may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the agreements governing our existing indebtedness do not, and any future debt may not, fully prohibit us from doing so. If new indebtedness is added to our current indebtedness levels, the related risks that we now face could substantially intensify.

22


We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations and to fund planned capital expenditures and other growth initiatives depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities restrict our ability to use the proceeds from asset sales. We may not be able to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair and proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

We may record future goodwill or additional indefinite-lived intangibles impairment charges related to our reporting units, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

We test our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles asset balances for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may exist. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level and, in evaluating the potential for impairment of goodwill, we make assumptions regarding estimated net sales projections, growth rates, cash flows and discount rates. Although we use consistent methodologies in developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations used in our impairment tests, these estimates are uncertain by nature and can vary from actual results. Declines in the future performance and cash flows of the reporting unit or small changes in other key assumptions may result in future impairment charges, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

A change fromup-front payment by school districts for multi-year programs and actions taken in furtherance of our long-term growth strategy could adversely affect our cash flow.

In keeping with the past practice of payments, school districts typically payup-front when buying multi-year programs. If school districts changed their payment practices to spread their payments to us over the term of a program, our cash flow could be adversely affected. Further, as we execute on our long-term growth strategy, actions taken in furtherance of our strategy, such as transitioning to new business models could adversely impact our cash flow and our business in unforeseen ways.

The shift to sales of greater digital content or an increase in consumable print core programs may affect the comparability of our revenue to prior periods and cause increases or decreases in our sales to be reflected in our results of operations on a delayed basis.

AsK-12 instructional materials transition from printed to digital products, an increasing percentage of our revenues are derived from time-based digital products. Our customers typically pay for purchased productsup-front; however, we recognize a significant portion of our time-based digital sales over their respective terms, as required by Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States. As a result, an increase in the portion of our sales coming from digital sales may impact the comparison of our revenue results for a period with the same prior-year or consecutive period. Further, sales of consumable print core programs typically result in net sales being recognized over a longer periods similar to time-based digital products. As more product offerings move to a consumable print format, more revenue will be deferred and recognized over a longer period of time.

23


Another effect of recognizing revenue from digital and consumable print core program sales over their respective terms is that any increases or decreases in sales during a particular period may not translate into proportional increases or decreases in revenue during that period. Consequently, deteriorating sales activity may be less immediately observable in our results of operations.

Changes in U.S. federal, state and local or foreign tax law, interpretations of existing tax law, or adverse determinations by tax authorities, could increase our tax burden or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

As a global learning company, we are subject to taxation at the federal, state or provincial and local levels in the U.S. and various other countries and jurisdictions. As a result, our effective tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the various places that we operate. Our effective tax rate, however, may be different than experienced in the past due to numerous factors, including changes in the mix of our profitability from country to country, the results of examinations and audits of our tax filings, adjustments to the value of our uncertain tax positions, changes in accounting for income taxes and changes in tax laws, including the 2017 Tax Act. Any of these factors could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods or our current expectations.

We face risks of doing business abroad.

We conduct business in a number of regions outside of the U.S., including emerging markets in South America, Asia, Africa and the Middle East. Accordingly, we face exposure to the risks of doing business abroad, including, but not limited to, longer customer payment terms in certain countries; increased credit risk; difficulties in protecting intellectual property, enforcing or terminating agreements and collecting receivables under certain foreign legal systems; compliance under local privacy laws, rules, regulations and standards; the need to comply with U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and local laws, rules and regulations; and in some countries, a higher risk of political instability, economic volatility, terrorism, corruption, and social and ethnic unrest.

Although we are committed to conducting business in a legal and ethical manner in compliance with local and international statutory requirements and standards applicable to our business, there is a risk that our management, employees or representatives may take actions that violate applicable laws and regulations prohibiting the making of improper payments for the purposes of obtaining or keeping business, including laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or the U.K. Bribery Act. Responding to investigations is costly and requires a significant amount of management’s time and attention. In addition, investigations may adversely impact our reputation, or lead to litigation and financial impacts.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.


24


Item 2. Properties

Our principal executive office is located at 125 High Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. The following table describes the approximate building areas in square feet, principal uses and the years of expiration on leased premises of our significant operating properties as of December 31, 2017.2021. We believe that these properties are suitable and adequate for our present and anticipated business needs, satisfactory for the uses to which each is put, and, in general, fully utilized.

 

 

Expiration

 

Approximate

 

 

Principal use

Location Expiration
year
 Approximate area Principal use of space Segment used by 

 

year

 

area

 

 

of space

Owned Premises:

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indianapolis, Indiana

 Owned  491,779  Warehouse  All segments 

Troy, Missouri

 Owned  575,000  Office and warehouse  Education 

 

Owned

 

 

575,000

 

 

Office and warehouse

Leased Premises:

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Orlando, Florida (a)

 2029  250,842  Office  Education 

Boston, Massachusetts (Corporate office)

 

2033

 

 

196,689

 

 

Office

Orlando, Florida

 

2029

 

 

111,073

 

 

Office

Evanston, Illinois

 2027  111,398  Office  Education 

 

2027

 

 

60,522

 

 

Office

Itasca, Illinois

 2027  105,976  Office  Education 

Geneva, Illinois

 2022  485,989  Office and warehouse  Education 

 

2026

 

 

513,512

 

 

Office and warehouse

Boston, Massachusetts (Corporate office)

 2033  194,946  Office  All segments 

Portsmouth, New Hampshire

 2019  25,145  Office  Education 

 

2031

 

 

40,032

 

 

Office

New York, New York

 2025  31,815  Office  Education 

New York, New York

 2027  101,841  Office  All segments 

 

2027

 

 

101,421

 

 

Office

Austin, Texas

 2028  87,570  Office  Education 

 

2028

 

 

87,570

 

 

Office

Dublin, Ireland

 2025  39,108  Office  Education 

 

2025

 

 

28,994

 

 

Office

Orlando, Florida

  2021   25,400   Warehouse   
Corporate Records
Center

 

 

2025

 

 

25,400

 

 

Warehouse

Itasca, Illinois

 2019  46,823  Warehouse  Education 

St Charles, Illinois

 2024  26,029  Office  Education 

 

2024

 

 

26,029

 

 

Office

In addition, we lease several other offices that are not material to our operations and, in some instances, are partially or fully subleased. Portions of certain properties listed above are also subleased.

(a)Effective October 2019, lease square footage will be reduced to approximately 111,000.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in legal actions, claims, litigation and other matters incidental to our business. Litigation alleging infringement of copyrights and other intellectual property rights, particularly with respect to proprietary photographs and images, is common in the educational publishing industry.

While management believes there is a reasonable possibility we may incur a loss associated with the existing legal actions, claims and litigation, we are not able to estimate such amount, but we do not expect any of these matters to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We have insurance in such amounts and with such coverage and deductibles as management believes is reasonable. However, there can be no assurance that our liability insurance will cover all events or that the limits of such coverage will be sufficient to fully cover all potential liabilities thereunder. Refer to Note 14 of the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. for a discussion of such matters.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.


25


Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market information. Our common stock has beenis listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “HMHC” since November 14, 2013. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported by Nasdaq..

 

2016  High   Low 

First Quarter

  $21.42   $16.00 

Second Quarter

   21.08    14.72 

Third Quarter

   17.69    12.80 

Fourth Quarter

   13.74    9.15 
2017    

First Quarter

  $11.80   $9.25 

Second Quarter

   13.95    9.90 

Third Quarter

   12.55    9.80 

Fourth Quarter

   12.25    8.05 

The closing price of our common stock on Nasdaq on February 2, 2018, was $7.95 per share.

Holders. As of February 2, 2018,1, 2022, there were approximately 16six stockholders of record of our common stock, one of which was Cede & Co., a nominee for The Depository Trust Company. All of our common stock held by brokerage firms, banks and other financial institutions as nominees for beneficial owners are considered to be held of record by Cede & Co., who is considered to be one stockholder of record. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares of common stock are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. Because such shares of common stock are held on behalf of stockholders, and not by the stockholders directly, and because a stockholder can have multiple positions with different brokerage firms, banks and other financial institutions, we are unable to determine the total number of stockholders we have.

Dividends.We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. At present, we intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund operations and the growth of our business and, as appropriate, execute our share repurchase program.business. Our future decisions concerning the payment of dividends on our common stock will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition and capital expenditure plans, as well as other factors as our board of directors, in its discretion, may consider relevant, and the extent to which the declaration or payment of dividends may be limited by agreements we have entered into or cause us to lose the benefits of certain of our agreements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Performance Graph. The graph below matches the cumulative return of holders of the Company’s common stock with the cumulative returns of the Dow Jones Publishing index, the S&P 500 index, the Nasdaq Composite index, the Russell 2000 index, and a Peer Group index of certain public companies in the educational space, comprised of Pearson PLC, Scholastic Corporation, Stride Inc. (formerly K-12 Inc.), and John Wiley & Sons, Inc. The Russell 2000 index was included as the Company was added to that index during 2014. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the Company’s common stock, in each index (including reinvestment of dividends) was $100 on November 14, 2013December 31, 2016 and tracks it through February 2, 2018.1, 2022. All prices reflect closing prices on the last day of trading at the end of each period. Notwithstanding any general incorporation by reference of this Annual Report on Form 10-K into any other document, the information contained in the graph shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except: (i) as expressly required by applicable law or regulation; or (ii) to the extent that the Company specifically requests that such information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporates it by reference into a filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.


 

26


The stock price performance shown on the graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance. Information used in the graph was obtained from a source we believe to be reliable, but we do not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions in such information.

Recent sales of unregistered securities. There have been no sales of unregistered securities by the Company in the three yearthree-year period ended December 31, 2017.2021.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

There were no purchases of equity securities in the fourth quarter of 20172021 and for the year ended December 31, 2017. Our Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion in aggregate value of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2017, there was approximately $482.0 million available for share repurchases under this authorization. The aggregate share repurchase program may be executed through December 31, 2018. Repurchases under the program may be made from time to time in the open market (including under a trading plan) or in privately negotiated transactions. The extent and timing of any such repurchases would generally be at our discretion and subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements and other considerations. Any repurchased shares may be used for general corporate purposes.2021.

Item 6. Reserved

 

27


Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table summarizes the consolidated historical financial data of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company. We derived the consolidated historical financial data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. We derived the consolidated historical financial statement data as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements for such years, which are not included in this Annual Report. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period. The data set forth in the following table should be read together with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017 (4)  2016 (4)  2015 (4)  2014  2013 

Operating Data:

      

Net sales

  $1,407,511  $1,372,685  $1,416,059  $1,372,316  $1,378,612 

Cost and expenses:

      

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

   617,802   610,715   622,668   588,726   585,059 

Publishing rights amortization

   46,238   61,351   81,007   105,624   139,588 

Pre-publication amortization

   126,038   130,243   120,506   129,693   121,715 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cost of sales

   790,078   802,309   824,181   824,043   846,362 

Selling and administrative

   654,860   699,544   681,124   612,535   580,887 

Other intangible asset amortization

   30,748   26,750   22,038   12,170   18,968 

Impairment charge forpre-publication costs, intangible assets, investment in preferred stock, and fixed assets (1)

   3,980   139,205   —     1,679   9,000 

Restructuring (2)

   40,653   —     —     —     —   

Severance and other charges (3)

   713   15,650   4,767   7,300   10,040 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating loss

   (113,521  (310,773  (116,051  (85,411  (86,645
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

      

Interest expense

   (42,805  (39,181  (32,254  (18,495  (21,573

Interest income

   1,338   518   209   250   229 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   —     —     (3,051  —     (598

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

   1,366   (614  (2,362  (1,593  (252
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

   (153,622  (350,050  (153,509  (105,249  (108,839

Income tax expense (benefit)

   (50,435  (65,492  (19,640  6,242   2,347 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(103,187 $(284,558 $(133,869 $(111,491 $(111,186
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

  $(0.84 $(2.32 $(0.98 $(0.79 $(0.79
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  $(0.84 $(2.32 $(0.98 $(0.79 $(0.79
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   122,949,064   122,418,474   136,760,107   140,594,689   139,928,650 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (as of period end):

      

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $235,428  $306,943  $432,403  $743,345  $425,349 

Working capital

   116,870   200,570   376,217   751,009   588,643 

Total assets (5)

   2,563,591   2,731,471   3,121,950   2,982,788   2,870,364 

Debt (short-term and long-term) (5)

   768,194   772,738   777,283   235,265   235,445 

Stockholders’ equity

   795,193   880,040   1,198,321   1,759,680   1,850,276 

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

      

Net cash provided by (used in):

      

Operating activities

   135,130   143,751   348,359   491,043   157,203 

Investing activities

   (204,923  (113,946  (676,787  (367,619  (168,578

Financing activities

   (7,330  (37,960  106,104   19,529   (4,075


 

28


   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017 (4)   2016 (4)   2015 (4)   2014   2013 

Other Data:

          

Capital expenditures:

          

Pre-publication capital expenditures

   139,108    124,031    103,709    115,509    126,718 

Property, plant, and equipment capital expenditures

   58,294    105,553    82,987    67,145    59,803 

Depreciation and intangible asset amortization

   152,480    167,926    176,103    190,084    220,264 

(1)Primarily represents tradenames and to a lesser extent software and program development costs, along with a preferred stock investment.
(2)Represents cash and noncash charges incurred as a result of our 2017 Restructuring Plan.
(3)Represents severance and real estate charges not part of our 2017 Restructuring Plan.
(4)Includes the results of our acquisition of the EdTech business from May 29, 2015 through December 31, 2017. For further information regarding the acquisition of the EdTech business, see Note 3 to the financial statements.
(5)2013 through 2015 include the retrospective adoption of new guidance for the recognition and measurement of debt issuance costs effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015.

29


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis is intended to facilitate an understanding of our results of operations and financial condition and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanyingrelated notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report.Report on Form 10-K. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and industry that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report.Report on Form 10-K. See “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a global learning technology company specializing in educationcommitted to delivering connected solutions acrossthat engage learners, empower educators and improve student outcomes. As a varietyleading provider of media, delivering content,K–12 core curriculum, supplemental and intervention solutions, and professional learning services, we partner with educators and technologyschool districts to both educational institutionsuncover solutions that unlock students’ potential and consumers, reaching overextend teachers’ capabilities. We estimate that we serve more than 50 million students and three million educators in more than 150 countries worldwide. In the United States, we are a leading provider ofK-12 educational content by market share. We believe our long-standing reputation and trusted brand enable us to capitalize on consumer and digital trends in the education market through our existing and developing channels. Furthermore, our trade and reference materials, including adult and children’s fiction andnon-fiction books, have won industry awards such as the Pulitzer Prize, Newbery and Caldecott medals and National Book Award.countries.

Corporate HistoryRecent Developments

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on March 5, 2010, and was established as the holding company of the current operating group. Houghton Mifflin Harcourt was formed in December 2007 with the acquisition of Harcourt Education Group, then the second-largestK-12 U.S. publisher, by Houghton Mifflin Group. We are headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts.

Acquisition by Veritas

On April 23, 2015,February 21, 2022, we entered into a stockmerger agreement which provides for the acquisition of our company by entities beneficially owned by The Veritas Capital Fund VII, L.P. at a price of $21.00 per share of our common stock. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2022. See Note 20 - Acquisition by Entities Beneficially Owned by Veritas for additional information related to this pending transaction.

HMH Books & Media Consumer Publishing Business and Discontinued Operations

On May 10, 2021, we completed the sale of all of the assets and liabilities used primarily in the HMH Books & Media segment, our consumer publishing business, for cash consideration of $349.0 million, subject to a customary working capital adjustment resulting in a payment to the purchaser of $8.4 million, and the purchaser’s assumption of all liabilities relating to the HMH Books & Media business subject to specified exceptions (collectively, the “Transaction”). Total net cash proceeds after the payment of transaction costs and exclusive of working capital adjustment, were approximately $337.0 million, which we used to pay down debt. The divestiture enables HMH to focus singularly on K–12 education and accelerate growth momentum in digital sales, annual recurring revenue and free cash flow while paying down a significant portion of our debt. As part of the agreement, all HMH Books & Media business employees joined the acquiring company.

Upon entering into the asset purchase agreement on March 26, 2021 and qualifying as held-for-sale, the HMH Books & Media business was classified as a discontinued operation due to its relative size and strategic rationale, and accordingly, all results of the HMH Books & Media business have been removed from continuing operations for all periods presented, including from discussions of total net sales and other results of operations. Included within the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 discontinued operations financial results is interest expense of $9.4 million, $28.3 million and $19.3 million, respectively, based on our required repayment of the Company’s debt with Scholastic Corporation (“Scholastic”)the net proceeds from the sale. On the balance sheet, all assets and liabilities that transferred to acquire certain assets (including the stockacquirer have been classified as Assets of discontinued operations or Liabilities of discontinued operations. The results of the HMH Books & Media business were previously reported in its own reportable segment. We currently report our revenues and financial results from continuing operations under one reportable segment.  

Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information refers to continuing operations.


COVID-19

Over the past two years, we implemented a number of Scholastic’s subsidiaries) comprising its Educational Technologymeasures intended to help protect our shareholders, employees, and Services (“EdTech”) business. customers amid the COVID-19 pandemic. We also took actions to help mitigate some of the adverse impact of COVID-19 to our profitability and cash flow including, but not limited to, furloughs, salary reductions, spending freezes, and proactive outreach to schools to support them through this period of disruption with virtual learning resources.

2020 Restructuring Plan

We revised our cost structure amid the COVID-19 pandemic to further align our cost structure to our net sales and long-term strategy. As part of this effort, on September 4, 2020, we finalized a voluntary retirement incentive program, which was offered toall U.S. based employees at least 55 years of age with at least five years of service. Of the eligible employees, 165 elected to participate representing approximately 5% of our workforce. The majority of the employees voluntarily retired as of September 4, 2020 with select employees leaving later in the year.  Each of the employees received separation payments in accordance with our severance policy. 

On May 29, 2015,September 30, 2020, our Board of Directors committed to a restructuring program, including a reduction in force, as part of the ongoing assessment of our cost structure amid the COVID-19 pandemic. The reduction in force resulted in a 22% reduction in our workforce, including positions eliminated as part of the voluntary retirement incentive program mentioned above, and net of newly created positions to support our digital-first operations. The reduction in force resulted in the departure of approximately 525 employees and was completed in October 2020. Each of the employees received separation payments in accordance with our severance policy. The total one-time, non-recurring cost incurred in connection with the 2020 restructuring program, inclusive of the voluntary retirement incentive program (collectively the “2020 Restructuring Plan”), all of which represented cash expenditures, was approximately $30.9 million. These actions streamlined the cost structure of the Company.

Strategic Transformation Plan

On October 15, 2019, our Board of Directors approved changes connected with our ongoing strategic transformation to simplify our business model and accelerate growth. This includes new product development and go-to-market capabilities, as well as the streamlining of operations company-wide for greater efficiency. These actions, which we refer to as our 2019 Restructuring Plan, resulted in the net elimination of approximately 10% of our workforce, after taking into account new strategy-aligned positions that are expected to be added, and additional operating and capitalized cost reductions, including an approximately 20% reduction in previously planned content development expenditures over the next three years. These steps were intended to further simplify our business model while delivering increased value to customers, teachers and students. The workforce reductions were completed during the acquisitionfirst quarter of 2020.

After considering additional headcount actions, implementation of the planned actions resulted in total charges of $15.8 million which was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2019. With respect to each major type of cost associated with such activities, substantially all costs were severance and paid an aggregate purchase price of $574.8 millionother termination benefit costs and resulted in cash to Scholastic, including adjustments for working capital. The EdTech acquisition provided us with a leading positionexpenditures.

Further, as part of the strategic transformation plan, we recorded an incremental $9.8 million inventory obsolescence charge in intervention curriculum and services and extended our product offeringsthe fourth quarter of 2019 which was recorded in other areas, including educational technology, early learning, and education services, creating a more comprehensive offering for students, teachers and schools.cost of sales in the statement of operations.     

Key Aspects and Trends of Our Operations

Business Segments

We are organized along two business segments: Education and Trade Publishing. Our Education segment is our largest segment and represented approximately 87% of our total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 88% of our total net sales for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Our Trade Publishing segment represented approximately 13% of our total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 12% of our total net sales for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Corporate and Other category represents certain general overhead costs not fully allocated to the business segments, such as legal, accounting, treasury, human resources and executive functions.

Net Sales

We derive revenue primarily from the sale of print and digital content and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, multimedia instructional programs, license fees for book rights, content, software and

30


services, test scoring, consulting and training. We primarily sell to customers in the United States. Our net sales are driven primarily as a function of volume and, to a certain extent, changes in price. Our net sales consist of our billingsinvoices for products and services, less revenue that will be deferred until future recognition


along with a provisionthe transaction price allocation adjusted to reflect the estimated returns for product returns.the arrangement. Deferred revenues primarily derive from online interactive digital content, digital and online learning components along with undelivered work-texts, workbooks and services. The work-texts, workbooks and services are deferred until delivered,control is transferred to the customer, which often extends over the life of the contract, and our hosted online and digital content is typically recognized ratably over the life of the contract. The digitalization of education content and delivery is driving a shift in the education market. As theK-12 educational market transitions to purchasing more digital, personalized education solutions, we believe our ability now or in the future to offer embedded assessments, adaptive learning, real-time interaction and student specific personalization of educational content in a platform- and device-agnostic manner will provide new opportunities for growth. An increasing number of schools are utilizing digital content in their classrooms and implementing online or blended learning environments, which is altering the historical mix of print and digital educational materials in the classroom. As a result, our business model has shifted to moreincludes integrated solutions comprised of both print and digital and online learning componentsofferings/products to address the needs of the education marketplace; thus, often resulting in an increase in our billings being deferred compared to historical levels.marketplace. The level of revenues being deferred can fluctuate depending upon the mix of product offering between digital andnon-digital products, the length of programs and the mix of product delivered immediately or over time.

Core curriculum programs, which historically represent the most significant portion of our Education segment net sales, cover curriculum standards in a particularK-12 academic subject and include a comprehensive offering of teacher and student materials required to conduct the class throughout the school year. Products and services in these programs include print and digital offerings for students and a variety of supporting materials such as teacher’s editions, formative assessments, supplemental materials, whole group instruction materials, practice aids, educational games and professional services. The process through which materials and curricula are selected and procured for classroom use varies throughout the United States. Currently, nineteen19 states, known as adoption states, review and approve new programs usually every six to eight years on a state-wide basis. School districts in those states typically select and purchase materials from the state-approved list. The remaining states are known as open states or open territories.territory states. In those states, materials are not reviewed at the state level, and each individual school or school district is free to procure materials at any time, although most follow afive-to-ten year replacement cycle. The student population in adoption states represents overapproximately 50% of the U.S. elementary and secondaryschool-age population. Some adoption states provide “categorical funding” for instructional materials, which means that those state funds cannot be used for any other purpose. Our core curriculum programs primarily in adoption states, typically have higher deferred sales than other parts of the business. The higher deferred sales are primarily due to the length of time that our programs are being delivered, along with greater component and digital product offerings. A significant portion of our Education segment net sales is dependent upon our ability to maintain residual sales, which are subsequent sales after the year of the original adoption, and our ability to continue to generate new business by developing new programs that meet our customers’ evolving needs. In addition, our market is affected by changes in state curriculum standards, which drive instruction, assessment and accountability in each state. Changes in state curriculum standards require that instructional materials be revised or replaced to align to the new standards, which historically has driven demand for core curriculum programs.

We also derive our Education segment net sales from the sale of summative, cognitivesupplemental and formative orin-classroom assessments to districts and schools in all 50 states. Summative assessments are concluding or “final” exams that measure students’ proficiency in a particular academic subject or group of subjects on an aggregate level or against state standards. Formative assessments areon-going,in-classroom tests that occur throughout the school year and monitor progress in certain subjects or curriculum units. Additionally, our offerings include supplementalintervention products that target struggling learners through comprehensive intervention solutions aimed at raising student achievement by providing solutions that combine technology, content and other educational products, as well as consulting and professional development services. We also offer products targeted at assisting English language learners.

Further, we also derive net sales from the delivery of services to K-12 educators and administrators to build instructional excellence, cultivate leadership and provide school districts with the comprehensive support they need to raise student achievement. These offerings include ongoing curriculum support and expertise in professional development, coaching, and strategic consulting.

31


In international markets, we predominantly export and sellK-12 books to premium private schools that utilize the U.S. curriculum, which are located primarily in Asia, the Pacific, the Middle East, Latin America, the Caribbean and Africa. Our international sales team utilizes a global network of distributors in local markets around the world.


Our Trade Publishing segment sells works of fiction andnon-fiction in the General Interest and Young Reader’s categories, dictionaries and other reference works. While print remains the primary format in which trade books are produced and distributed, the market for trade titles in digital format, primarilye-books, has developed over the past several years, and generally represents approximately 10% of our annual Trade Publishing net sales.

Factors affecting our net sales include:

Education

state or district per student funding levels;

general economic conditions at the federal and state level;

federal

state and school district per student funding levels;

the cyclicality of the purchasing schedule for adoption states;

federal funding levels;

student enrollments;

the cyclicality of the purchasing schedule for adoption states;

adoption of new education standards;

student enrollments;

state acceptance of submitted programs and participation rates for accepted programs;

adoption of new academic standards;

technological advancement and the introduction of new content and products that meet the needs of students, teachers and consumers, including through strategic agreements pertaining to content development and distribution;

state acceptance of submitted programs and participation rates for accepted programs;

the amount of net sales subject to deferrals which is impacted by the mix of product offering between digital andnon-digital products, the length of programs and the mix of product delivered immediately or over time.

technological advancement and the introduction of new content and products that meet the needs of students, teachers and consumers, including through strategic agreements pertaining to content development and distribution; and

Trade Publishing

consumer spending levels as influenced by various factors, including the U.S. economy and consumer confidence;

the publishing of bestsellers along with obtaining recognized authors;

film and seriestie-ins to our titles that spur sales of current and backlist titles, which are titles that have been on sale for more than a year; and

market growth or contraction.

the amount of net sales subject to deferrals which is impacted by the mix of product offering between digital and non-digital products, the length of programs and the mix of product delivered immediately or over time.

State orand districtper-student funding levels, which closely correlate with state and local receipts from income, sales and property taxes, impact our sales as institutional customers are affected by funding cycles. Most public school districts, the primary customers forK-12 products and services, are largely dependent on state and local funding to purchase materials.

We monitor the purchasing cycles for specific disciplines in the adoption states in order to manage our product development and to plan sales campaigns. Our sales may be materially impacted during the years that major adoption states, such as Florida, California and Texas, are or are not scheduled to make significant purchases. For example, FloridaTexas adopted social studies materials in 2016, for purchase in 2017, and adopted science in 2017 for purchase in 2018. Texas school districts purchased social studies and high school math materials in 2015 and purchased materials for languages other than English and career and technical education in

32


2017. The next major adoption in Texas is expected to be Reading/English Language Arts, currently scheduled for adoption in 2018 and purchase in 2019. California adopted English Language Arts materials in 2015, with purchases beginning2018 for purchase in 20162019 and continuing through 2018,2020 and will call in 2022 for K-12 Science materials for purchase in 2024. California adopted history and social science materials in 2017 for purchase in 2018 through 2020 and adopted Science materials in 2018 for purchase in 2019 and continuing through 2020.2021. Florida called for K-12 English Language Arts materials in 2020 for purchase beginning in 2021 and called for K-12 Mathematics for review in 2021 and purchase beginning in 2022. Both Florida and Texas, along with several other adoption states, provide dedicated state funding for instructional materials and classroom technology, with funding typically appropriated by the legislature in the first half of the year in which materials are to be purchased. Texas has atwo-year budget cycle, and in the 20172021 legislative session appropriated funds for purchases in 20172021 and 2018.2022. California funds instructional materials in part with a dedicated portion of state lottery proceeds and in part out of general formula funds, with the minimum overall level of school funding determined according to the Proposition 98 funding guarantee. We do not currently have contracts with these states for future instructional materials adoptions and thereThere is no guarantee that our programs will be accepted by the state (for example, ourK-8 social scienceapproved for purchase in future instructional materials were not adoptedadoptions in California in 2017).these states.

Long-term growth in the U.S.K-12 market is positively correlated with student enrollments, which is a driver of growth in the educational publishing industry. Although economic cycles may affect short-term buying patterns, school enrollments are highly predictable and are expected to trend upward over the longer term. From 2013-20142018 to 2025-2026,2029, total public school enrollment, a major long-term driver of growth in theK-12 Education market, is projected to increase by 3%0.8% to 51.451.1 million students, according to the National Center for Education Statistics.

The digitalization of education content and delivery is also driving a shift inAs the education market. As theK-12 educational market transitions to purchasingpurchases more digital solutions, we believe our ability to offer embedded assessments, adaptive learning, real-time interaction and student specific personalized learning and educational content in a platform- and device-agnostic manner will provide new opportunities for growth.

Our Trade Publishing segment is heavily influenced by the U.S. and broader global economy, consumer confidence and consumer spending. As the economy continues to recover, both consumer confidence and consumer spending have increased.

While print remains the primary format in which trade books are produced and distributed, the market for trade titles in digital format, primarilye-books, has developed over the past several years, as the industry evolved to embrace new technologies for developing, producing, marketing and distributing trade works. We continue to focus on the development of innovative new digital products which capitalize on our strong content, our digital expertise and the consumer demand for these products.

In the Trade Publishing segment, annual results can be driven by bestselling trade titles. Furthermore, backlist titles can experience resurgence in sales when made into films or series. In the past years, a number of our backlist titles such asThe Hobbit,The Lord of the Rings,Life of Pi,The Handmaid’s Tale,The Polar Express, The Giver andThe Time Traveler’s Wife have benefited in popularity due to movie or series releases and have subsequently resulted in increased trade sales.

We employ severaldifferent pricing models to serve various customer segments,customers, including institutions, consumers, government agencies, consumers and other third parties. In addition to traditional pricing models where a customer receives a product in return for a payment at the time of product receipt, we currently use the following pricing models:

Pay-up-front: Customer makes a fixed payment at time of purchase and we provide a specific product/service in return; and


Pre-pay Subscription: Customer makes a one-time payment at time of purchase, but receives a stream of goods/services over a defined time horizon; for example, we currently provide customers the option to purchase a multi-year subscription to textbooks where for a one-time charge, a new copy of the work text is delivered to the customer each year for a defined time period. Pre-pay subscriptions to online textbooks are another example where the customer receives access to an online book for a specific period of time.

Pre-pay Subscription: Customer makes aone-time payment at time of purchase, but receives a stream of goods/services over a defined time horizon; for example, we currently provide customers the option to purchase a multi-year subscription to textbooks where for aone-time charge, a new copy of the work text is delivered to the customer each year for a defined time period.Pre-pay subscriptions to online textbooks are another example where the customer receives access to an online book for a specific period of time; and

33


Pay-as-you-go Subscription: Similar to thepre-pay subscription, except that the customer makes periodic payments in apre-described manner. With the exception of our professional services business, this pricing model is the least prevalent of the three models.

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, include expenses directly attributable to the production of our products and services, including thenon-capitalizable costs associated with our content and platform development group. The expenses within cost of sales include variable costs such as paper, printing and binding costs of our print materials, royalty expenses paid to our authors, gratis costs or products provided at no charge as part of the sales transaction, and inventory obsolescence. Also included in cost of sales are labor costs related to professional services and thenon-capitalized costs associated with our content and platform development group. We also include amortization expense associated with our customer-facing software platforms. Certain products such as trade books and products associated with our renowned authors carry higher royalty costs; conversely, digital offerings usually have a lower cost of sales due to lower costs associated with their production. Also, sales to adoption states usually contain higher cost of sales. A change in the sales mix of our products or services can impact consolidated profitability.

Publishing rights andPre-publication amortization

A publishing right is an acquired right that allows us to publish and republish existing and future works as well as create new works based on previously published materials. As part of our March 9, 2010 restructuring, we recorded an intangible asset for publishing rights and amortize such asset on an accelerated basis over the useful lives of the various copyrights involved. This amortization will continue to decrease approximately 25% annually through March of 2023.

We capitalize the art, prepress, manuscript and other costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of our content, known as thepre-publication costs.Pre-publication costs are primarily amortized from the year of sale over five years using thesum-of-the-years-digits method, which is an accelerated method for calculating an asset’s amortization. Under this method, the amortization expense recorded for apre-publication cost asset is approximately 33% (year 1), 27% (year 2), 20% (year 3), 13% (year 4) and 7% (year 5). We utilize this policy for allpre-publication costs, except with respect to our Trade Publishing segment’s consumer books, which we generally expense such costs as incurred, our assessment products, which we use the straight-line amortization method and the acquired content of ourcertain intervention products acquired in 2015, acquisition, which we amortize over 7 years using an accelerated amortization method. The amortization methods and periods chosen best reflect the pattern of expected sales generated from individual titles or programs. We periodically evaluate the remaining lives and recoverability of capitalizedpre-publication costs, which are often dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities.

Selling and administrative expenses

Our selling and administrative expenses include the salaries, benefits and related costs of employees engaged in sales and marketing, fulfillment and administrative functions. Also included within selling and administrative costsexpenses are variable costs such as commission expense, outbound transportation costs (approximately $27.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021) and depository fees, which are fees paid to state-mandated depositories that fulfill centralized ordering and warehousing functions for specific states. Additionally, significant fixed and discretionary costs include facilities, telecommunications, professional fees, promotions, sampling and advertising.advertising along with depreciation.

Other intangible assetassets amortization

Our other intangible assetassets amortization expense primarily includes the amortization of acquired intangible assets consisting of tradenames, customer relationships, content rights and licenses. The tradenames, customer

34


relationships, content rights and licenses are amortized over varying periods of 65 to 25 years. The expense for the year endingended December 31, 20172021 was $30.7 million, of which $9.4 million related to the tradenames that were changed from indefinite-lived intangible assets to definite-lived intangible assets on October 1, 2016 due to the strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily the Holt McDougal and various supplemental brands, and to market our products under the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt and HMH names.$30.3 million.


Interest expense

Our interest expense includes interest accrued on the outstanding balances of our $306.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.0% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (“notes”), our $380.0 million term loan credit facility along(“term loan facility”), most of which was repaid with proceeds from the Transaction, and, to a lesser extent, our revolving credit facility, capital leases, the amortization of any deferred financing fees and loan discounts, and payments in connection with interest rate hedging agreements. Our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 20172021 was $42.8$35.0 million.

Results of Operations

Consolidated Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 20172021 and 20162020

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Dollar

 

 

Percent

 

(dollars in thousands) Year
Ended
December 31,
2017
 Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
 Dollar
change
 Percent
Change
 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

change

 

 

Change

 

Net sales

 $1,407,511  $1,372,685  $34,826  2.5

 

$

1,050,802

 

 

$

840,454

 

 

$

210,348

 

 

 

25.0

%

Costs and expenses:

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

 617,802  610,715  7,087  1.2

 

 

398,706

 

 

 

370,586

 

 

 

28,120

 

 

 

7.6

%

Publishing rights amortization

 46,238  61,351  (15,113 (24.6)% 

 

 

10,688

 

 

 

14,800

 

 

 

(4,112

)

 

 

(27.8

)%

Pre-publication amortization

 126,038  130,243  (4,205 (3.2)% 

 

 

108,621

 

 

 

125,838

 

 

 

(17,217

)

 

 

(13.7

)%

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cost of sales

 790,078  802,309  (12,231 (1.5)% 

 

 

518,015

 

 

 

511,224

 

 

 

6,791

 

 

 

1.3

%

Selling and administrative

 654,860  699,544  (44,684 (6.4)% 

 

 

445,660

 

 

 

442,355

 

 

 

3,305

 

 

 

0.7

%

Other intangible asset amortization

 30,748  ��26,750  3,998  14.9

 

 

30,257

 

 

 

23,917

 

 

 

6,340

 

 

 

26.5

%

Impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets

 3,980  139,205  (135,225 NM 

Restructuring

 40,653   —    40,653  NM 

Severance and other charges

 713  15,650  (14,937 NM 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating loss

 (113,521 (310,773 197,252  63.5
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other expense:

    

Impairment charge for goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

279,000

 

 

 

(279,000

)

 

NM

 

Restructuring/severance and other charges

 

 

12,349

 

 

 

31,874

 

 

 

(19,525

)

 

 

(61.3

)%

Gain on sale of assets

 

 

(3,661

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,661

)

 

NM

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

48,182

 

 

 

(447,916

)

 

 

496,098

 

 

NM

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retirement benefits non-service income (expense)

 

 

105

 

 

 

(856

)

 

 

961

 

 

NM

 

Interest expense

 (42,805 (39,181 (3,624 (9.2)% 

 

 

(34,998

)

 

 

(37,931

)

 

 

2,933

 

 

 

7.7

%

Interest income

 1,338  518  820  NM 

 

 

77

 

 

 

899

 

 

 

(822

)

 

 

(91.4

)%

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 1,366  (614 1,980  NM 

 

 

(1,221

)

 

 

672

 

 

 

(1,893

)

 

NM

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss before taxes

 (153,622 (350,050 196,428  56.1

Income tax benefit

 (50,435 (65,492 15,057  23.0
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss

 $(103,187 $(284,558 $181,371  63.7
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gain on investments

 

 

1,442

 

 

 

2,091

 

 

 

(649

)

 

 

(31.0

)%

Income from transition services agreement

 

 

3,664

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,664

 

 

NM

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(12,505

)

 

 

 

 

 

(12,505

)

 

NM

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes

 

 

4,746

 

 

 

(483,041

)

 

 

487,787

 

 

NM

 

Income tax expense (benefit) for continuing operations

 

 

2,686

 

 

 

(12,351

)

 

 

15,037

 

 

NM

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

 

 

2,060

 

 

 

(470,690

)

 

 

472,750

 

 

NM

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(1,005

)

 

 

(9,148

)

 

 

8,143

 

 

 

89.0

%

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

212,523

 

 

 

 

 

 

212,523

 

 

NM

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

211,518

 

 

 

(9,148

)

 

 

220,666

 

 

NM

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

213,578

 

 

$

(479,838

)

 

$

693,416

 

 

NM

 

NM = not meaningful

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 20172021 increased $34.8$210.3 million, or 2.5%25.0%, from $1,372.7$840.5 million forin 2020 to $1,050.8 million. Core Solutions increased by $91.0 million from $459.0 million in 2020 to $550.0 million, driven by strong open territory demand resulting from the same period in 2016 to $1,407.5 million. Thestrength of our connected solutions and the continued market recovery, as well as the success of our digital first, connected strategy. Further, net sales increase was driven by an $18.9 million increase in Extensions, consisting of our Trade Publishing segmentHeinemann brand, intervention and a $15.9 million increase in our Education segment during the current period. Within our Trade business, the increase was primarily due to sales of the Whole30series and Tim Ferriss’Tribe of Mentors and Tools of Titans, stronger eBook sales, such asThe Handmaid’s Taleand 1984, and backlist print title sales, such asThe Polar Express andThe Giver,along with a lower product return rate and higher

35


subrights income. Within our Education segment, the increase was primarily due to greater sales from our Extension businesses, which primarily consist of Heinemann, intervention, supplemental and assessment products as well as professional services. Extension businessesservices, increased by $120.0 million from $381.0 million in 2020 to $501.0 million. Within Extensions, net sales for the current period increased $22.0 million from $565.0 million in 2016 to $587.0 million primarily driven by higher Heinemann and supplemental net sales in 2017. The primary drivers of the increase in our Heinemann net sales were sales of Classroom Libraries along with the introduction ofFountas & Pinnell Classroom product. The primary drivers of the increase in our supplemental net sales were sales of custom book bundles. Also within our Extension businesses, assessment and intervention net sales declined year over year, offsetting a portion of the above increases. Partially offsetting the increase in our Extension businesses net sales were lower Core Solutions sales, inclusive of international sales, which declined by $6.0 million from $642.0 million in the 2016 period to $636.0 million in the current period. The primary drivers of the decrease in our Core Solutions business were lower Reading and Math program net sales in open territory states, lower Math program sales in adoption states and lower sales from our international business, primarilyproducts increased due to a large Department of Defense order in 2016 not repeating in 2017. Partially offsetting the decrease in Core Solutions net sales was a $5.0 millionone-time fee we recognized in 2017 in connection with the expiration of a distribution agreement.strong demand across most product portfolios.


Operating lossincome (loss) for the year ended December 31, 20172021 favorably changed by $197.3 million from a loss of $310.8$447.9 million for the same period in 20162020 to a lossincome of $113.5$48.2 million, due primarily to the following:

An impairment charge for goodwill in 2020 of $279.0 million that did not reoccur in 2021. This non-cash impairment was a direct result of the adverse impact that the COVID-19 pandemic had on the Company and its stock price in 2020;

A $210.3 million increase in net sales;

A $19.5 million decrease in restructuring/severance and other charges. In 2021, there were $12.3 million of non-cash restructuring/severance and other charges primarily related to vacated office space formerly utilized by employees of the HMH Books & Media business, of which $11.7 million is reflected as a reduction in operating lease assets and $1.6 million as a reduction in property, plant, and equipment. In 2020, there were $31.9 million of severance costs associated with the 2020 Restructuring Plan;

A $15.0 million decrease in net amortization expense related to publishing rights, pre-publication and other intangible assets, primarily due to a decrease in pre-publication amortization attributed to a streamlining of capital spend and, to a lesser extent, our use of accelerated amortization methods for publishing rights amortization, partially offset by the amortization of certain other intangible assets due to product life cycle reductions; and

A $3.7 million gain on sale of assets in 2021 from the sale of intellectual property, including the copyrights and trademarks, of certain product titles.

Partially offset by:

 

A reduction in Impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets of $135.2 million. In 2016, we incurred an impairment charge pertaining to certain tradenames within the education business due to a strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily Holt McDougal, and our various supplemental brands, in favor of branding our products under the HMH and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt names. In 2017, we impaired $4.0 million ofpre-publication costs for products that will not have sales in future periods,

A $28.1 million increase in our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights and pre-publication amortization, from $370.6 million in 2020 to $398.7 million, primarily due to an increase in sales volume, partially offset by lower print costs, product mix, increased virtual delivery of products and services along with favorable inventory obsolescence due to strong net sales. Our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights and pre-publication amortization, as a percentage of sales, decreased to 38.0% from 44.1%; and

A slight increase in selling and administrative expenses, primarily due to an increase in variable expenses such as sales commissions and transportation due to higher billings along with an increase in incentive compensation. Partially offsetting the aforementioned was reduced labor, professional fees and travel and marketing costs.

An increase in net sales of $34.8 million,

A $44.7 million decrease in selling and administrative costs primarily due to lower professional fees of $18.9 million (of which $10.0 million relates to legal settlement costs for copyright litigation during the prior year period coupled with a net $3.6 million insurance reimbursement during the 2017 period), a reduction of internal and outside labor related costs of $18.9 million, and lower discretionary expense such as promotion and travel and entertainment expenses of $15.8 million, all largely due to actions taken under the 2017 Restructuring Plan. Additionally, variable expenses such as samples, transportation and depository fees were $7.6 million lower in the period, and fixed costs and depreciation were $6.8 million lower. The decrease in selling and administrative costs was partially offset by $18.6 million of higher commission expense and annual incentive plan compensation due to greater achievement of targeted levels than in the prior-year period, and $4.4 million of higher office lease cost due to the expiration of favorable office leases,

A $15.3 million net reduction in amortization expense related to publishing rights,pre-publication and other intangible assets, primarily due to our use of accelerated amortization methods for publishing rights amortization, partially offset by the amortization of certain previously unamortized tradenames, due to a change in estimate of their useful lives during the fourth quarter of 2016,

A $14.9 million reduction in severance and other charges as the majority of such expenses during the 2017 period were under our 2017 Restructuring Plan and have been included within the restructuring line item,

Partially offsetting the favorable change in operating loss was a $40.7 million charge associated with our 2017 Restructuring Plan, which includes severance and terminationRetirement benefits of $16.2 million, real estate consolidation costs of $7.9 million, implementation costs of $7.5 million and an impairment charge related to a certain long-lived asset included within property, plant, and equipment of $9.1 million, and

36


Our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, increased $7.1 million of which $15.5 million is attributed to higher sales volume offset by $8.4 million of improved profitability as our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, as a percentage of net sales decreased to 43.9% from 44.5% due to product mix, increased Trade eBook sales, and a $5.0 millionone-time fee we recognized associated with the expiration of distribution agreement that did not carry any cost of sales.

Interest expensenon-service (expense) income for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $3.62021 changed favorably by $1.0 million or 9.2%, from $39.2 milliondue to lower interest cost related to the pension plan during 2021.

Interest expense for the same periodyear ended December 31, 2021 decreased $2.9 million from $37.9 million in 20162020 to $42.8$35.0 million, primarily due to $4.1 million of net settlement payments on our interest rate derivative instruments during the current period, offset by the2020, which did not repeat in 2021, and to a lesser extent lower outstanding balance on our term loan facility.facility interest expense driven by lower LIBOR rates.

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased2021 decreased $0.8 million from $0.5 million for the same period in 2016 to $1.3 million, primarily due to increases inlower interest rates on our investments.money market funds in 2021.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2017 favorably2021 unfavorably changed by $2.0$1.9 million from a loss of $0.6 million for the same period in 2016 to a gain of $1.4 million in 2017. The change in fair value of derivative instruments was relateddue to foreign exchange forward contracts executed on the Euro that were favorablyunfavorably impacted by the weakerstrengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro.

Income tax benefitGain on investments for the year ended December 31, 20172021 decreased $15.1$0.6 million from $2.1 million in 2020 to $1.4 million and was related to the fair value change in our equity interests in educational technology private companies.


Income from transition services agreement for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $3.7 million and was related to transition service fees under the transition services agreement with the purchaser of our HMH Books & Media business. We had no transition services agreement during 2020.  

Loss on extinguishment of debt for the year ended December 31, 2021 consisted of a $10.0 million write-off of the remaining balance of the debt discount associated with the term loan facility and a $2.5 million write-off related to unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the term loan facility. The total write-off of $12.5 million was proportional to the pay down in term loan debt in connection with the Transaction.

Income tax benefit for continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 decreased $15.0 million, from a benefit of $65.5$12.4 million in 20162020 to a benefitan expense of $50.4$2.7 million in 2017. The 20172021. For both periods income tax benefitexpense (benefit) was primarily relatedattributed to the following effects of U.S. tax reform:

A $31.5 million benefit related to the remeasurement of U.S. net deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite-lived intangible assets to reflect the change in U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, and

A $40.4 million benefit related to the release of valuation allowance due to the Company’s ability to utilize indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities as a source of future taxable income in its assessment of realization of deferred tax assets. This is a result of the U.S. tax law change that would extend net operating losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 to an unlimited carryforward period subject to an 80% utilization against future taxable earnings.

The 2017 income tax benefit was partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. The 2016 income tax benefit was primarily related to a change from indefinite-lived intangibles to definite-lived, partially offset by movement intaxes, as well as the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. For both periods, the income tax benefit was impacted byimpact of certain discrete tax items including the accrual of potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. Including the effects of these discrete items, theThe effective tax rate was 32.8%56.6% and 18.7%2.6% for the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016.2020, respectively.  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax for the year ended December 31, 2021 favorably changed by $220.7 million from a loss of $9.1 million in 2020, to income of $211.5 million primarily due to the gain on sale of our HMH Books & Media business, which has been accounted for as a discontinued operation whereby the direct results of its operations were removed from the results from continuing operations for the periods presented. Included within the income (loss) is interest expense of $9.4 million and $28.3 million, for 2021 and 2020, respectively, based on the repayment of debt with the net proceeds from the sale, which was required by our debt facilities, as we did not reinvest such amounts in the business.

 


37


Consolidated Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 20162020 and 20152019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Dollar

 

 

Percent

 

(dollars in thousands)  Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
 Year
Ended
December 31,
2015
 Dollar
change
 Percent
Change
 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

change

 

 

Change

 

Net sales

  $1,372,685  $1,416,059  $(43,374 (3.1)% 

 

$

840,454

 

 

$

1,211,790

 

 

$

(371,336

)

 

 

(30.6

)%

Costs and expenses:

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

   610,715  622,668  (11,953 (1.9)% 

 

 

370,586

 

 

 

549,886

 

 

 

(179,300

)

 

 

(32.6

)%

Publishing rights amortization

   61,351  81,007  (19,656 (24.3)% 

 

 

14,800

 

 

 

20,611

 

 

 

(5,811

)

 

 

(28.2

)%

Pre-publication amortization

   130,243  120,506  9,737  8.1

 

 

125,838

 

 

 

149,298

 

 

 

(23,460

)

 

 

(15.7

)%

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cost of sales

   802,309  824,181  (21,872 (2.7)% 

 

 

511,224

 

 

 

719,795

 

 

 

(208,571

)

 

 

(29.0

)%

Selling and administrative

   699,544  681,124  18,420  2.7

 

 

442,355

 

 

 

619,811

 

 

 

(177,456

)

 

 

(28.6

)%

Other intangible asset amortization

   26,750  22,038  4,712  21.4

 

 

23,917

 

 

 

20,353

 

 

 

3,564

 

 

 

17.5

%

Impairment charge for intangible assets

   139,205   —    139,205  NM 

Severance and other charges

   15,650  4,767  10,883  NM 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Impairment charge for goodwill

 

 

279,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

279,000

 

 

NM

 

Restructuring/severance and other charges

 

 

31,874

 

 

 

20,692

 

 

 

11,182

 

 

 

54.0

%

Operating loss

   (310,773 (116,051 (194,722 NM 

 

 

(447,916

)

 

 

(168,861

)

 

 

(279,055

)

 

 

(165.3

)%

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other expense:

     

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retirement benefits non-service (expense) income

 

 

(856

)

 

 

167

 

 

 

(1,023

)

 

NM

 

Interest expense

   (39,181 (32,254 (6,927 (21.5)% 

 

 

(37,931

)

 

 

(29,770

)

 

 

(8,161

)

 

 

(27.4

)%

Interest income

   518  209  309  NM 

 

 

899

 

 

 

3,157

 

 

 

(2,258

)

 

 

(71.5

)%

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

   (614 (2,362 1,748  74.0

 

 

672

 

 

 

(899

)

 

 

1,571

 

 

NM

 

Loss on debt extinguishment

   —    (3,051 3,051  NM 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss before taxes

   (350,050 (153,509 (196,541 NM 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   (65,492 (19,640 (45,852 NM 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gain on investments

 

 

2,091

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,091

 

 

NM

 

Income from transition services agreement

 

 

 

 

 

4,248

 

 

 

(4,248

)

 

NM

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(4,363

)

 

 

4,363

 

 

NM

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

 

 

(483,041

)

 

 

(196,321

)

 

 

(286,720

)

 

NM

 

Income tax (benefit) expense for continuing operations

 

 

(12,351

)

 

 

3,854

 

 

 

(16,205

)

 

NM

 

Loss from continuing operations, net of tax

 

 

(470,690

)

 

 

(200,175

)

 

 

(270,515

)

 

NM

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(9,148

)

 

 

(13,658

)

 

 

4,510

 

 

 

33.0

%

Net loss

  $(284,558 $(133,869 $(150,689 NM 

 

$

(479,838

)

 

$

(213,833

)

 

$

(266,005

)

 

NM

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

NM = not meaningful

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 20162020 decreased $43.4$371.3 million, or 3.1%30.6%, from $1,416.1$1,211.8 million for the same period in 20152019 to $1,372.7$840.5 million. The decrease was primarily due to lower net sales decrease was driven by a decline in the Company’s Core SolutionsExtensions, which primarily consist of our Heinemann brand, intervention and supplemental education businessproducts as well as professional services, which decreased by $253.0 million from $634.0 million in 2019 to $381.0 million. Within Extensions, net sales decreased due to lower sales of $108.0 millionthe Heinemann’s Fountas & PinnellClassroom, Calkins and LLI Leveled Literacy products due to a difficult comparison to prior year Texas K-6 sales coupled with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020. Also, contributing to the decrease was lower professional services with the decline of the in-person learning environment as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Further, there were lower net sales from Core Solutions which decreased by $119.0 million from $578.0 million in 2019 to $459.0 million, primarily due to the smaller new adoption market opportunity in 2016 versus 2015 coupledTexas ELA, along with lower market share and $21.0 million of lower net sales from the assessment business, primarily clinical, due to natural attrition of sales over time following the initial release of a new product version. Partially offsetting this decrease was a $49.0 million incremental contribution from the EdTech business acquired in May 2015. Further, there was an $18.0 million increase in net sales of our Heinemann intervention and professional publishing products, an $11.0 million increase in net salesimpacts of the international business due primarily to Department of Defense sales, and to a lesser extent, greater sales in Asia Pacific.COVID-19 pandemic.

Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 20162020 unfavorably changed $194.7 million from a loss of $116.1$168.9 million for the same period in 20152019 to a loss of $310.8$447.9 million, due primarily to the following:

A $139.2 million impairment charge for intangible assets pertaining to certain tradenames within the education business as the Company has made a strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily Holt McDougal and our various supplemental brands, in favor of branding our products under the HMH and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt names,

A $18.4 million increase in selling and administrative costs primarily due to higher fixed and discretionary expenses attributed to the full-year effect of the EdTech business, primarily with respect to internal and external labor and higher depreciation, coupled with higher office lease cost due to the expiration of favorable office leases. Partially offsetting the increase were $19.0 million

38


A $371.3 million decrease in net sales;

An impairment charge for goodwill in 2020 of lower commission expenses$279.0 million. This non-cash impairment is a direct result of the adverse impact that the COVID-19 pandemic has had on the Company and its stock price; and

A $11.2 million increase in 2016 versus the prior periodcosts associated with our restructuring/severance and other charges due to the sales performance shortfall. Further offsetting the increase was $4.7$31.9 million of lower transactional expenses relating to legal settlements and integration activity in 2016 as compared to 2015 where we incurred $30.1 million of transaction expenses relating to equity, acquisition and integration activity,severance costs associated with the 2020 Restructuring Plan,


Partially offset by:

Additionally, there was a $10.9 million increase in severance and other charges attributed to changes in executive management as well as cost-reduction activities in 2016,

A $177.5 million decrease in selling and administrative expenses, primarily due to lower labor costs, resulting from cost savings associated with our employee furlough initiative, which began in April and ceased at the end of July, in response to COVID-19, our 2020 Restructuring Plan and a freeze on hiring. Also, there was a decrease of variable expenses such as commissions and transportation due to lower billings. Further, there were lower discretionary costs primarily related to travel and expense reduction measures and marketing along with lower depreciation expense;

A $179.3 million decrease in our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights and pre-publication amortization, from $549.9 million in 2019 to $370.6 million, primarily due to lower billings. Our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights and pre-publication amortization, as a percentage of sales, decreased to 44.1% from 45.4%; and

A $25.7 million decrease in net amortization expense related to publishing rights, pre-publication and other intangible assets, primarily due to a decrease in pre-publication amortization attributed to the timing and large amount of 2019 major product releases coupled with our streamlining of capital spend.

Partially offsetting the aforementioned was a $5.2 million net reduction in amortization expense related to publishing rights,pre-publication costs, and other intangible assets, due primarily to our use of accelerated amortization methods for publishing rights amortization, partially offset by the amortization of certain tradenames, previously unamortized, due to a change in estimate of the useful lives, and

Our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, decreased $12.0 million of which $19.1 million of the decrease is attributed to lower volume partially offset by $7.1 million as our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, as a percent of net sales increased to 44.5% from 44.0% due to product mix, as we sold more product carrying higher cost this year and had higher technology costs to support our digital products.

Interest expenseRetirement benefits non-service (expense) income for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $6.92020 changed unfavorably by $1.0 million or 21.5%, from $32.3 million for the same period in 2015 to $39.2 million, primarily as a result of the increase to our outstanding term loan facility from $243.1 million to $800.0 million, all of which was drawn at closing of the EdTech acquisition in May 2015. Further, interest expense increased $1.2 million in 2016 due to our interest rate derivative contracts.the recognition of a $1.1 million settlement charge related to the pension plan during 2020.

Interest incomeexpense for the year ended December 31, 20162020 increased $0.3$8.2 million from $0.2$29.8 million in 2019 to $37.9 million, primarily due to our 2019 debt refinancing during the fourth quarter of 2019. Further, there was an increase of $2.4 million of net settlement payments on our interest rate derivative instruments during 2020.

Interest income for the same periodyear ended December 31, 2020 decreased $2.3 million from $3.2 million in 20152019 to $0.5$0.9 million, primarily as a result of the increased investment indue to lower interest rates on our money market accounts and short term investments.funds in 2020.  

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 20162020 favorably changed by $1.7$1.6 million from an expense of $2.4 million in 2015due to an expense of $0.6 million in 2016. The current year loss on change in fair value of derivative instruments was related to unfavorable foreign exchange forward and option contracts executed on the Euro that were unfavorablyfavorably impacted by the strongerweakening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro. Although a similar instance existed in the prior year, the change of the U.S dollar against the Euro was greater than the current year based

Gain on the timing of the execution of the derivative instruments.

Loss on extinguishment of debt investments for the year ended December 31, 20152020 was $2.1 million and was related to the fair value change in our equity interests in educational technology private companies.

Income from transition services agreement for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $4.2 million and was related to transition service fees under the transition services agreement with the purchaser of our Riverside Business pursuant to which we performed certain support functions through September 30, 2019. We had no income from transition services agreement for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Loss on extinguishmentof debt for the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted of a $2.2$3.4 millionwrite-off of the portion of the related to unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the portion of our previous term loan facility that was accounted for as an extinguishment. Further, there was a $0.9$1.0 millionwrite-off write off of the portionremaining balance of the unamortized deferred financing feesdebt discount associated with the portionprevious term loan facility. We had no loss on extinguishment of our previous revolving credit facility which was also accounted for as an extinguishment.

Income tax benefitdebt for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $45.9 million from a benefit of $19.6 million2020.

Income tax (benefit) expense for the same period in 2015 to a benefit of $65.5 million in 2016. The 2016 income tax benefit was primarily related to a change from indefinite-lived intangibles to definite-lived, partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. The income tax benefit of $19.6 million continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily related2020 decreased $16.2 million, from an expense of $3.9 million in 2019, to a $34.9 million releasebenefit of $12.4 million. The change was due to an accrual for uncertainincome tax positionsbenefit primarily due to the lapsing of the statute, partially offset by movement in theimpairment charge on goodwill, which reduced related deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. For both periods, the income tax benefit was impacted by certain discrete tax items including the accrual of potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. Including the tax effects of these discrete tax items, theliabilities. The effective tax rate was 18.7%2.6% and 12.8%(2.0%) for the years ended December 31, 20162020 and 2015,2019, respectively.

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax for the year ended December 31, 2020 favorably changed by $4.5 million from a loss of $13.7 million in 2019, to a loss of $9.1 million primarily due to higher net sales. The HMH Books & Media business has been accounted for as a discontinued operation whereby the direct results of its


39operations were removed from the results from continuing operations for the periods presented due to the sale in 2021. Included within the loss is interest expense of $28.3 million and $19.3 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively, based on the repayment of debt with the net proceeds from the sale, which was required by our debt facilities, as we did not reinvest such amounts in the business.


Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations

To supplement our financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, which is not prepared in accordance with GAAP. This information should be considered as supplemental in nature and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. Management believes that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because it assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted EBITDA provides an indicator of general economic performance that is not affected by debt restructurings, fluctuations in interest rates or effective tax rates, gains or losses on investments, non-cash charges orand impairment charges, levels of depreciation or amortization along with costs such as severance, separation and facility closure costs, acquisition-relatedinventory obsolescence related to our strategic transformation plan, gain on sale of assets, legal settlements, acquisition/disposition-related activity costs, restructuring costs and integration costs. Accordingly, our management believes that this measurement is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. In addition, targets in Adjusted EBITDA (further adjusted to include changes in deferred revenue) are used as performance measures to determine certain compensation of management, and Adjusted EBITDA is used as the base for calculations relating to incurrence covenants in our debt agreements. Other companies may define Adjusted EBITDA differently and, as a result, our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA of other companies. Although we use Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business, the use of Adjusted EBITDA is limited because it does not include certain material costs, such as interest and taxes, necessary to operate our business. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, net loss/income in accordance with GAAP as a measure of performance. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of liquidity or free cash flow for discretionary use. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA.


Below is a reconciliation of our net loss to Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015:2019:

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 

Net loss

  $(103,187 $(284,558 $(133,869

Interest expense

   42,805   39,181   32,254 

Interest income

   (1,338  (518  (209

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   (50,435  (65,492  (19,640

Depreciation expense

   75,494   79,825   72,639 

Amortization expense

   203,024   218,344   223,551 

Non-cash charges—stock-compensation

   10,828   10,567   12,452 

Non-cash charges—(gain) loss on derivative instruments

   (1,366  614   2,362 

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

   3,980   139,205   —   

Purchase accounting adjustments

   —     5,116   7,487 

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

   1,464   1,123   25,562 

2017 Restructuring Plan

   40,653   —     —   

Restructuring/Integration

   —     14,364   4,572 

Severance, separation costs and facility closures

   713   15,650   4,767 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   —     —     3,051 

Legal (reimbursement) settlement

   (3,633  10,000   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $219,002  $183,421  $234,979 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

2,060

 

 

$

(470,690

)

 

$

(200,175

)

Interest expense

 

 

34,998

 

 

 

37,931

 

 

 

29,770

 

Interest income

 

 

(77

)

 

 

(899

)

 

 

(3,157

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

2,686

 

 

 

(12,457

)

 

 

3,854

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

44,867

 

 

 

49,874

 

 

 

60,708

 

Amortization expense

 

 

149,566

 

 

 

164,555

 

 

 

190,262

 

Non-cash charges—goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

 

279,000

 

 

 

 

Non-cash charges—stock-compensation

 

 

12,217

 

 

 

11,160

 

 

 

13,196

 

Non-cash charges— (gain) loss on derivative instruments

 

 

1,221

 

 

 

(672

)

 

 

899

 

Inventory obsolescence related to strategic transformation plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,758

 

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings,

   debt or acquisitions/dispositions

 

 

895

 

 

 

1,080

 

 

 

6,327

 

Gain on investments

 

 

(1,942

)

 

 

(2,091

)

 

 

 

Gain on sale of assets

 

 

(3,661

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

12,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,363

 

Legal settlement

 

 

2,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring/severance and other charges

 

 

12,349

 

 

 

31,874

 

 

 

20,692

 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

 

$

270,154

 

 

$

88,665

 

 

$

136,497

 

40


Segment Operating Results

Results of Operations—Comparing Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

Education

  Years Ended December 31,  2017 vs. 2016  2016 vs. 2015 
   Dollar
change
  Percent
change
  Dollar
change
  Percent
change
 
  2017  2016  2015     

Net sales

 $1,222,971  $1,207,070  $1,251,122  $15,901   1.3 $(44,052  (3.5)% 

Costs and expenses:

       

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

  502,209   498,991   511,706   3,218   0.6  (12,715  (2.5)% 

Publishing rights amortization

  38,721   52,660   71,109   (13,939  (26.5)%   (18,449  (25.9)% 

Pre-publication amortization

  125,670   129,836   119,894   (4,166  (3.2)%   9,942   8.3
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cost of sales

  666,600   681,487   702,709   (14,887  (2.2)%   (21,222  (3.0)% 

Selling and administrative

  520,354   545,433   534,477   (25,079  (4.6)%   10,956   2.0

Other intangible asset amortization

  24,936   23,250   18,840   1,686   7.3  4,410   23.4

Impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets

  3,980   139,205   —     (135,225  (97.1)%   139,205   NM 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 $7,101  $(182,305 $(4,904 $189,406   NM  $(177,401  NM 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 $7,101  $(182,305 $(4,904 $189,406   NM  $(177,401  NM 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjustments from net income (loss) to Education segment Adjusted EBITDA

       

Depreciation expense

 $53,192  $57,910  $56,960  $(4,718  (8.1)%  $950   1.7

Amortization expense

  189,327   205,746   209,843   (16,419  (8.0)%   (4,097  (2.0)% 

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

  3,980   139,205   —     (135,225  (97.1)%   139,205   NM 

Purchase accounting adjustments

  —     5,116   7,487   (5,116  NM   (2,371  (31.7)% 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Education segment Adjusted EBITDA

 $253,600  $225,672  $269,386  $27,928   12.4 $(43,714  (16.2)% 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Education segment Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net
sales

  20.7  18.7  21.5    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

NM = not meaningful

Our Education segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $15.9 million, or 1.3%, from $1,207.1 million for the same period in 2016 to $1,223.0 million. The net sales increase was primarily due to greater sales from our Extension businesses, which primarily consist of Heinemann, intervention, supplemental and assessment products as well as professional services. Extension businesses net sales for the current period increased $22.0 million from $565.0 million in the 2016 period to $587.0 million primarily driven by higher Heinemann and supplemental net sales. The primary drivers of the increase in our Heinemann net sales were sales of our Classroom Libraries offering along with the introduction of ourFountas & Pinnell Classroom

41


product. The primary drivers of the increase in our supplemental net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017, were sales of custom book bundles. Also within our Extension businesses, our assessment and intervention net sales declined year over year, offsetting a portion of the above increases. Partially offsetting the increase in our Extension businesses net sales were lower Core Solutions sales, inclusive of international sales, which declined by $6.0 million from $642.0 million in the 2016 period to $636.0 million. The primary drivers behind the decrease in our Core Solutions business were lower net sales of open territory programs, Core Solutions math programs across adoption states and lower sales from our international business, primarily due to a large Department of Defense order in the prior year not repeating in 2017. Partially offsetting the decrease in Core Solutions net sales was a $5.0 millionone-time fee we recognized in connection with the expiration of a distribution agreement.

Our Education segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $44.1 million, or 3.5%, from $1,251.1 million for the same period in 2015 to $1,207.1 million. The net sales decrease was driven by a decline in the Company’s Core Solutions and supplemental education business net sales of $108.0 million due to a smaller new adoption market in 2016 versus 2015 coupled with lower market share, and $21.0 million of lower net sales from the assessment business, primarily clinical, due to natural attrition of sales over time following the initial release of a new product version. Partially offsetting this decrease was a $49.0 million incremental contribution from the EdTech business, which was acquired in May 2015. Further, there was an $18.0 million increase in net sales of our Heinemann intervention and professional publishing products, an $11.0 million increase in net sales of the international business due primarily to Department of Defense sales, and to a lesser extent, greater sales in Asia Pacific.

Our Education segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2017, decreased $14.9 million, or 2.2%, from $681.5 million for the same period in 2016 to $666.6 million. Publishing rights andpre-publication amortization decreased by $18.1 million from the same period last year primarily due to our use of accelerated amortization methods for publishing rights amortization. Our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, increased $3.2 million of which $6.6 million is attributed to higher sales volume offset by $3.4 million of improved profitability as our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, as a percentage of net sales decreased to 41.1% from 41.3%, primarily due to product mix and a $5.0 millionone-time fee we recognized associated with a distribution agreement that did not carry any cost of sales.

Our Education segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, decreased $21.2 million, or 3.0%, from $702.7 million for the same period in 2015, to $681.5 million. The decrease was attributed to a reduction in our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization of $12.7 million, of which $18.0 million is attributed to lower volume. Our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, as a percent of net sales increased to 41.3% from 40.9%, resulting in an approximate $5.3 million decrease in profitability primarily attributed to our product mix as we sold more product carrying higher cost this year. Further, there was an $8.5 million reduction in net amortization expense related to publishing rights andpre-publication costs, primarily due to our use of accelerated amortization methods for publishing rights.

Our Education segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased $25.1 million, or 4.6%, from $545.4 million for the same period in 2016 to $520.4 million. The decrease was driven by a reduction in internal and outside labor related costs of $15.0 million, a reduction in marketing and advertising costs of $6.0 million along with lower travel and entertainment expenses of $3.0 million, primarily as a result of actions taken under the 2017 Restructuring Plan. Further, samples, transportation and depository fees were $9.0 million lower in 2017. The decrease was partially offset by higher incentive compensation, and higher commission expense due to greater achievement levels than in 2016 along with higher office lease cost due to the expiration of favorable office leases.

42


Our Education segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $11.0 million, or 2.0%, from $534.5 million for the same period in 2015 to $545.4 million. The increase was primarily due to higher fixed and discretionary expenses attributed to the full year effect of the EdTech business, primarily with respect to internal and external labor, coupled with higher office lease cost due to the expiration of favorable office leases. Partially offsetting the increase are $19.0 million of lower commission expenses in 2016 versus the prior period due to the sales performance shortfall.

Our Education segment other intangible asset amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $1.7 million from the same period in 2016, which was related to the amortization of certain previously unamortized tradenames, due to a change in estimate of their useful lives during the fourth quarter of 2016, partially offset by decline of other existing intangible assets.

Our Education segment other intangible asset amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $4.4 million from the same period in 2015, which was related to the amortization of certain previously unamortized tradenames, due to a change in estimate of their useful lives during the fourth quarter of 2016, offset by our use of accelerated amortization methods.

Our Education segment impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets decreased $135.2 million in 2017 from the same period in 2016. In 2016, the impairment charge of $139.2 million was for intangible assets, as the Company made the strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily Holt McDougal and various supplemental brands, in favor of branding our products under the HMH and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt names. In 2017, the impairment charge of $4.0 million was related to a certain program included withinpre-publication costs.

Our Education segment impairment chargepre-publication costs and intangible assets increased $139.2 million in 2016 from no expense for the same period in 2015. The increase is due to an impairment charge for intangible assets, as the Company made the strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily the Holt McDougal and our various supplemental brands, in favor of branding our products under the HMH and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt names.

Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017, improved $27.9 million, or 12.4%, from $225.7 million for the same period in 2016 to $253.6 million in 2017. Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation, amortization, asset impairment charges and purchase accounting adjustments. The 2016 purchase accounting adjustments primarily relate to a 2015 acquisition. The increase is due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses after removing those items not included in Education segment Adjusted EBITDA. Education segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was 20.7% and 18.7% for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016, decreased $43.7 million, or 16.2%, from $269.4 million for the same period in 2015 to $225.7 million. The purchase accounting adjustments primarily relate to the acquisition of the EdTech business. Education segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales decreased from 21.5% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 to 18.7% for the same period in 2016 due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expense after removing those items not included in Education segment Adjusted EBITDA.

43


Trade Publishing

   Years Ended December 31,  2017 vs. 2016  2016 vs. 2015 
   Dollar
change
  Percent
change
  Dollar
change
  Percent
change
 
  2017  2016  2015     

Net sales

  $184,540  $165,615  $164,937  $18,925   11.4 $678   0.4

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

   115,593   111,724   110,962   3,869   3.5  762   0.7

Publishing rights amortization

   7,517   8,691   9,898   (1,174  (13.5)%   (1,207  (12.2)% 

Pre-publication amortization

   368   407   612   (39  (9.6)%   (205  (33.5)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cost of sales

   123,478   120,822   121,472   2,656   2.2  (650  (0.5)% 

Selling and administrative

   53,288   48,227   47,363   5,061   10.5  864   1.8

Other intangible asset amortization

   5,812   3,500   3,198   2,312   66.1  302   9.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  $1,962  $(6,934 $(7,096 $8,896   NM  $162   2.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $1,962  $(6,934 $(7,096 $8,896   NM  $162   2.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjustments from net income (loss) to Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA

        

Depreciation expense

  $401  $591  $1,091  $(190  (32.1)%  $(500  (45.8)% 

Amortization expense

   13,697   12,598   13,708   1,099   8.7  (1,110  (8.1)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $16,060  $6,255  $7,703  $9,805   NM  $(1,448  (18.8)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net sales

   8.7  3.8  4.7    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

NM = not meaningful

Our Trade Publishing segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $18.9 million, or 11.4%, from $165.6 million for the same period in 2016 to $184.5 million. The increase in net sales was driven by 2017 sales of the Whole30series andTim Ferriss’ Tribe of Mentorsand Tools of Titans, stronger eBook sales, such asThe Handmaid’s Tale and 1984, and backlist print title sales, such asThe Polar Express andThe Giver, along with favorable product return experience and higher subrights income.

Our Trade Publishing segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $0.7 million, or 0.4%, from $164.9 million for the same period in 2015 to $165.6 million. The increase in net sales was driven by increased net sales of frontlist titlesThe Whole30, Tools for Titans, Property BrothersDream Home,and Food Freedom Forever. Partially offsetting the aforementioned was a decline in ebook net sales due to lower subscriptions.

Our Trade Publishing segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $2.7 million, or 2.2%, from $120.8 million for the same period in 2016 to $123.5 million. Approximately $12.8 million of the increase was driven by higher sales volume, partially offset by $8.9 million of lower costs as our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, as a percentage of net sales decreased to 62.6% from 67.5%. The decline in rate was due to a product mix partially driven by an increase in eBook sales. Further, the increase in our costs of sales was also slightly offset by $1.2 million of lower amortization expense of publishing rights andpre-publication amortization due to our use of accelerated amortization methods.

44


Our Trade Publishing segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $0.7 million, or 0.5%, from $121.5 million for the same period in 2015 to $120.8 million. The decrease in cost of sales was driven by lower amortization expense of $1.1 million primarily related to publishing rights, which was lower due to our use of accelerated amortization methods. Partially offsetting the decrease was a $0.8 million increase in cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, of which $0.5 million is due to increased sales and $0.3 million is due to our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, as a percent of sales increasing to 67.5% from 67.3% primarily due to increased royalty costs due to product mix.

Our Trade Publishing segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $5.1 million from $48.2 million in the same period in 2016, to $53.3 million. The increase was primarily due to higher transportation costs associated with increased sales volume along with higher costs to support consumer products, partially offset by a reduction of internal and outside labor related costs and lower discretionary costs, all largely due to actions taken under the 2017 Restructuring Plan. Our Trade Publishing segment other intangible asset amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $2.3 million from the same period in 2016, which was related to the amortization of previously unamortized certain tradenames, due to a change in estimate of the useful lives during the fourth quarter of 2016.

Our Trade Publishing segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $0.9 million, or 1.8%, from $47.4 million for the same period in 2015 to $48.2 million. The increase was primarily related to higher rent expense associated with new office space along with higher bad debt expense, partially offset by lower advertising, promotion expense and development costs.

Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017 improved $9.8 million, from $6.3 million for the same period in 2016 to $16.1 million in 2017. Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization costs. Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was 8.7% for the year ended December 31, 2017, which was a favorable change from 3.8% for the same period in 2016 due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses after removing those items not included in Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA.

Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $1.4 million, from $7.7 million for the same period in 2015 to $6.3 million in 2016. Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was 3.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016, which decreased from 4.7% for the same period in 2015 due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses after removing those items not included in segment Adjusted EBITDA.

45


Corporate and Other

     2017 vs. 2016  2016 vs. 2015 
  Years Ended December 31,  Dollar
change
  Percent
change
  Dollar
change
  Percent
change
 
  2017  2016  2015     

Net sales

 $—    $—    $—    $—     NM  $—     NM 

Costs and expenses:

     

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

  —     —     —     —     NM   —     NM 

Publishing rights amortization

  —     —     —     —     NM   —     NM 

Pre-publication amortization

  —     —     —     —     NM   —     NM 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cost of sales

  —     —     —     —     NM   —     NM 

Selling and administrative

  81,218   105,884   99,284   (24,666  (23.3)%   6,600   6.6

Restructuring

  40,653   —     —     40,653   NM   —     NM 

Severance and other charges

  713   15,650   4,767   (14,937  (95.4)%   10,883   NM 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating loss

 $(122,584 $(121,534 $(104,051 $(1,050  (0.9)%  $(17,483  (16.8)% 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest expense

  (42,805  (39,181  (32,254  (3,624  (9.2)%   (6,927  (21.5)% 

Interest income

  1,338   518   209   820   NM   309   NM 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

  1,366   (614  (2,362  1,980   NM   1,748   74.0

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —     —     (3,051  —     NM   3,051   NM 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

  (162,685  (160,811  (141,509  (1,874  (1.2)%   (19,302  (13.6)% 

Income tax (benefit) expense

  (50,435  (65,492  (19,640  15,057   NM   (45,852  NM 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

 $(112,250 $(95,319 $(121,869 $(16,931  (17.8)%  $26,550   21.8
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjustments from net loss to Corporate and Other Adjusted EBITDA

     

Interest expense

 $42,805  $39,181  $32,254  $3,624   9.2 $6,927   21.5

Interest income

  (1,338  (518  (209  (820  NM   (309  NM 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

  (50,435  (65,492  (19,640  15,057   NM   (45,852  NM 

Depreciation expense

  21,901   21,324   14,588   577   2.7  6,736   46.2

Non-cash charges—loss on derivative instruments

  (1,366  614   2,362   (1,980  NM   (1,748  (74.0)% 

Non-cash charges—stock-compensation

  10,828   10,567   12,452   261   2.5  (1,885  (15.1)% 

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

  1,464   1,123   25,562   341   30.4  (24,439  (95.6)% 

2017 Restructuring Plan

  40,653   —     —     40,653   NM   —     NM 

Restructuring/integration

  —     14,364   4,572   (14,364  NM   9,792   NM 

Severance separation costs and facility closures

  713   15,650   4,767   (14,937  (95.4)%   10,883   NM 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —     —     3,051   —     NM   (3,051  NM 

Legal (reimbursement) settlement

  (3,633  10,000   —     (13,633  NM   10,000   NM 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Corporate and Other Adjusted EBITDA

 $(50,658 $(48,506 $(42,110 $(2,152  (4.4)%  $(6,396  (15.2)% 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

46


NM= not meaningful

The Corporate and Other category represents certain general overhead costs not fully allocated to the business segments such as, but not limited to, legal, accounting, treasury, human resources, technology and executive functions.

Our selling and administrative expense for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased $24.7 million, or 23.3%, from $105.9 million for the same period in 2016 to $81.2 million. The decrease was primarily due to legal settlement costs for permissions litigation of $10.0 million in 2016 and a subsequent insurance net reimbursement of $3.6 million which occurred in 2017, and lower travel and entertainment expenses. Further, there were lower restructuring/integration costs as 2016 had costs associated with integration of systems to support the 2015 acquisition, partially offsetting the decrease were higher annual incentive plan compensation costs in 2017 and costs under our 2017 Restructuring Plan. Our 2017 Restructuring Plan costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $40.7 million, which includes severance and termination benefits of $16.2 million, real estate consolidation costs of $7.9 million, implementation costs of $7.5 million and an impairment charge related to a certain long-lived asset included within property, plant, and equipment of $9.1 million.

Our selling and administrative expense for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $6.6 million, or 6.6%, from $99.3 million for the same period in 2015 to $105.9 million. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $6.7 million of higher depreciation as a result of our increased investment in our infrastructure in addition to higher labor costs and higher office lease cost due to the expiration of favorable office leases. The increase was partially offset by legal settlements and integration expenses amounting to $24.4 million in 2016, which were lower by $5.7 million from the $30.1 million of transaction expenses in the prior year related to equity, acquisition and integration activities.

Our interest expense for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $3.6 million, or 9.2%, from $39.2 million for the same period in 2016 to $42.8 million, primarily due to $4.1 million of net settlement payments on our interest rate derivative instruments during the current period, partially offset by the lower outstanding balance on our term loan facility.

Our interest expense for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $6.9 million, or 21.5%, to $39.2 million from $32.3 million for the same period in 2015, primarily as a result of the increase to our outstanding term loan credit facility from $243.1 million to $800.0 million, all of which was drawn at closing of the EdTech acquisition in May 2015. Further, interest expense increased $1.2 million in 2016 due to our interest rate derivative contracts.

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $0.8 million from $0.5 million for the same period in 2016 to $1.3 million, primarily due to increases in interest rates on our investments.

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $0.3 million, from $0.2 million for the same period in 2015 to $0.5 million, primarily as a result of the increased investment in money market accounts and short term investments.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2017 favorably changed by $2.0 million from a loss of $0.6 million for the same period in 2016 to a gain of $1.4 million in 2017. The change in fair value of derivative instruments was related to foreign exchange forward contracts executed on the Euro that were favorably impacted by the weaker U.S. dollar against the Euro.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2016 favorably changed by $1.7 million from an expense of $2.4 million in 2015 to an expense of $0.6 million in 2016. The loss on change in fair value of derivative instruments was related to unfavorable foreign exchange forward and option contracts

47


executed on the Euro that were favorably impacted by the stronger U.S. dollar against the Euro. Although a similar instance existed in the prior year, the change of the U.S dollar against the Euro was greater than the current year based on the timing of the execution of the derivative instruments.

Our loss on extinguishment of debt for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2015 consisted of a $2.2 million write off of the portion of the unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the portion of our previous term loan credit facility accounted for as an extinguishment. Further, there was a $0.9 million write off of the portion of the unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the portion of our previous revolving credit facility which was also accounted for as an extinguishment.

Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased $15.1 million from a benefit of $65.5 million in 2016 to a benefit of $50.4 million in 2017. The 2017 income tax benefit was primarily related to the effects of new tax legislation, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that was enacted on December 22, 2017. As a result of the effects of new tax legislation, the Company recognized a $31.5 million benefit related to the remeasurement of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite-lived intangible assets to reflect the change in U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% and a $40.4 million benefit related to the release of valuation allowance due to the Company’s ability to utilize indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities as a source of future taxable income in the Company’s assessment of its realization of deferred tax assets. This is a result of the U.S. tax law change that would extend net operating losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 to an unlimited carryforward period subject to an 80% utilization against future taxable earnings. The income tax benefit recognized from the effects of U.S. tax reform was partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. The income tax benefit of $65.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily related to a change from indefinite-lived intangibles to definite-lived, partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. For both periods, the income tax benefit was impacted by certain discrete tax items including the accrual of potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. Including the tax effects of these discrete tax items, the effective tax rate was 32.8% and 18.7% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $45.9 million from a benefit of $19.6 million for the same period in 2015 to a benefit of $65.5 million in 2016. The 2016 income tax benefit was primarily related to a change from indefinite-lived intangibles to definite-lived, partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. The income tax benefit of $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily related to a $34.9 million release of an accrual for uncertain tax positions due to the lapsing of the statute, partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. For both periods, the income tax benefit was impacted by certain discrete tax items including the accrual of potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. Including the tax effects of these discrete tax items, the effective tax rate was 18.7% and 12.8% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2017 changed unfavorably by $2.2 million, or 4.4%, from a loss of $48.5 million for the same period in 2016 to a loss of $50.7 million. Our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category excludes interest, taxes, depreciation, derivative instruments charges, equity compensation charges, acquisition-related activity, restructuring costs, integration costs, severance and facility vacant space costs, and legal settlement charges/reimbursements. The unfavorable change in our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category was due to the factors described above after removing those items not included in Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category.

Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2016 changed unfavorably by $6.4 million, or 15.2%, from a loss of $42.1 million for the same period in 2015 to a loss of

48


$48.5 million. The unfavorable change in our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category was due to the factors described above after removing those items not included in Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category.

Seasonality and Comparability

Our net sales, operating profit or loss and net cash provided by or used in operations are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar.calendar, which typically results in a cash flow usage in the first half of the year and a cash flow generation in the second half of the year. Consequently, the performance of our businessesbusiness may not be comparable quarter to consecutive quarter and should be considered on the basis of results for the whole year or by comparing results in a quarter with results in the same quarter for the previous year.

Approximately 87% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 were derived from our Education segment, which is a markedly seasonal business. Schools typically conduct the majority of their purchases in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. Thus, over the past three completed fiscal years, approximately 67%69% of our consolidated net sales were realized in the second and third quarters. Sales ofK-12 instructional materials and customized testing products are also cyclical, with some years offering more sales opportunities than others in light ofbased on the state adoption calendar. The amount of funding available at the state level for educational materials also has a significant effect onyear-to-year net sales. Although the loss of a single customer would not have a material adverse effect on our business, schedules of school adoptions and market acceptance of our products can materially affectyear-to-year net sales performance.


49


The following table is indicative of the seasonality of our business and the related results:

Quarterly Results of Continuing Operations

 

(in thousands) First
Quarter
2016
  Second
Quarter
2016
  Third
Quarter
2016
  Fourth
Quarter
2016
  First
Quarter
2017
  Second
Quarter
2017
  Third
Quarter
2017
  Fourth
Quarter
2017
 

Education segment

 $174,305  $353,384  $487,209  $192,172  $185,384  $350,607  $480,851  $206,129 

Trade Publishing segment

  31,511   38,658   45,812   49,634   36,533   42,444   51,189   54,374 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net sales

  205,816   392,042   533,021   241,806   221,917   393,051   532,040   260,503 

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

  105,518   173,466   206,177   125,554   107,536   175,693   209,694   124,879 

Publishing rights amortization

  17,793   14,413   14,573   14,572   13,398   10,867   10,987   10,986 

Pre-publication amortization

  28,281   31,315   33,903   36,744   27,577   29,758   33,757   34,946 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cost of sales

  151,592   219,194   254,653   176,870   148,511   216,318   254,438   170,811 

Selling and administrative

  168,675   184,479   185,252   161,138   156,352   166,165   178,104   154,239 

Other intangible asset amortization

  6,176   5,968   5,980   8,626   8,076   8,128   7,248   7,296 

Impairment charge for intangible assets

  —     —     —     139,205   —     —     —     3,980 

Restructuring

  —     —     —     —     3,875   33,393   1,768   1,617 

Severance and other charges

  1,577   3,553   3,765   6,755   1,206   213   272   (978
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  (122,204  (21,152  83,371   (250,788  (96,103  (31,166  90,210   (76,462
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

        

Interest expense

  (9,487  (9,466  (9,550  (10,678  (10,453  (10,547  (10,980  (10,825

Interest income

  154   64   57   243   245   115   281   697 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

  784   (619  257   (1,036  45   851   377   93 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

  (130,753  (31,173  74,135   (262,259  (106,266  (40,747  79,888   (86,497

Income tax expense (benefit)

  34,395   (2,782  (15,887  (81,218  14,392   6,120   (10,618  (60,329
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 $(165,148 $(28,391 $90,022  $(181,041 $(120,658 $(46,867 $90,506  $(26,168
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

 

Second

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth

 

 

First

 

 

Second

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth

 

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

(in thousands)

 

2020

 

 

2020

 

 

2020

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2021

 

 

2021

 

 

2021

 

Net sales

 

$

151,843

 

 

$

216,239

 

 

$

331,205

 

 

$

141,167

 

 

$

146,195

 

 

$

308,672

 

 

$

417,130

 

 

$

178,805

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights and

   pre-publication amortization

 

 

63,652

 

 

 

100,544

 

 

 

146,155

 

 

 

60,235

 

 

 

58,137

 

 

 

124,360

 

 

 

152,893

 

 

 

63,316

 

Publishing rights amortization

 

 

4,432

 

 

 

3,431

 

 

 

3,469

 

 

 

3,468

 

 

 

3,166

 

 

 

2,489

 

 

 

2,516

 

 

 

2,517

 

Pre-publication amortization

 

 

30,562

 

 

 

31,659

 

 

 

31,570

 

 

 

32,047

 

 

 

25,051

 

 

 

26,506

 

 

 

27,620

 

 

 

29,444

 

Cost of sales

 

 

98,646

 

 

 

135,634

 

 

 

181,194

 

 

 

95,750

 

 

 

86,354

 

 

 

153,355

 

 

 

183,029

 

 

 

95,277

 

Selling and administrative

 

 

123,341

 

 

 

98,199

 

 

 

118,275

 

 

 

102,540

 

 

 

89,235

 

 

 

114,767

 

 

 

134,951

 

 

 

106,707

 

Other intangible assets amortization

 

 

5,856

 

 

 

5,855

 

 

 

5,857

 

 

 

6,349

 

 

 

7,906

 

 

 

7,869

 

 

 

7,241

 

 

 

7,241

 

Impairment charge for goodwill

 

 

262,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring/severance and other charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,776

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,847

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

2,469

 

Gain on sale of assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,661

)

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

 

 

(338,000

)

 

 

(23,449

)

 

 

(5,897

)

 

 

(80,570

)

 

 

(37,300

)

 

 

22,834

 

 

 

95,537

 

 

 

(32,889

)

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retirement benefits non-service (expense) income

 

 

61

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

(1,039

)

 

 

(200

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

214

 

 

 

117

 

Interest expense

 

 

(9,253

)

 

 

(10,614

)

 

 

(9,311

)

 

 

(8,753

)

 

 

(8,564

)

 

 

(9,985

)

 

 

(8,239

)

 

 

(8,210

)

Interest income

 

 

766

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

25

 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

(380

)

 

 

120

 

 

 

432

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

(674

)

 

 

127

 

 

 

(368

)

 

 

(306

)

Gain on investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,738

 

 

 

353

 

 

 

 

 

 

836

 

 

 

606

 

 

 

 

Income from transition services agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

854

 

 

 

1,399

 

 

 

1,411

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,505

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes

 

 

(346,806

)

 

 

(33,807

)

 

 

(12,945

)

 

 

(89,483

)

 

 

(46,718

)

 

 

2,149

 

 

 

89,167

 

 

 

(39,852

)

Income tax (benefit) expense for continuing operations

 

 

(8,780

)

 

 

(1,370

)

 

 

(1,060

)

 

 

(1,141

)

 

 

2,310

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(6,192

)

 

 

6,577

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 

 

(338,026

)

 

 

(32,437

)

 

 

(11,885

)

 

 

(88,342

)

 

 

(49,028

)

 

 

2,158

 

 

 

95,359

 

 

 

(46,429

)

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(7,947

)

 

 

(5,731

)

 

 

(667

)

 

 

5,197

 

 

 

(2,955

)

 

 

1,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

214,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,997

)

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(7,947

)

 

 

(5,731

)

 

 

(667

)

 

 

5,197

 

 

 

(2,955

)

 

 

216,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,997

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(345,973

)

 

$

(38,168

)

 

$

(12,552

)

 

$

(83,145

)

 

$

(51,983

)

 

$

218,628

 

 

$

95,359

 

 

$

(48,426

)

During the fourth quarter of 2020, we recorded an adjustment of $17.0 million and $1.0 million to increase both the goodwill impairment charge and income tax benefit recorded, respectively, to correct an error of the previously recorded goodwill impairment of $262.0 million and related income tax benefit in the first quarter of 2020. Management believes these adjustments are not material to the prior period financial statements.

 


50


Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $148,979   $226,102   $234,257 

Short-term investments

   86,449    80,841    198,146 

Current portion of long-term debt

   8,000    8,000    8,000 

Long-term debt, net of discount

   760,194    764,738    769,283 
      
   Years ended December 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $135,130   $143,751   $348,359 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (204,923   (113,946   (676,787

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (7,330   (37,960   106,104 

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

463,131

 

 

$

281,200

 

 

$

296,353

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

19,000

 

 

 

19,000

 

Long-term debt, net of discount and issuance costs

 

 

317,579

 

 

 

624,692

 

 

 

638,187

 

Revolving credit facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowing availability under revolving credit facility

 

 

64,922

 

 

 

104,806

 

 

 

161,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net cash provided by operating activities - continuing operations

 

$

263,789

 

 

$

106,485

 

 

$

248,540

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities - continuing operations

 

 

250,290

 

 

 

(111,812

)

 

 

(95,486

)

Net cash used in financing activities - continuing operations

 

 

(335,381

)

 

 

(18,130

)

 

 

(115,667

)

Operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was $135.1$263.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017,2021, a $8.6$157.3 million decreasefavorable change from the $143.8$106.5 million of net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.2020. The $157.3 million improvement in cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was primarily due to an increase in operating profit, net of non-cash items, of $215.0 million. The improvement was partially offset by unfavorable cash flow changes in net operating assets and liabilities of $57.7 million primarily due to unfavorable changes in accounts receivable of $61.3 million related to higher billings and the timing of collections, changes in severance and other charges of $26.4 million mainly attributable to the 2020 Restructuring Plan, changes in other operating assets and liabilities of $26.0 million, period over period inventory changes of $14.9 million and changes in interest payable of $7.0 million due to the timing of payments and changes in pension and postretirement benefits of $6.4 million, offset by favorable cash flow changes in accounts payable of $52.8 million due to timing of disbursements and favorable changes in royalties and author advances of $31.3 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was $106.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, a $142.1 million decrease from the $248.5 million of net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities from 2016 to 2017 was primarily driven by unfavorable net changes in net operating assets and liabilities of $65.4$74.3 million offset by more profitable operations, net ofnon-cash items, of $56.8 million. The unfavorable net changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to unfavorable changes in deferred revenue of $52.9$143.3 million and $25.0 million of royalties related to greater billings in 2019, accounts payable of $18.7 million related to timing of disbursements and severance and other charges of $3.4 million due to lower billingsthe 2020 Restructuring Plan, offset by period over period inventory changes of Core Solutions products, which typically carry a high deferral rate, unfavorable$72.4 million, changes in accounts receivable of $25.2$10.5 million, an increase in operating lease liabilities of $15.3 million, pension and postretirement benefits of $8.2 million, interest payable of $3.5 million due to the timing of collectionsour 2019 Refinancing and fourth quarterother assets and liabilities of $6.2 million. Additionally, operating profit, net sales, and unfavorable changes in pension and post-retirement benefits of $10.6 million, offsetnon-cash items, decreased by favorable changes in accounts payable and royalties of $16.5 million and $11.0 million, respectively, due to timing of payments.$67.7 million.    

Investing activities

Net cash provided by operatinginvesting activities from continuing operations was $143.8$250.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a $204.62021, an increase of $362.1 million decrease from the $348.4$(111.8) million provided by operatingof net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.2020. The decreaseincrease in cash provided by operatinginvesting activities from 2015 to 2016 was primarily driven by less profitable operations, net ofnon-cash items, of $136.2 million, attributed largely to lower sales and higher selling and administrative expenses, along with unfavorable net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $68.4 million. The unfavorable net changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to lower deferred revenueproceeds from the sale of $86.8 million attributed to greater recognitionour HMH Books & Media business of revenue attributed to product mix when compared to the prior year period along with lower billings in 2016, unfavorable changes in accounts payable of $36.8$340.6 million and in royaltiesfrom the sale of $19.0assets of $5.0 million due to timing of payments,during 2021 and unfavorable changes in inventory of $17.2 million as the reduction in inventory was due to better inventory management and was not as large as the prior year. These unfavorable changes were partially offset by favorable changes primarily due to a reversal of a $74.3 million accruallesser extent, lower capital investing expenditures related to uncertain tax positions as the statutory period expiredpre-publication costs and property, plant, and equipment of $16.5 million in the prior period, favorable changesconnection with planned reductions in accounts receivable of $9.3 million due to lower fourth quarter sales and net favorable changes in other assets and liabilities of $7.8 million due to timing of disbursements.

Investing activitiescontent development.

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $204.9$(111.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2017,2020, an increase of $91.0$16.3 million from the $113.9 million used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016.2019.  The increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to lower net proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term


investments of $122.2$50.0 million compared to 2016 along with $15.1 million of higherpre-publication costs in advance of 2018 adoptions. Partially offsetting,2019, offset by lower capital investing expenditures related to pre-publication costs and property, plant, and equipment decreasedof $27.5 million in connection with previously planned reductions in content development, and by $47.3the acquisition of a business for $5.4 million primarily due to lower spend on leasehold improvements related to various office moves and technology infrastructure.

along with an investment in preferred stock of $0.8 million in 2019.

Financing activities

51


Net cash used in investingfinancing activities, which is all continuing operations, was $113.9$335.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease2021, an increase of $562.8$317.3 million from the $676.8$18.1 million used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in investing activities was primarily due to the acquisition of the EdTech business in May 2015, and by higher net proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments of $28.5 million compared to 2015. Offsetting the decrease, capital investing expenditures related topre-publication costs and property, plant and equipment increased by $42.9 million, due to capital spend pertaining to the EdTech business, and increased spend on leasehold improvements related to various office moves, technology infrastructure and timing of spend.

Financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $30.6 million from the $38.0 million of net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016.2020. The increase in cash used in financing activities was primarily due to a net increase in our debt repayments of $323.0 million primarily from the proceeds of the sale of our HMH Books & Media business. Partially offsetting the increase was net collections under the transition services agreement of $6.2 million in 2021.

Net cash used in financing activities, which is all continuing operations, was $18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, a decrease of $97.5 million from the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in cash used in financing activities was primarily due to there being no share repurchasesa reduction in 2017 under our share repurchase program for our common stock, compared to $55.0 millionnet debt principal repayments of share repurchases in 2016, partially offset by $24.0 million less proceeds related to stock option exercises during 2017 compared to 2016.

Net cash used in financing activities was $38.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $144.1 million from the $106.1 million of net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the prior period benefiting from net proceeds of $796.0 million from our term loan facility partially offset by an increase in principal payments on our previously existing term loan of $243.1$88.3 million in connection with the acquisition2019 Refinancing along with payments of financing fees of $8.5 million related to our notes offering, term loan facility and revolving credit facility amendments in 2019. Additionally, there was a decrease in tax withholding payments related to net share settlements of restricted stock units of $2.0 million partially offset by lower net collections under the transition services agreement of $1.1 million.

Debt

Under each of the EdTech business in May 2015. Further, we incurred $15.3 million in the prior period for deferred financing fees related to the closing ofnotes, the term loan facility and the amendment to the revolving credit facility. In 2016, we made $8.0 million of principal payments under our term loan facility compared with $4.0 million in 2015. Offsetting the aforementioned, our share repurchases under our share repurchase program for our common stock were $408.0 million less during 2016 compared to the prior period. Also, we received $11.6 million of less proceeds during 2016 related to stock option exercises partially offset by proceeds received of $2.2 million related to our employee stock purchase program.

Debt

Under both our revolving credit facility and term loan facility, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company and HMH Publishers LLC are the borrowers (collectively, the “Borrowers”), and Citibank, N.A. acts as both the administrative agent and the collateral agent.

The obligations under thesethe senior secured facilitiesnotes, the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by the Company and each of its direct and indirectfor-profit domestic subsidiaries (other than the Borrowers) (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and are secured by all capital stock and other equity interests of the Borrowers and the Guarantors and substantially all of the other tangible and intangible assets of the Borrowers and the Guarantors, including, without limitation, receivables, inventory, equipment, contract rights, securities, patents, trademarks, other intellectual property, cash, bank accounts and securities accounts and owned real estate. The revolving credit facility is secured by first priority liens on receivables, inventory, deposit accounts, securities accounts, instruments, chattel paper and other assets related to the foregoing (the “Revolving First Lien Collateral”), and second priority liens on the collateral which secures the term loan facility on a first priority basis. The term loan facility is secured by first priority liens on the capital stock and other equity interests of the BorrowerBorrowers and the Guarantors, equipment, owned real estate, trademarks and other intellectual property, general intangibles that are not Revolving First Lien Collateral and other assets related to the foregoing, and second priority liens on the Revolving First Lien Collateral.

Senior Secured Notes

On November 22, 2019, we completed the sale of $306.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.0% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (the “notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and to persons outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The notes mature on February 15, 2025 and bear interest at a rate of 9.0% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on February 15, 2020.  As of December 31, 2021, we had $303.3 million ($296.6 million, net of discount and issuance costs) outstanding under the notes.

We may redeem all or a portion of the notes at redemption prices as described in the notes. We redeemed $2.7 million of the notes during the second quarter of 2021 utilizing proceeds from the sale of the HMH Books & Media business.


The notes do not require us to comply with financial maintenance covenants. We are currently required to meet certain incurrence based financial covenants as defined under the notes.

The notes are subject to customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the administrative agent may, or at the request of certain required lenders shall, accelerate the obligations outstanding under the notes.

Term Loan Facility

In connection with our closing of the EdTech acquisition,On November 22, 2019, we entered into ana second amended and restated term loan credit facilityagreement for an aggregate principal amount of $380.0 million (the “term loan facility”) dated as of May 29, 2015 to, among other things, increase our

52


outstanding term loan credit facility to $800.0 million, all of which was drawn at closing.. As of December 31, 2017,2021, we had approximately $780.0$21.7 million ($768.221.0 million, net of discount and issuance costs) outstanding under the term loan facility.

The term loan facility has asix-year term and matures on May 29, 2021. TheNovember 22, 2024 and the interest rate applicableper annum is equal to, borrowings under the facility is based, at our election, on LIBOR plus 3.0% or an alternative base rate plus applicable margins. LIBOR is subject to a floor of 1.0%, with the length of the LIBOR contracts ranging up to six months at the option of the Company.Company, either (a) LIBOR plus a margin of 6.25% or (b) an alternate base rate plus a margin of 5.25%. As of December 31, 2017,2021, the interest rate ofon the term loan facility was 4.6%7.25%.

The term loan facility may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time, without premium. The term loan facility iswas required to be repaid in quarterly installments of $2.0 million.approximately $4.8 million with the balance being payable on the maturity date. We repaid $334.6 million of the term loan facility during the second quarter of 2021 utilizing proceeds from the sale of the HMH Books & Media business. There are no future quarterly repayment installments required and the balance is payable on the maturity date; however, we are not prohibited from continuing to make debt payments and may elect to do so.

The term loan facility does not require us to comply with financial maintenance covenants. We are currently required to meet certain incurrence based financial covenants as defined under our term loan facility.

The term loan facility contains customary mandatory prepayment requirements, including with respect to excess cash flow, proceeds from certain asset sales or dispositions of property, and proceeds from certain incurrences of indebtedness. The term loan facility permits the Company to voluntarily prepay outstanding amounts at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

The term loan facility is subject to usual and customary conditions, representations, warranties and covenants, including restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, acquisitions, asset dispositions, dividends to stockholders, repurchase or redemption of our stock, transactions with affiliates and other matters. The term loan facility is subject to customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the administrative agent may, or at the request of certain required lenders shall, accelerate the obligations outstanding under the term loan facility.

We are subject to an excess cash flow provision under theour term loan facility which is predicated upon our leverage ratio and cash flow.  We were not required to make a payment under the excess cash flow provision in 2017 and 2016.

Revolving Credit Facility

On JulyNovember 22, 2015,2019, we entered into ana second amended and restated revolving credit facility (the “revolving credit facility”) to, among other things, reduce the pricing, extend the maturity, conform certain terms to those of our term loan facility and to provide greater availability and operational flexibility. The revolving credit facilityagreement that provides borrowing availability in an amount equal to the lesser of either $250.0 million andor a borrowing base that is computed monthly or weekly as the case may be and comprised of the Borrowers’ and certainthe Guarantors’ eligible inventory and receivables.receivables (the “revolving credit facility”).

The revolving credit facility includes a letter of credit subfacility of $50.0 million, a swingline subfacility of $20.0 million and the option to expand the facility by up to $100.0 million in the aggregate under certain specified conditions. The amount of any outstanding letters of credit reduces borrowing availability under the revolving credit facility on adollar-for-dollar basis. As of December 31, 2017,2021, there were no amounts outstanding on the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately $25.2$16.1 million of outstanding letters of credit and approximately $135.3$64.9 million of borrowing availability under the revolving credit facility. No loans have been drawn onAs of February 24, 2022, there were no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility as of February 22, 2018.facility.


The revolving credit facility has a five yearfive-year term and matures on JulyNovember 22, 2020.2024. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the facility is based, at our election, on LIBOR plus 1.75%a margin between 1.50% and 2.00% or an alternative base rate plus 0.75%; such applicablea margin between 0.50% and 1.00%, which margins may increase up to 2.25% and 1.25%, respectively,are based on average daily availability. The revolving credit facility may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time, without premium.

The revolving credit facility requires us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 on a trailing four-quarter basis for periods in which excess availability under the revolving credit facility is less than the greater of $25.0 million and 12.5% of the lesser of the total commitment and the borrowing base then in effect, or less than $20.0 million if certain conditions are met. The minimum fixed charge coverage ratio was not applicable under the facility as of December 31, 2017,2021, due to our level of borrowing availability.

53


The revolving credit facility is subject to usual and customary conditions, representations, warranties and covenants, including restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, acquisitions, asset dispositions, dividends to stockholders, repurchase or redemption of our stock, transactions with affiliates and other matters. The revolving credit facility is subject to customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the administrative agent may, or at the request of certain required lenders shall, accelerate the obligations outstanding under the revolving credit facility.

General

We had $149.0$463.1 million of cash and cash equivalents and $86.4 million ofno short-term investments at December 31, 2017.2021. We had $226.1$281.2 million of cash and cash equivalents and $80.8 million ofno short-term investments at December 31, 2016.2020.

Our business is impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar, which typically results in a cash flow usage in the first half of the year and a cash flow generation in the second half of the year. We expect our net cash provided by operations combined with our cash and cash equivalents and borrowingsborrowing availability under our revolving credit facility to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, capital spending, debt service requirements and working capital requirements over at least the next twelve months.Our primary credit facilities do not require us to comply with financial maintenance covenants.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments by management that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales, expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. On anon-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, book returns and variable consideration, deferred revenue and related standalone selling price estimates, allowance for bad debts, recoverability of advances to authors, valuation of inventory, financial instruments valuation, income taxes, pensions and other postretirement benefits obligations, contingencies, litigation, depreciation and amortization periods, and the recoverability of long-term assets such as property, plant and equipment, capitalizedpre-publication costs, other identified intangibles, goodwill, deferred revenue, income taxes, pensions and other postretirement benefits, contingencies, litigation and purchase accounting.goodwill. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from those estimates. For a complete description of our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 of Notes3 to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”the consolidated financial statements. The following policies and account descriptions include those identified as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations.

The critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the Company’s operating environment changes.  Actual results may differ from these estimates due to the uncertainty around the magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as other factors.


The following are the critical accounting policies and estimates:

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that we determine are within the scope of the new revenue recognition accounting standard, we perform the following five steps: (i) identify the contract with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation. We only once persuasive evidenceapply the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that we will collect the consideration we are entitled to in exchange for the goods or services we transfer to the customer. At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. We then recognize as revenue the amount of an arrangement with the customer exists,transaction price that is allocated to the sales pricerespective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is fixed or determinable, deliverysatisfied.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring products or services has occurred, titleto a customer. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, which generally reflects estimated future product returns, we estimate the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing the expected value method to which we expect to be entitled. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Estimates of variable consideration and riskthe determination of losswhether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely on all information (historical, current and forecasted) that is reasonably available. Sales, value add, and other taxes collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from revenue.

We estimate the collectability of contracts upon execution. For contracts with respectrights of return, the transaction price is adjusted to reflect the estimated returns for the arrangement on these sales and is made at the time of sale based on historical experience by product line or customer. The transaction prices allocated are adjusted to reflect expected returns and are based on historical return rates and sales patterns. Shipping and handling fees charged to customers are included in net sales.

When determining the transaction price of a contract, an adjustment is made if payment from a customer occurs either significantly before or significantly after performance, resulting in a significant financing component. We do not assess whether a significant financing component exists if the period between when we perform our obligations under the contract and when the customer pays is one year or less. Significant financing components’ income is included in interest income.

Contracts are sometimes modified to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. Contract modifications exist when the modification either creates new, or changes the existing, enforceable rights and obligations. Generally, contract modifications are for products have transferredor services that are not distinct from the existing contract due to the inability to use, consume or sell the products or services on their own to generate economic benefits and are accounted for as if they were part of that existing contract. The effect of such a contract modification on the transaction price and measure of progress for the performance obligation to which it relates is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase in or a reduction of revenue) on a cumulative catch-up basis.

Physical product revenue is recognized when the customer obtains control of our product, which occurs at a point in time, and may be upon shipment or upon delivery based on the contractual shipping terms of a contract. Revenues from static digital content commence upon delivery to the customer all significant obligations, if any, have been performed,of the digital entitlement that is required to access and collectiondownload the content and is reasonably assured.typically recognized at a point in time. Revenues from subscription software licenses, related hosting services and product support are recognized evenly over the license term as we believe this best represents the pattern of transfer to the customer. The perpetual software licenses provide the customer with a functional license to our products and their related revenues are recognized when the customer receives entitlement to the software. Revenue associated with the digital content hosting services related to perpetual licenses is recognized evenly over the contract term. The delivery/start date is the date access to the hosted content is granted. For the technical services provided to customers in connection with the software license, we


recognize revenue upon delivery of the services. As the invoices are based on each day of service, this is directly linked to the transfer of benefit to the customer.

If the contract contains a single performance obligation, the entire transaction price is allocated to the single performance obligation. We enter into certain contractual arrangementscontracts that have multiple elements,performance obligations, one or more of which may be delivered subsequent to the delivery of other elements.performance obligations. These multiple-deliverable arrangementsperformance obligations may include print and digital media, professional development services, training, software licenses, access to hosted content, and various services related to the software including but not limited to hosting, maintenance and support, and implementation. For these multiple-element arrangements, weWe allocate revenue to each deliverable of the arrangementtransaction price based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices of the deliverables. In such circumstances, we firstpromised products or services underlying each performance obligation. We determine thestandalone selling price of each deliverable based on (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) if that exists, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) when VSOE does not exist, or (iii) our best estimate of the selling price when neither VSOE nor TPE exists. Revenue is then allocated to thenon-software deliverables

54


as a group and to the software deliverables as a group using the relative selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement, based on the price at which the performance obligation is sold separately. If the standalone selling price hierarchy.Non-software deliverablesis not observable through past transactions, we estimate the standalone selling price taking into account available information such as market conditions and internally approved standard pricing discounts related to the performance obligations. Generally, our performance obligations include print and digital textbooks and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials,formative assessment materials and multimedia instructional programs; licenses to book rights and content; access to hosted content; and services including test development, test delivery, test scoring, professional development, consulting and training when those services do not relate totraining. Our contracts may also contain software deliverables. Software deliverables include softwareperformance obligations including perpetual and subscription-based licenses and software maintenance and support services, professional servicesservices.

Deferred Revenue

Our contract liabilities consist of advance payments and trainingbillings in excess of revenue recognized and are classified as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets. Our contract assets and liabilities are accounted for and presented on a net basis as either a contract asset or contract liability at the end of each reporting period. We classify deferred revenue as current or noncurrent based on the timing of when those services relatewe expect to software deliverables.

Forrecognize revenue. In order to determine revenue recognized in thenon-software deliverables, period from contract liabilities, we determinefirst allocate revenue to the individual contract liability balance outstanding at the beginning of the period until the revenue for each deliverable basedexceeds that balance. If additional advances are received on its relative selling pricethose contracts in subsequent periods, we assume all revenue recognized in the arrangement and we recognize revenue upon delivery of the product or service, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Revenue for test delivery, test scoring and training is recognized when the service has been completed. Revenue for test development, professional development, consulting and training is recognized as the service is provided. Revenue for access to hosted interactive content is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement.

For the software deliverables as a group, we recognize revenue in accordance with the authoritative guidance for software revenue recognition. As our software licenses are typically sold with maintenance and support, professional services or training, we use the residual method to determine the amount of software license revenue to be recognized in instances where VSOE has not been established for an element sold in the arrangement.

Under the residual method, arrangement consideration of the software deliverables as a group is allocatedreporting period first applies to the undelivered elements based upon VSOE of those elements, withbeginning contract liability as opposed to a portion applying to the residual amount ofnew advances for the arrangement fee allocated to and recognized as license revenue upon delivery, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. If VSOE of one or more of the undelivered services or other elements does not exist, all revenues of the software-deliverables arrangement are deferred until delivery of all of those services or other elements has occurred, or until VSOE of each of those services or other elements can be established.period.

As products are shipped with right of return, a provision for estimated returns on these sales is made at the time of sale based on historical experience by product line or customer.

Shipping and handling fees charged to customers are included in net sales.

As discussed in Note 2, effective January 1, 2018, we will be accounting for revenue under the FASB’s new revenue recognition standard.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Reserves for Book Returns

Accounts receivable include amounts billed and currently due from customers and are recorded net of allowances for doubtful accounts and reserves for book returns. In the normal course of business, we extend credit to customers that satisfy predefined criteria. We estimate the collectability of our receivables.receivables and develop those estimates to reflect the risk of credit loss. Allowances for doubtful accounts are established through the evaluation of accounts receivable aging, prior collection experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of the economic conditions that will exist through the contractual life of the financial asset. We monitor our ongoing credit exposure through an active review of collection trends and specific facts and circumstances. Our activities include monitoring the timeliness of payment collection and performing timely account reconciliations. At the time we determine that a receivable balance, or any portion thereof, is deemed to be permanently uncollectible, the balance is written off. Reserves for book returns are based on historical return rates and sales patterns. We determine the required reserves by segregating our returns into the applicable product or sales channel pools. Returns in theK-12 market have been historically low. We have experienced higher returns with respect to sales to resellers international sales and Trade Publishinginternational sales, which all result in a greater degree of risk and subjectivity when establishing the appropriate level of reserves for this customer base. AtWe estimate the amount of returns using the expected value method to reduce transaction price at the time we determine that a receivable balance, or any portion thereof, is deemed to be permanently uncollectible,of the balance is written off.sale. The allowance for doubtful accounts and reserve for returns are reported as reductions of the accounts receivable balance and amounted to $2.6$3.5 million and $21.0$4.1 million, and $3.6$3.8 million and $19.0$4.6 million as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively.

55


Inventories

Inventories are substantially stated at the lower of weighted average cost or net realizable value. The level of obsolete and excess inventory is estimated on a program or title-level basis by comparing the number of units in stock with the expected future demand. The expected future demand of a program or title is determined by the copyright year, the previous years’recent sales history, the subsequent year’sfuture sales forecast, known forward-looking trends including our development cycle to replace the title or program and competing titles or programs. A change in sales trends, or


strategic direction of our product development, could affect the estimated reserve. The reserve for excess or obsolete inventory obsolescence reserve is reported as a reduction of the inventories balance and amounted to $48.3$58.6 million and $53.6$61.2 million as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively.

Pre-publication Costs

Pre-publication costs are capitalized and are primarily amortized from the year of sale over five years using thesum-of-the-years-digits method, which is an accelerated method for calculating an asset’s amortization. Under this method, the amortization expense recorded for apre-publication cost asset is approximately 33% (year 1), 27% (year 2), 20% (year 3), 13% (year 4) and 7% (year 5). We utilize this policy for allpre-publication costs, except with respect to our Trade Publishing young readers and general interest books, forthe content of certain intervention products acquired in 2015, which we expense such costs as incurred, and our assessment products, for which we use the straight-line amortization method. Additionally,pre-publication costs recorded in connection with the acquisition of the EdTech business are amortizedamortize over 7 years on a projected sales pattern.using an accelerated amortization method. The amortization methods and periods chosen best reflectreflects the pattern of expected sales generated from individual titles or programs. On a quarterly basis, weWe periodically evaluate the remaining lives and recoverability of capitalizedpre-publication costs, which are often dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities.

Amortization expense related topre-publication costs for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019 were $126.0$108.6 million, $130.2$125.8 million and $120.5$149.3 million, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $4.0 million related to assets that had no future value. For the years ended December 31, 20162021, 2020 and 2015,2019, nopre-publication costs were deemed to be impaired.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets (certain tradenames) are not amortized, but are reviewed at least annually for impairment or earlier, if an indication of impairment exists. Goodwill is allocated entirely to our Education reporting unit. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions may include various valuation techniques including an evaluation of our market capitalization and peer company multiples depending on the best approximation of fair value in the current social and economic environment, net sales growth rates and operating margins, used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, the determination of appropriate market comparables as well as the fair value of certain individual assets and liabilities.

We have the option of first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the currenttwo-stepa quantitative impairment test for goodwill or we can perform thetwo-step quantitative impairment test without performing the qualitative assessment. In performing the qualitative (Step 0) assessment, we consider certain events and circumstances specific to the reporting unit and to the entity as a whole, such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance and cost factors when evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.

RecoverabilityIf the results of goodwill can also be evaluated using atwo-step process. In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. Ifquantitative test indicate the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and no further testing is

56


required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, the second step of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill. Determining the implied fair value of goodwill requires valuation of a reporting unit’s tangible and intangible assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the allocation of purchase price in a business combination. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, goodwill is deemed impaired and is written down to the extent of the difference. difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the carrying value.

We estimate the total fair value of the Education reporting unit by using one or more various valuation techniques including an evaluation of our market capitalization and peer company multiples depending on the best approximation of fair value of the reporting unit in the current social and economic environment. With regard to indefinite-lived intangible assets, which includes only the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt tradename, the recoverability is evaluated using a one-step process whereby we determine the fair value by asset and then compare it to its carrying value to determine if the asset is impaired. We estimate the fair value by preparing a relief-from-royalty discounted cash flow analysis using forward looking projections of the Education reporting units’ future operating results and by comparing the value of the Education reporting unit to the implied market value of selected peers.revenue projections. The significant assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis include: future net sales, a long-term growth rate, a royalty rate and net sales growth, gross margins, other operating expenses, working capital levels, investments in new products, capital spending, tax, cash flows, the discounteda discount rate used to present value future cash flows and the terminal value of the Education reporting unit.flows. The discount rate is based on the weighted-average cost of capital method at the date of the evaluation. With regardAdverse changes in our market capitalization could give rise to indefinite-lived intangible assets, the recoverability is evaluated using aone-step process whereby we determine the fair value by asset, which is then compared to its carrying value to determine if the assets are impaired.an impairment.


We completed our annual goodwill impairment tests as of October 1, 20172021 and 2016. In 20172020. For October 1, 2021, we assessed qualitative factors and 2016, we used income and market valuation approachesdetermined it was not necessary to establish theperform a quantitative impairment test for goodwill. The fair value of the reporting unit and used the most recent five year strategic plan as the initial basiswas in excess of our analysis. We performed an interim quantitative evaluation as of December 31, 2017 related to our decreased market capitalization. The fair value of the Education reporting unit substantially exceeded its carrying value by approximately 18% as of the evaluation dates.October 1, 2020. There was no goodwill impairment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015.2019.  We will continue to monitor and evaluate the carrying value of goodwill. If market and economic conditions or business performance deteriorate, this could increase the likelihood of us recording an impairment charge.

We completed our annual indefinite-lived assets impairment tests as of October 1, 2017 and 2016.

We recorded anon-cash goodwill impairment charge of $139.2$279.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The2020. Refer to Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the factors and circumstances leading to the goodwill impairment.

We completed our annual indefinite-lived asset impairment charge related to four specific tradenames within the Education segment in 2016tests as of October 1, 2021 and primarily resulted from the strategic decision to market our products under the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt and HMH name rather than legacy imprints and certain declining sales projections.2020. No indefinite-lived intangible assets were deemed to be impaired for the years ended December 31, 20172021, 2020 and 2015.

Royalty Advances

Royalty advances to authors are capitalized and represent amounts paid in advance of the sale of an author’s product and are recovered as earned. As advances are recorded, a partial reserve may be recorded immediately based primarily upon historical sales experience to estimate the likelihood of recovery. Advances are evaluated periodically to determine if they are expected to be recovered. Any portion of a royalty advance that is not expected to be recovered is fully reserved. The reserve for royalty advances is reported as a reduction of the royalty advances to authors balance and amounted to $103.6 million and $85.5 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

2019. The fair value of each restricted stock and restricted stock unit was estimated at the date of the grant based upon the targetsignificantly exceeded its carrying value of the award and the current market price. The fair value of each market-based restricted stock unit was estimated at the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation, which requires management’s use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions. The fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which also requires management’s use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions. The use of different estimates and assumptions in the option pricing model could have a material impact on the estimated fair value of option grants and the related expense. We estimate our expected volatility based on the historical volatility of our publicly traded peer companies (including our

57


own) and expect to continue to do so until such time as we have adequate historical data regarding the volatility of our traded stock price. The expected life assumption is based on the simplified method for estimating expected term for awards. This option has been elected as we do not have sufficient stock option exercise experience to support a reasonable estimate of the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is the yield currently available on U.S. Treasuryzero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximating the expected term of the option. The expected dividend yield is based on actual dividends paid or to be paid. We recognize stock-based compensation expense over the awards requisite service period on a straight-line basis for time based stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units and on a graded basis for restricted stock and restricted stock units that are contingent on the achievement of performance conditions. We recognize compensation expense for only the portion of stock based awards that are expected to vest. Accordingly, we have estimated expected forfeitures of stock based awards based on our historical forfeiture rates and used these rates in developing a future forfeiture rate. If our actual forfeiture rate varies from our historical rates and estimates, additional adjustments to compensation expense may be required in future periods.

Income Taxes

We have accounted for the tax effects of The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, on a provisional basis. Our accounting for certain income tax effects is incomplete, but we have determined reasonable estimates for those effects. Our reasonable estimates are included in our financial statements as of December 31, 2017. We expect to complete our accounting during the one year measurement period from the enactment date. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further detail.October 1, 2021 and was in excess of its carrying value by approximately 18% as of October 1, 2020.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

AlthoughWe believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015 was well below levels2019. We cannot be sure that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition in prior years and, therefore, benefited results, particularly in the area of manufacturing costs, there were offsetting costs.future periods. Our ability to adjust selling prices has always been limited by competitive factors and long-term contractual arrangements which either prohibit price increases or limit the amount by which prices may be increased. Further, a weak domestic economy at a time of low inflation could cause lower tax receipts at the state and local level, and the funding and buying patterns for textbooks and other educational materials could be adversely affected. Prices for paper moderated during the last three years.

The most significant assets affected by inflation includepre-publication, other property, plant and equipment and inventories. We use the weighted average cost method to value substantially all inventory. We have negotiated favorable pricing through contractual agreements with our two top print and sourcing vendors, and from our other major vendors, which has helped to stabilize our unit costs, and therefore our cost of inventories sold. Our publishing business requires a high level of investment inpre-publication for our educational works, and in other property, plant and equipment. We expect to continue to commit funds to the publishing areas through both internal growth and acquisitions. We believe that by continuing to emphasize cost controls, technological improvements and quality control, we can continue to moderate the impact of inflation on our operating results and financial position.

Covenant Compliance

As of December 31, 2017,2021, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants.covenants and we expect to be in compliance over the next twelve months.

We are currently required to meet certain incurrence basedincurrence-based financial covenants as defined under our term loan facility, notes and revolving credit facility. We have incurrence based financial covenants primarily pertaining to a maximum leverage ratio and fixed charge coverage ratio, and liquidity.ratio. A breach of any of these covenants, ratios, tests or restrictions, as applicable, for which a waiver is not obtained could result in an event of default, in which case our lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and result in a cross-default under other arrangements containing such provisions. A default would permit lenders to accelerate

58


the maturity for the debt under these agreements and to foreclose upon any collateral securing the debt owed to these lenders and to terminate any commitments of these lenders to lend to us. If the lenders accelerate the payment of the indebtedness, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full the indebtedness and any other indebtedness that would become due as a result of any acceleration. Further, in such an event, the lenders would not be required to make further loans to us, and assuming similar facilities were not established and we are unable to obtain replacement financing, it would materially affect our liquidity and results of operations.

Contractual Obligations

The following table provides information with respect to our estimated commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2017:

Contractual Obligations

  Total   Less than
1 year
   1-3 years  3-5 years   More than
5 years
 
   (in thousands) 

Term loan facility due May 29, 2021 (1)

  $780,000   $8,000   $16,000  $756,000   $—   

Interest payable on term loan facility due May 29, 2021 (2)

   134,523    37,567    80,303   16,653    —   

Payments on derivative instruments

   1,305    1,483    (178  —      —   

Operating leases (3)

   369,934    38,854    65,460   56,135    209,485 

Purchase obligations (4)

   48,609    30,854    16,183   1,522    50 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash contractual obligations

  $1,334,371   $116,758   $177,768  $830,310   $209,535 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The term loan facility amortizes at a rate of 1.0% per annum of the original $800.0 million amount.
(2)As of December 31, 2017, the interest rate was 4.6%.
(3)Represents minimum lease payments undernon-cancelable operating leases.
(4)Purchase obligations are agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding. These goods and services consist primarily of author advances, subcontractor expenses, information technology licenses, and outsourcing arrangements.

In addition to the payments described above, we have employee benefit obligations that require future payments. For example, we expect to make $1.6 million of contributions in 2018 relating to our pension and postretirement benefit plans. We expect to periodically draw and repay borrowings under the revolving credit facility. We believe that we will be able to meet our cash interest obligations on our outstanding debt when they are due and payable.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have nooff-balance sheet arrangements.


 

59


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are utilized to hedge economic exposures as well as reduce our earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. As permitted, we may designate certain of these derivative contracts for hedge accounting treatment in accordance with authoritative guidance regarding accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities. However, certain of these instruments may not qualify for, or we may choose not to elect, hedge accounting treatment and, accordingly, the results of our operations may be exposed to some level of volatility. Volatility in our results of operations will vary with the type and amount of derivative hedges outstanding, as well as fluctuations in the currency and interest rate market during the period. Periodically, we may enter into derivative contracts, including interest rate swap agreements and interest rate caps and collars to manage interest rate exposures, and foreign currency spot, forward, swap and option contracts to manage foreign currency exposures. The fair market values of all of these derivative contracts change with fluctuations in interest rates and/or currency rates and are designed so that any changes in their values are offset by changes in the values of the underlying exposures. Derivative financial instruments are held solely as risk management tools and not for trading or speculative purposes.

By their nature, all derivative instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of market and credit risk not recognized in our financial statements. The market risk associated with these instruments resulting from currency exchange and interest rate movements is expected to offset the market risk of the underlying transactions, assets and liabilities being hedged. Our policy is to deal with counterparties having a single A or better credit rating at the time of the execution. We manage our exposure to counterparty risk of derivative instruments by entering into contracts with a diversified group of major financial institutions and by actively monitoring outstanding positions.

We continue to review liquidity sufficiency by performing various stress test scenarios, such as cash flow forecasting, which considers hypothetical interest rate movements. Furthermore, we continue to closely monitor current events and the financial institutions that support our credit facility, including monitoring their credit ratings and outlooks, credit default swap levels, capital raising and merger activity.

As of December 31, 2017,2021, we had $780.0$21.7 million ($768.221.0 million, net of discount and issuance costs) of aggregate principal amount indebtedness outstanding under our term loan facility that bears interest at a variable rate. An increase or decrease of 1% in the interest rate will change our interest expense by approximately $7.8$0.2 million on an annual basis. We also have up to $250.0 million of borrowing availability, subject to borrowing base availability, under our revolving credit facility, and borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a variable rate. We hadAs of December 31, 2021, there were no borrowingsamounts outstanding underon the revolving credit facility at December 31, 2017.facility. Assuming that the revolving credit facility is fully drawn, an increase or decrease of 1% in the interest rate will change our interest expense associated with the revolving credit facility by $2.5 million on an annual basis.

Our interest rate risk relates primarily to U.S. dollar borrowings partially offset by U.S. dollar cash investments. We have historically used interest rate derivative instruments to manage our earnings and cash flow exposure to changes in interest rates. On August 17, 2015, we entered into interest rate derivative contracts with various financial institutions having an aggregate notional amount of $400.0 million to convert floating rate debt into fixed rate debt, which we designated as cash flow hedges, and for which we had $400.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2017. hedges.These contracts were effective beginning September 30, 2016 and maturematured on July 22, 2020. We have no outstanding interest rate derivative contracts as of December 31, 2021.

We conduct various digital development activities in Ireland, and as such, our cash flows and costs are subject to fluctuations from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We manage our exposures to this market risk through the use of short-term foreign exchange forward and option contracts, when deemed appropriate, which were not significant as of December 31, 20172021 and December 31, 2016.2020. We do not enter into derivative transactions or use other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

60


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Auditor Firm Id:

238

Auditor Name:

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Auditor Location:

Boston, MA, USA


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company:Company

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, as listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1),balance sheets of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’sCompany's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2021, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, and the results of theirits operations and theirits cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017in2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2021, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’sCompany's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’sCompany's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidatedfinancialconsolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidatedfinancialconsolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidatedfinancialconsolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidatedfinancialconsolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidatedfinancialconsolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

61


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide


reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Asset Impairment Analysis - Trademarks and Tradenames

As described in Notes 2, 3, and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, as of December 31, 2021, the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible asset balance was $161.0 million and relates to trademarks and tradenames. Management performs an impairment test to assess the carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis (as of October 1) and, if certain events or circumstances indicate that an impairment loss may have been incurred, on an interim basis. The recoverability was evaluated using a one-step process whereby management determined the fair value by asset and then compared it to its carrying value to determine if the asset was impaired. Management estimated the fair value by preparing a relief-from-royalty discounted cash flow analysis using forward looking revenue projections. The significant assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis included: future net sales, a long-term growth rate, a royalty rate, and a discount rate.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment analysis for trademarks and tradenames is a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value estimates of the trademarks and tradenames, which in turn led to significant auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures to evaluate management’s significant assumptions related to future net sales, the long-term growth rate, the royalty rate, and the discount rate. Also, the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s trademarks and tradenames impairment analysis, including controls over the valuation of the trademarks and tradenames. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process to develop the fair value of trademarks and tradenames by (i) assessing the appropriateness of management’s relief-from-royalty discounted cash flow analysis for estimating fair value of the trademarks and tradenames, (ii) testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the analysis, and (iii) evaluating the significant assumptions used by management related to future net sales, the long-term growth rate, the royalty rate, and the discount rate. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to future net sales and the long-term growth rate involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering the past performance of the business, relevant market data, and whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating the Company’s discounted cash flow analysis and significant assumptions related to the royalty rate and the discount rate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Boston, Massachusetts


February 22, 201824, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003.


62


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

  December 31, 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share information)  2017 2016 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Assets

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $148,979  $226,102 

 

$

463,131

 

 

$

281,200

 

Short-term investments

   86,449  80,841 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances for bad debts and book returns of $23.6 million and $22.5 million, respectively

   201,080  216,006 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances for bad debts and book returns of

$7.5 million and $8.4 million, respectively

 

 

135,495

 

 

 

88,830

 

Inventories

   154,644  162,415 

 

 

117,469

 

 

 

145,553

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

   29,947  20,356 

 

 

43,339

 

 

 

19,276

 

  

 

  

 

 

Assets of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

160,053

 

Total current assets

   621,099  705,720 

 

 

759,434

 

 

 

694,912

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

   153,906  175,202 

 

 

80,445

 

 

 

88,801

 

Pre-publication costs, net

   324,897  314,784 

 

 

150,652

 

 

 

202,820

 

Royalty advances to authors, net

   46,469  43,977 

Goodwill

   783,073  783,073 

 

 

437,977

 

 

 

437,977

 

Other intangible assets, net

   610,663  685,649 

 

 

360,290

 

 

 

402,484

 

Operating lease assets

 

 

110,572

 

 

 

126,850

 

Deferred income taxes

   3,593  3,458 

 

 

4,997

 

 

 

2,415

 

Deferred commissions

 

 

35,083

 

 

 

30,659

 

Other assets

   19,891  19,608 

 

 

34,830

 

 

 

34,208

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total assets

  $2,563,591  $2,731,471 

 

$

1,974,280

 

 

$

2,021,126

 

  

 

  

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

  $8,000  $8,000 

 

$

 

 

$

19,000

 

Accounts payable

   61,502  76,181 

 

 

37,449

 

 

 

38,751

 

Royalties payable

   72,992  72,233 

 

 

45,166

 

 

 

34,765

 

Salaries, wages, and commissions payable

   54,970  41,289 

 

 

41,253

 

 

 

21,723

 

Deferred revenue

   275,111  272,828 

 

 

357,864

 

 

 

342,605

 

Interest payable

   322  193 

 

 

11,235

 

 

 

11,017

 

Severance and other charges

   6,926  8,863 

 

 

405

 

 

 

19,590

 

Accrued pension benefits

 

 

185

 

 

 

1,593

 

Accrued postretirement benefits

   1,618  1,928 

 

 

1,618

 

 

 

1,555

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

7,539

 

 

 

9,669

 

Other liabilities

   22,788  23,635 

 

 

43,297

 

 

 

22,912

 

  

 

  

 

 

Liabilities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

30,662

 

Total current liabilities

   504,229  505,150 

 

 

546,011

 

 

 

553,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of discount and issuance costs

   760,194  764,738 

 

 

317,579

 

 

 

624,692

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

127,426

 

 

 

132,014

 

Long-term deferred revenue

   419,096  436,627 

 

 

606,811

 

 

 

562,679

 

Accrued pension benefits

   24,133  28,956 

 

 

8,484

 

 

 

24,061

 

Accrued postretirement benefits

   20,285  22,084 

 

 

15,940

 

 

 

16,566

 

Deferred income taxes

   22,269  71,381 

 

 

21,393

 

 

 

16,411

 

Other liabilities

   18,192  22,495 

 

 

212

 

 

 

398

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

   1,768,398  1,851,431 

 

 

1,643,856

 

 

 

1,930,663

 

  

 

  

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016

   —     —   

Common stock, $0.01 par value: 380,000,000 shares authorized; 147,911,466 and 147,556,804 shares issued at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively; 123,334,432 and 122,979,770 shares outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

   1,479  1,475 

Treasury stock, 24,577,034 shares as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, at cost (related parties of $193,493 at 2017 and 2016)

   (518,030 (518,030

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 20,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued

and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value: 380,000,000 shares authorized; 152,267,951 and

150,459,034 shares issued at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; 127,690,917 and 125,882,000 shares outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

1,523

 

 

 

1,505

 

Treasury stock, 24,577,034 shares as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, at cost

 

 

(518,030

)

 

 

(518,030

)

Capital in excess of par value

   4,879,793  4,868,230 

 

 

4,931,357

 

 

 

4,918,542

 

Accumulated deficit

   (3,521,527 (3,418,340

 

 

(4,042,252

)

 

 

(4,255,830

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (46,522 (53,295

 

 

(42,174

)

 

 

(55,724

)

  

 

  

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   795,193  880,040 

 

 

330,424

 

 

 

90,463

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $2,563,591  $2,731,471 

 

$

1,974,280

 

 

$

2,021,126

 

  

 

  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


63


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net sales

 

$

1,050,802

 

 

$

840,454

 

 

$

1,211,790

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights and pre-publication amortization

 

 

398,706

 

 

 

370,586

 

 

 

549,886

 

Publishing rights amortization

 

 

10,688

 

 

 

14,800

 

 

 

20,611

 

Pre-publication amortization

 

 

108,621

 

 

 

125,838

 

 

 

149,298

 

Cost of sales

 

 

518,015

 

 

 

511,224

 

 

 

719,795

 

Selling and administrative

 

 

445,660

 

 

 

442,355

 

 

 

619,811

 

Other intangible assets amortization

 

 

30,257

 

 

 

23,917

 

 

 

20,353

 

Impairment charge for goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

279,000

 

 

 

 

Restructuring/severance and other charges

 

 

12,349

 

 

 

31,874

 

 

 

20,692

 

Gain on sale of assets

 

 

(3,661

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

48,182

 

 

 

(447,916

)

 

 

(168,861

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retirement benefits non-service income (expense)

 

 

105

 

 

 

(856

)

 

 

167

 

Interest expense

 

 

(34,998

)

 

 

(37,931

)

 

 

(29,770

)

Interest income

 

 

77

 

 

 

899

 

 

 

3,157

 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

(1,221

)

 

 

672

 

 

 

(899

)

Gain on investments

 

 

1,442

 

 

 

2,091

 

 

 

 

Income from transition services agreement

 

 

3,664

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,248

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(12,505

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,363

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes

 

 

4,746

 

 

 

(483,041

)

 

 

(196,321

)

Income tax expense (benefit) for continuing operations

 

 

2,686

 

 

 

(12,351

)

 

 

3,854

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

2,060

 

 

 

(470,690

)

 

 

(200,175

)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(1,005

)

 

 

(9,148

)

 

 

(13,658

)

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

212,523

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

211,518

 

 

 

(9,148

)

 

 

(13,658

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

213,578

 

 

$

(479,838

)

 

$

(213,833

)

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Continuing operations

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

(3.75

)

 

$

(1.61

)

       Discontinued operations

 

 

1.66

 

 

 

(0.07

)

 

 

(0.11

)

       Net income (loss)

 

$

1.68

 

 

$

(3.82

)

 

$

(1.72

)

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Continuing operations

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

(3.75

)

 

$

(1.61

)

       Discontinued operations

 

 

1.61

 

 

 

(0.07

)

 

 

(0.11

)

       Net income (loss)

 

$

1.63

 

 

$

(3.82

)

 

$

(1.72

)

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

127,337,815

 

 

 

125,455,487

 

 

 

124,152,984

 

Diluted

 

 

131,402,866

 

 

 

125,455,487

 

 

 

124,152,984

 

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)  Years Ended December 31, 
  2017  2016  2015 

Net sales

  $1,407,511  $1,372,685  $1,416,059 

Costs and expenses

    

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

   617,802   610,715   622,668 

Publishing rights amortization

   46,238   61,351   81,007 

Pre-publication amortization

   126,038   130,243   120,506 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cost of sales

   790,078   802,309   824,181 

Selling and administrative (related parties of $10,489 in 2015—Note 14)

   654,860   699,544   681,124 

Other intangible asset amortization

   30,748   26,750   22,038 

Impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets

   3,980   139,205   —   

Restructuring

   40,653   —     —   

Severance and other charges

   713   15,650   4,767 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating loss

   (113,521  (310,773  (116,051
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

    

Interest expense

   (42,805  (39,181  (32,254

Interest income

   1,338   518   209 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

   1,366   (614  (2,362

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   —     —     (3,051
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

   (153,622  (350,050  (153,509

Income tax (benefit) expense

   (50,435  (65,492  (19,640
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(103,187 $(284,558 $(133,869
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

    

Basic

  $(0.84 $(2.32 $(0.98
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

  $(0.84 $(2.32 $(0.98
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

    

Basic

   122,949,064   122,418,474   136,760,107 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

   122,949,064   122,418,474   136,760,107 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


64


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive LossIncome (Loss)

 

 

  Years Ended December 31, 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands of dollars)  2017 2016 2015 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net loss

  $(103,187 $(284,558 $(133,869

Net income (loss)

 

$

213,578

 

 

$

(479,838

)

 

$

(213,833

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

   109  (1,220 (2,140

 

 

(1,050

)

 

 

(230

)

 

 

(511

)

Net change in pension and benefit plan liabilities, net of tax

   1,734  (9,937 (7,100

 

 

14,600

 

 

 

(9,209

)

 

 

1,800

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments, net of tax

   (18 57  (58

Unrealized gain on short-term investments, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments, net of tax

   4,948  (2,467 (3,641

 

 

 

 

 

987

 

 

 

(3,386

)

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

   6,773  (13,567 (12,939

 

 

13,550

 

 

 

(8,452

)

 

 

(2,088

)

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $(96,414 $(298,125 $(146,808
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

227,128

 

 

$

(488,290

)

 

$

(215,921

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


 

65


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands of dollars)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

213,578

 

 

$

(479,838

)

 

$

(213,833

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

9,148

 

 

 

13,658

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(212,523

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of assets

 

 

(3,661

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

194,433

 

 

 

214,429

 

 

 

250,970

 

Operating lease assets, amortization and impairments

 

 

16,249

 

 

 

5,397

 

 

 

15,949

 

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

2,705

 

 

 

2,636

 

 

 

2,814

 

Gain on investments

 

 

(1,942

)

 

 

(2,091

)

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

2,400

 

 

 

(14,355

)

 

 

4,535

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

12,217

 

 

 

11,160

 

 

 

13,196

 

Write-off of property, plant, and equipment

 

 

1,606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

12,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,363

 

Impairment charge for goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

279,000

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

1,221

 

 

 

(672

)

 

 

899

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(28,928

)

 

 

32,369

 

 

 

21,856

 

Inventories

 

 

28,083

 

 

 

42,936

 

 

 

(29,509

)

Other assets

 

 

(28,895

)

 

 

(4,860

)

 

 

(14,189

)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

18,788

 

 

 

(34,039

)

 

 

(15,354

)

Royalties payable and author advances, net

 

 

13,247

 

 

 

(18,095

)

 

 

6,873

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

59,391

 

 

 

57,178

 

 

 

200,473

 

Interest payable

 

 

218

 

 

 

7,191

 

 

 

3,690

 

Severance and other charges

 

 

(19,185

)

 

 

7,183

 

 

 

10,631

 

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

 

 

(2,946

)

 

 

3,443

 

 

 

(4,800

)

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

(6,687

)

 

 

(1,996

)

 

 

(17,281

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(9,090

)

 

 

(9,639

)

 

 

(6,401

)

Net cash provided by operating activities - continuing operations

 

 

263,789

 

 

 

106,485

 

 

 

248,540

 

Net cash provided by operating activities - discontinued operations

 

 

3,880

 

 

 

8,763

 

 

 

6,435

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

267,669

 

 

 

115,248

 

 

 

254,975

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,000

 

Additions to pre-publication costs

 

 

(56,210

)

 

 

(60,872

)

 

 

(102,457

)

Additions to property, plant, and equipment

 

 

(39,093

)

 

 

(50,940

)

 

 

(36,832

)

Proceeds from sale of business

 

 

340,593

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,447

)

Investment in preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(750

)

Proceeds from sale of assets

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities - continuing operations

 

 

250,290

 

 

 

(111,812

)

 

 

(95,486

)

Net cash used in investing activities - discontinued operations

 

 

(647

)

 

 

(459

)

 

 

(834

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

249,643

 

 

 

(112,271

)

 

 

(96,320

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from term loan, net of discount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

364,800

 

Proceeds from senior secured notes, net of discount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

299,880

 

Borrowings under revolving credit facility

 

 

 

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

60,000

 

Payments of revolving credit facility

 

 

 

 

 

(150,000

)

 

 

(60,000

)

Payments of long-term debt

 

 

(342,031

)

 

 

(19,000

)

 

 

(772,000

)

Payments of deferred financing fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,493

)

Tax withholding payments related to net share settlements of restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(2,018

)

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

 

 

410

 

 

 

918

 

 

 

1,028

 

Net collections under transition services agreement

 

 

6,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,136

 

Net cash used in financing activities - continuing operations

 

 

(335,381

)

 

 

(18,130

)

 

 

(115,667

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

181,931

 

 

 

(15,153

)

 

 

42,988

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

 

 

281,200

 

 

 

296,353

 

 

 

253,365

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

 

$

463,131

 

 

$

281,200

 

 

$

296,353

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid - continuing operations

 

$

31,148

 

 

$

27,385

 

 

$

23,884

 

Interest paid - discontinued operations

 

 

9,143

 

 

 

25,557

 

 

 

17,175

 

Income taxes paid

 

 

1,571

 

 

 

1,883

 

 

 

671

 

Operating lease assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

 

 

7,911

 

 

 

6,889

 

 

 

324

 

Non-cash investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-publication costs included in accounts payable and accruals

 

$

5,556

 

 

$

5,282

 

 

$

5,480

 

Property, plant, and equipment included in accounts payable and accruals

 

 

1,025

 

 

 

2,002

 

 

 

3,039

 

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands of dollars)  2017  2016  2015 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

  $(103,187 $(284,558 $(133,869

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization expense

   278,518   298,169   296,609 

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

   4,181   4,181   7,216 

Deferred income taxes

   (49,247  (68,347  48,214 

Stock-based compensation expense

   10,828   10,567   12,452 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   —     —     3,051 

Impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets

   3,980   139,205   —   

Restructuring charges related to property, plant, and equipment

   10,167   —     —   

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

   1,366   614   2,362 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions

    

Accounts receivable

   14,926   40,094   30,808 

Inventories

   7,771   9,031   26,228 

Other assets

   (10,548  6,673   (2,562

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   (7,149  (23,685  13,145 

Royalties payable and author advances, net

   (1,733  (12,774  6,238 

Deferred revenue

   (15,248  37,658   124,489 

Interest payable

   129   87   59 

Severance and other charges

   221   4,315   (3,615

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

   (6,932  3,675   (4,869

Other liabilities

   (2,913  (21,154  (77,597
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   135,130   143,751   348,359 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments

   80,690   197,724   286,732 

Purchases of short-term investments

   (86,211  (81,086  (198,633

Additions topre-publication costs

   (139,108  (124,031  (103,709

Additions to property, plant, and equipment

   (58,294  (105,553  (82,987

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

   —     —     (578,190

Acquisition of intangible asset

   (2,000  —     —   

Investment in preferred stock

   —     (1,000  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (204,923  (113,946  (676,787
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from term loan, net of discount

   —     —     796,000 

Payments of long-term debt

   (8,000  (8,000  (247,125

Payments of deferred financing fees

   —     —     (15,255

Repurchases of common stock (related parties of $193,493 in 2015)

   —     (55,017  (463,013

Tax withholding payments related to net share settlements of restricted stock units and awards

   (1,450  (1,672  (658

Proceeds from stock option exercises

   512   24,532   36,155 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

   1,608   2,197   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (7,330  (37,960  106,104 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   (77,123  (8,155  (222,324

Cash and cash equivalent at the beginning of the period

   226,102   234,257   456,581 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalent at the end of the period

  $148,979  $226,102  $234,257 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Interest paid

  $38,295  $34,884  $24,412 

Income taxes paid

   715   5,104   2,987 

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Pre-publication costs included in accounts payable

  $16,681  $14,397  $14,642 

Property, plant, and equipment included in accounts payable

   11,403   5,707   6,202 

Property, plant, and equipment acquired under capital leases

   —     —     1,356 

Amounts due from seller for acquisition

   —     —     2,884 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants

   —     —     1,815 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


 

66


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

in excess

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Par

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

information)

 

Issued

 

 

Par Value

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

Value

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Loss

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

148,164,854

 

 

$

1,481

 

 

$

(518,030

)

 

$

4,893,174

 

 

$

(3,562,971

)

 

$

(45,184

)

 

$

768,470

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(213,833

)

 

 

 

 

 

(213,833

)

Other comprehensive loss, net of

   tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,088

)

 

 

(2,088

)

Effects of adoption of new lease accounting standard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

812

 

 

 

 

 

 

812

 

Issuance of common stock for

   employee purchase plan

 

 

186,114

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,436

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,438

 

Issuance of common stock for

   vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

577,360

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock withheld to cover tax

   withholdings requirements upon

   vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,018

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,018

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,579

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

148,928,328

 

 

$

1,489

 

 

$

(518,030

)

 

$

4,906,165

 

 

$

(3,775,992

)

 

$

(47,272

)

 

$

566,360

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(479,838

)

 

 

 

 

 

(479,838

)

Other comprehensive loss, net of

   tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,452

)

 

 

(8,452

)

Issuance of common stock for

   employee purchase plan

 

 

380,757

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,243

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,247

 

Issuance of common stock for

   vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

1,149,949

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock withheld to cover tax

   withholdings requirements upon

   vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(48

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,194

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

150,459,034

 

 

$

1,505

 

 

$

(518,030

)

 

$

4,918,542

 

 

$

(4,255,830

)

 

$

(55,724

)

 

$

90,463

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

213,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

213,578

 

Other comprehensive income, net of

   tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,550

 

 

 

13,550

 

Issuance of common stock for

   employee purchase plan

 

 

239,144

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

646

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

648

 

Issuance of common stock for

   vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

1,569,773

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,185

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

152,267,951

 

 

$

1,523

 

 

$

(518,030

)

 

$

4,931,357

 

 

$

(4,042,252

)

 

$

(42,174

)

 

$

330,424

 

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share
information)
 Common Stock  Treasury Stock  Capital
in excess
of Par
Value
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
  Total 
 Shares
Issued
  Par Value      

Balance at December 31, 2014

  142,000,019  $1,420  $—    $4,784,962  $(2,999,913 $(26,789 $1,759,680 

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     (133,869  —     (133,869

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  —     —     —     —     —     (12,939  (12,939

Issuance of common stock for exercise of warrants

  70,513   1   —     (1  —     —     —   

Issuance of common stock for vesting of restricted stock units

  67,725   1   —     (1  —     —     —   

Issuance of common stock for exercise of stock options

  2,932,839   29   —     36,926   —     —     36,955 

Issuance of restricted stock

  542,882   5   —     (5  —     —     —   

Stock withheld to cover tax withholdings requirements upon vesting of restricted stock units

  —     —     —     (658  —     —     (658

Repurchases of common stock (related parties of $193,493)

  —     —     (463,013  —     —     —     (463,013

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     12,165   —     —     12,165 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

  145,613,978   1,456   (463,013  4,833,388   (3,133,782  (39,728  1,198,321 

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     (284,558  —     (284,558

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  —     —     —     —     —     (13,567  (13,567

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  140,579   1   —     2,777   —     —     2,778 

Issuance of common stock for vesting of restricted stock units and awards

  102,151   1   —     (1  —     —     —   

Issuance of common stock for exercise of stock options

  1,879,924   19   —     23,714   —     —     23,733 

Stock withheld to cover tax withholdings requirements upon vesting of restricted stock units and awards

  —     —     —     (1,672  —     —     (1,672

Restricted stock forfeitures and cancellations

  (179,828  (2  —     2   —     —     —   

Repurchases of common stock

  —     —     (55,017  —     —     —     (55,017

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     10,022   —     —     10,022 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

  147,556,804   1,475   (518,030  4,868,230   (3,418,340  (53,295  880,040 

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     (103,187  —     (103,187

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  —     —     —     —     —     6,773   6,773 

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  176,749   2   —     2,130   —     —     2,132 

Issuance of common stock for vesting of restricted stock units and awards

  175,555   2   —     (2  —     —     —   

Issuance of common stock for exercise of stock options

  39,200   —     —     512   —     —     512 

Stock withheld to cover tax withholdings requirements upon vesting of restricted stock units and awards

  —     —     —     (1,450  —     —     (1,450

Restricted stock forfeitures and cancellations

  (36,842  —     —     —     —     —     —   

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     10,373   —     —     10,373 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  147,911,466  $1,479  $(518,030 $4,879,793  $(3,521,527 $(46,522 $795,193 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 


67


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

1.

Basis of Presentation

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company (“HMH”,HMH,” “Houghton Mifflin Harcourt”, “we”, “us”, “our”,Harcourt,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) is a global learning technology company, specializing in world-class content, services and cutting edge technologycommitted to delivering connected solutions that enable learning inengage learners, empower educators and improve student outcomes. As a changing landscape. We provide dynamic, engaging, and effective solutions across a varietyleading provider of media and in three key focus areas: early learning, kindergartenKindergarten through 12th grade(“K-12”) core curriculum, supplemental and beyond the classroom, reaching overintervention solutions and professional learning services, HMH partners with educators and school districts to uncover solutions that unlock students’ potential and extend teachers’ capabilities. HMH estimates that it serves more than 50 million students and 3 million educators in more than 150 countries worldwide.countries.

TheWefocus on the K-12 market is our primary market and, in the United States, we are a leading provider of educational content by market share. Someleader. We specialize in comprehensive core curriculum, supplemental and intervention solutions, and we provide ongoing support in professional learning and coaching for educators and administrators. Our offerings are rooted in learning science, and we work with research partners, universities and third-party organizations as we design, build, implement and iterate our offerings to maximize their effectiveness. We are purposeful about innovation, leveraging technology to create engaging and immersive experiences designed to deepen learning experiences for students and to extend teachers’ capabilities so that they can focus on making meaningful connections with their students.

Our diverse portfolio enables us to help ensure that every student and teacher has the tools needed for success. We are able to build deep partnerships with school districts and leverage the scope of our core educational offerings includeHMH Science Dimensions,Collections,GO! Math,Read 180 Universal, andJourneys. We believe our long-standing reputation and trusted brand enable us to capitalize on trends inprovide holistic solutions at scale with the education market through our existing and developing channels.

Furthermore, for nearly two centuries, we have published renowned and awarded children’s, fiction, nonfiction, culinary and reference titles enjoyed by readers throughout the world. Our distinguished author list includes ten Nobel Prize winners, forty-eight Pulitzer Prize winners, and fifteen National Book Award winners. We are home to popular characters and titles such as Curious George, Carmen Sandiego,The Lord of the Rings, The Whole30,The Best American Series, the Peterson Field Guides, CliffsNotes, andThe Polar Express, and publisheddistinguished authors such as Philip Roth, Temple Grandin, Tim O’Brien, Amos Oz, Kwame Alexander, Lois Lowry, and Chris Van Allsburg.

We sell our products and services across multiple media and distribution channels. Leveraging our portfolio of content, including somesupport of our best-known children’s brandsfar-reaching sales force and titles, such as Carmen Sandiegotalented field-based specialists and Curious George, we have created interactiveconsultants. We provide print, digital, content, mobile applications and educational gamesblended print/digital solutions that can be used by families at home or on the go.

Our digital products portfolio, combined with our content development or distribution agreements with recognized technology leaders such as Apple, Google, Intelare tailored to a district’s needs, goals and Microsoft, enable us to bring our next-generation educational solutions and content to learners across virtually all platforms and devices. Additionally, we believe our technology and development capabilities allow us to enhance content engagement and effectiveness with embedded assessment, interactivity and personalized adaptable content as well as increased accessibility.technological readiness.

The consolidated financial statements of HMH include the accounts of all of our wholly-owned subsidiaries as of December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 and for the periods ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015.2019.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Our accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of the Company and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

On May 10, 2021, we completed the sale of all of the assets and liabilities used primarily in our HMH Books & Media segment, our consumer publishing business. We determined that the HMH Books & Media business met the “held for sale” criteria and the “discontinued operations” criteria in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Boards (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 205, Presentation of Financial Statements (“FASB ASC 205”) as of March 31, 2021 due to its relative size and strategic rationale. The Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations and Cash Flows, and the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements were restated for all periods presented to reflect the discontinuation of the HMH Books & Media business, in accordance with FASB ASC 205. The discussion in the notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements, unless otherwise noted, relate solely to our continuing operations.

Subsequent to the sale of the HMH Books & Media business, we operate in a single segment focusing on the K-12 education market. Our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), who has been identified as the chief operating decision maker, manages and allocates resources at the global corporate level. Managing and allocating resources at the global corporate level enables the CEO to assess both the overall level of resources available and how to best deploy these resources across functions in line with our overarching long-term corporate-wide strategic goals, rather than on a product basis. The determination of a single segment is consistent with the financial information regularly reviewed by the CEO for purposes of evaluating performance, allocating resources, setting incentive compensation targets, and planning and forecasting future periods.

59


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The ability of the Company to fund planned operations is based on assumptions which involve judgment and estimates of future revenues, capital spend and other operating costs. After reviewing our ability to meet future financial obligations over the next twelve months, we have concluded our net cash from operations combined with our cash and cash equivalents and borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, capital spending, debt service requirements and working capital requirements over at least the next twelve months. Our primary credit facilities do not require us to comply with financial maintenance covenants.

Seasonality and Comparability

Our net sales, operating profit or loss and net cash provided by or used in operations are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar.calendar, which typically results in a cash flow usage in the first half of the year and a cash flow generation in the second half of the year. Consequently, the performance of our businessesbusiness may not be comparable quarter to consecutive quarter and should be considered on the basis of results for the whole year or by comparing results in a quarter with results in the same quarter for the previous year.

  

68


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Approximately 87% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 were derived from our Education segment, which is a markedly seasonal business. Schools typically conduct the majority of their purchases in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. Thus, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015,2019, approximately 67%69% of our consolidated net sales were realized in the second and third quarters. Sales ofK-12 instructional materials and customized testing products are also cyclical with some years offering more sales opportunities than others in light of the state adoption calendar. The amount of funding available at the state level for educational materials also has a significant effect onyear-to-year net sales. Although the loss of a single customer would not have a material adverse effect on our business, schedules of school adoptions and market acceptance of our products can materially affectyear-to-year net sales performance.

2.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic

The unprecedented and rapid spread of COVID-19 and the resulting social distancing measures, including business and school closures implemented by federal, state and local authorities, significantly reduced customer demand for our solutions and services, disrupted portions of our supply chain and warehousing operations and also disrupted our ability to deliver our educational solutions and services in 2020. In response to these developments, we implemented a number of measures intended to help protect our shareholders, employees, and customers amid the COVID-19 pandemic and to help mitigate its impact on our financial position, profitability and cash flow. These measures included, but were not limited to furloughs, salary reductions, spending freezes, and proactive outreach to schools to support them through this period of disruption with virtual learning resources. We continue to monitor indicators of demand, including our sales pipeline, customer orders and product shipments and our supply chain, as well as observe the impact to state revenues and related educational budgets.

2020 Restructuring Plan

 

On September 4, 2020, we completed a voluntary retirement incentive program, which was offered toall U.S. based employees at least 55 years of age with at least five years of service. Of the eligible employees, 165 elected to participate representing approximately 5% of our workforce. The majority of the employees voluntarily retired as of September 4, 2020 with select employees leaving later in the year. Each of the employees received separation payments in accordance with our severance policy.  

On September 30, 2020, we undertook a restructuring program, including a reduction in force, as part of the ongoing assessment of our cost structure amid the COVID-19 pandemic. The reduction in force resulted in a 22% reduction in our workforce, including positions eliminated as part of the voluntary retirement incentive program mentioned above, and net of newly created positions to support our digital first operations. The reduction in force resulted in the departure of approximately 525 employees and was completed in October 2020. Each of the employees received separation payments in accordance with our severance policy. The total one-time, non-recurring cost incurred in connection with the restructuring program, inclusive of the voluntary retirement incentive program (collectively the “2020 Restructuring Plan”), all of which represented cash expenditures, was approximately $30.9 million.

60


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Valuation of Goodwill, Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

Subsequent to the sale of the HMH Books & Media segment during the second quarter of 2021, we operate as 1 operating segment with 1 reportable segment and have only 1 reporting unit. We perform an impairment test to assess the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis (as of October 1) and, if certain events or circumstances indicate that an impairment loss may have been incurred, on an interim basis. 

During the three months ended March 31, 2020, our stock price declined to historical lows since our 2013 initial public offering. We determined that the significant decline in our market capitalization and broader economic downturn arising from the COVID-19 pandemic was a triggering event. We concluded that quantitative analyses were required to be performed due to the triggering event occurring during the first quarter of 2020.

Goodwill as of the first quarter of 2020 was allocated entirely to our Education reporting unit.We utilized an implied market value method under the market approach to calculate the fair value of the Education reporting unit as of March 31, 2020, which we determined was the best approximation of fair value of the Education reporting unit in the current social and economic environment. This method included the determination of the Company's overall enterprise value, from which the fair value of the HMH Books & Media reporting unit was deducted to derive the fair value of the Education reporting unit. The relevant inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of the Education reporting unit included our market capitalization, selection of a control premium, and the determination of an appropriate market multiple to value the HMH Books & Media reporting unit, as well as the fair value of individual assets and liabilities. Based on our interim impairment assessment, we concluded that our goodwill was impaired and, accordingly, recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $279.0 million in 2020.

Additionally, as a result of the triggering event identified in the first quarter of 2020, we performed quantitative impairment analyses over our indefinite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets. With regards to indefinite-lived intangible assets, which includes the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt tradename, the recoverability was evaluated using a one-step process whereby we determined the fair value by asset and then compared it to its carrying value to determine if the asset was impaired. We estimated the fair value by preparing a relief-from-royalty discounted cash flow analysis using forward looking revenue projections. The significant assumptions used in discounted cash flow analysis included: future net sales, a long-term growth rate, a royalty rate and a discount rate used to present value future cash flows. The discount rate was based on the weighted-average cost of capital method at the date of the evaluation. The fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets was in excess of its carrying value by approximately 12% as of March 31, 2020.We also performed an impairment test on our long-lived assets using an undiscounted cash flow model in determining the fair value, which was then compared to book value of the asset groups evaluated. Estimates and significant assumptions included in the long-lived asset impairment analysis included identification of the primary asset in each asset group and undiscounted cash flow projections. We concluded that our indefinite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets were not impaired based on the results of the quantitative analyses performed.

2.

3.

Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Standards

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments by management that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, book returns, deferred revenue and related standalone selling price estimates, allowance for bad debts, recoverability of advances to authors, valuation of inventory, financial instruments valuation, income taxes, pensions and other postretirement benefits obligations, contingencies, litigation, depreciation and amortization periods, and the recoverability of long-term assets such as property, plant, and equipment, capitalizedpre-publication costs, other identified intangibles and goodwill, deferred revenue, income taxes, pensions and other postretirement benefits, contingencies, and litigation.operating lease assets. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets, liabilities and liabilitiesequity and the amount of revenues and expenses. The full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will directly or indirectly impact our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend

61


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

on future developments that are not readily apparent from other sources.highly uncertain, including as a result of new information that may emerge concerning COVID-19 and the actions taken to contain it or treat it, as well as the economic impact on local, regional, national and international customers and markets. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue primarily from the sale of print and digital content and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, assessment materials and multimedia instructional programs; license fees for book rights, content and software; and services that include test development, test delivery, test scoring, professional development, consulting and training as well as access to hosted interactive content. Revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that we determine are within the scope of the new revenue recognition accounting standard, we perform the following five steps: (i) identify the contract with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation. We only once persuasive evidenceapply the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that we will collect the consideration we are entitled to in exchange for the goods or services we transfer to the customer. At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. We then recognize as revenue the amount of an arrangement with the customer exists,transaction price that is allocated to the sales pricerespective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is fixed or determinable, deliverysatisfied.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring products or services has occurred, titleto a customer. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, which generally reflects estimated future product returns, we estimate the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing the expected value method to which we expect to be entitled. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Estimates of variable consideration and riskthe determination of losswhether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely on all information (historical, current and forecasted) that is reasonably available. Sales, value add, and other taxes collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from revenue.

We estimate the collectability of contracts upon execution. For contracts with respectrights of return, the transaction price is adjusted to reflect the estimated returns for the arrangement on these sales and is made at the time of sale based on historical experience by product line or customer. The transaction prices allocated are adjusted to reflect expected returns and are based on historical return rates and sales patterns. Shipping and handling fees charged to customers are included in net sales.

When determining the transaction price of a contract, an adjustment is made if payment from a customer occurs either significantly before or significantly after performance, resulting in a significant financing component. We do not assess whether a significant financing component exists if the period between when we perform our obligations under the contract and when the customer pays is one year or less. Significant financing components’ income is included in interest income.

Contracts are sometimes modified to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. Contract modifications exist when the modification either creates new, or changes the existing, enforceable rights and obligations. In instances where contract modifications are for products have transferredor services that are not distinct from the existing contract due to the inability to use, consume or sell the products or services on their own to generate economic benefits and are accounted for as if they were part of that existing contract. The effect of such a contract modification on the transaction price and measure of progress for the performance obligation to which it relates is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase in or a reduction of revenue) on a cumulative catch-up basis.

Physical product revenue is recognized when the customer obtains control of our product, which occurs at a point in time, and may be upon shipment or upon delivery based on the contractual shipping terms of a contract. Revenues from static digital content commence upon delivery to the customer all significant obligations, if any, have been performed,of the digital entitlement that is required to access and collectiondownload the content and is reasonably assured.typically recognized at a point in time. Revenues from subscription software licenses, related hosting services and product support are recognized evenly over the license term as we believe this best represents the pattern of transfer to the customer. The perpetual software licenses provide the customer with a functional license to our products and their related revenues are recognized when the customer receives entitlement to the software. For the technical services provided to customers in connection with

62


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

the software license, including hosting services related to perpetual licenses, we recognize revenue upon delivery of the services. As the invoices are based on each day of service, this is directly linked to the transfer of benefit to the customer.

If the contract contains a single performance obligation, the entire transaction price is allocated to the single performance obligation. We enter into certain contractual arrangementscontracts that have multiple elements,performance obligations, one or more of which may be delivered subsequent to the delivery of other elements.performance obligations. These multiple-deliverable arrangementsperformance obligations may include print and digital media, professional development services, training, software licenses, access to hosted content, and various services related to the software including, but not limited to hosting, maintenance and support, and implementation. For these multiple-element arrangements, weWe allocate revenue to each deliverable of the arrangementtransaction price based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices of the deliverables.promised products or services underlying each performance obligation. We determine standalone selling prices based on the price at which the performance obligation is sold separately. If the standalone selling price is not observable through past transactions, we estimate the standalone selling price taking into account available information such as market conditions and internally approved standard pricing discounts related to the performance obligations. Generally, our performance obligations include print and digital textbooks and instructional materials, formative assessment materials and multimedia instructional programs; access to hosted content; and services including professional development, consulting and training. Our contracts may also contain software performance obligations including perpetual and subscription-based licenses and software maintenance and support services.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable include amounts billed and currently due from customers and are recorded net of allowances for doubtful accounts and reserves for returns. In such circumstances,the normal course of business, we extend credit to customers that satisfy predefined criteria. We estimate the collectability of our receivables and develop those estimates to reflect the risk of credit loss. Allowances for doubtful accounts are established through the evaluation of accounts receivable aging, prior collection experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of the economic conditions that will exist through the contractual life of the financial asset. We monitor our ongoing credit exposure through an active review of collection trends and specific facts and circumstances. Our activities include monitoring the timeliness of payment collection and performing timely customer account reconciliations.

Contract Assets

Contract assets include unbilled amounts where revenue is recognized over time as the services are delivered to the customer based on the extent of progress towards completion and revenue recognized exceeds the amount billed to the customer, and right of payment is not subject to the passage of time. Amounts may not exceed their net realizable value. Contract assets are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Commissions

Our incremental direct costs of obtaining a contract, which consist primarily of sales commissions, are deferred and amortized over the period of contract performance. Applying the practical expedient, we recognize sales commission expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that we otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. Amortization expense is included in selling and administrative expenses.

Deferred Revenue

Our contract liabilities consist of advance payments and billings in excess of revenue recognized and are classified as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets. Our contract assets and liabilities are accounted for and presented on a net basis as either a contract asset or contract liability at the end of each reporting period. We classify deferred revenue as current or noncurrent based on the timing of when we expect to recognize revenue. In order to determine revenue recognized in the period from contract liabilities, we first determineallocate revenue to the selling price of each deliverable based on (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) if that exists, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) when VSOE does not exist, or (iii) our best estimateindividual contract liability balance outstanding at the beginning of the selling price when neither VSOE nor TPE exists.

period until the revenue exceeds that balance. If additional advances are received on those contracts in subsequent periods, we assume all revenue recognized in the reporting period first applies to the beginning contract liability as opposed to a portion applying to the new advances for the period.

63

69


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Revenue is then allocated to thenon-software deliverables as a group and to the software deliverables as a group using the relative selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement, based on the selling price hierarchy.Non-software deliverables include print and digital textbooks and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, assessment materials and multimedia instructional programs; licenses to book rights and content; access to hosted content; and services including test development, test delivery, test scoring, professional development, consulting and training when those services do not relate to software deliverables. Software deliverables include software licenses, software maintenance and support services, professional services and training when those services relate to software deliverables.

For thenon-software deliverables, we determine the revenue for each deliverable based on its relative selling price in the arrangement and we recognize revenue upon delivery of the product or service, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Revenue for test delivery, test scoring and training is recognized when the service has been completed. Revenue for test development, professional development, consulting and training is recognized as the service is provided. Revenue for access to hosted interactive content is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement.

For the software deliverables as a group, we recognize revenue in accordance with the authoritative guidance for software revenue recognition. As our software licenses are typically sold with maintenance and support, professional services or training, we use the residual method to determine the amount of software license revenue to be recognized if VSOE has not been established for all deliverables. Under the residual method, arrangement consideration of the software deliverables as a group is allocated to the undelivered elements based upon VSOE of those elements, with the residual amount of the arrangement fee allocated to and recognized as license revenue upon delivery, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. If VSOE of one or more of the undelivered services or other elements does not exist, all revenues of the software-deliverables arrangement are deferred until delivery of all of those services or other elements has occurred, or until VSOE of each of those services or other elements can be established.

As products are shipped with right of return, a provision for estimated returns on these sales is made at the time of sale based on historical experience by product line or customer.

Shipping and handling fees charged to customers are included in net sales.

Refer to “Recent Accounting Standards” for the expected impact of our adoption of the new revenue standard.

Advertising Costs and Sample Expenses

Advertising costs are charged to selling and administrative expenses as incurred. Advertising costs were $12.6 $0.7million, $11.2$1.1 million and $9.1$1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015,2019, respectively. Sample expenses are charged to selling and administrative expenses when the samples are shipped.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash in banks and highly liquid investment securities that have maturities of three months or less when purchased. The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of these investments.

70


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Short-term Investments

Short-term investments typically consist of marketable securities with maturities between three and twelve months at the balance sheet date. We have classified all of our short-term investments asavailable-for-sale at December 31, 2017 and 2016. The investments are reported at fair value with any unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity as other comprehensive income (loss).

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded net of allowances for doubtful accounts and reserves for returns. In the normal course of business, we extend credit to customers that satisfy predefined criteria. We estimate the collectability of our receivables. Allowances for doubtful accounts are established through the evaluation of accounts receivable aging and prior collection experience to estimate the ultimate collectability of these receivables. Reserves for returns are based on historical return rates and sales patterns.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of weighted-average cost or net realizable value. The level of obsolete and excess inventory is estimated on a program or title level-basis (at a SKU level) by comparing the number of units in stock with past usage and the expected future demand. The expected future demand of a program or title is determined by the copyright year, recent sales history, the previous year’s usage, the subsequent years’future sales forecast, and known forward-looking trends including our development cycle to replace the title or program and competing titles or programs.

Property, Plant, and Equipment, inclusive of Capitalized Internal-Use Software and Software Development Costs

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost, or in the case of assets acquired in business combinations, at fair value as of the acquisition date, less accumulated depreciation. Equipment under capital lease is stated at fair value at inception of the lease, less accumulated depreciation. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred, and renewals and improvements that extend the useful life of the assets are capitalized. Depreciation on property, plant, and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, in the case of assets acquired in business combinations, over their remaining lives. Equipment held under capital leases and leaseholdLeasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives of property, plant, and equipment are as follows:

 

Estimated
Useful Life

Building and building equipment

10 to 35 years

Machinery and equipment

2 to 15 years

Capitalized software and internal-use software

3 to 5 years

Leasehold improvements

Lesser of useful life or lease term

CapitalizedInternal-Use Software internal-use software and Software Development Costs

Capitalizedinternal-use andexternal-usesoftware areis included in property, plant and equipment on the consolidated balance sheets.

71


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

We capitalize certain costs related to obtaining or developing computer software for internal use including external customer-facing websites. Costs incurred during the application development stage, including external direct costs of materials and services, and payroll and payroll related costs for employees who are directly associated with theinternal-use software project, are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the related software. The application development stage includes design of chosen path, software configuration and integration, coding, hardware installation and testing. Costs incurred during the preliminary

64


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

project stage, as well as maintenance, training and upgrades that do not result in additional functionality subsequent to general release are expensed as incurred.

Certain computer software development costs for software that is to be sold or marketed are capitalized in the consolidated balance sheets. Capitalization of computer software development costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility. We define the establishment of technological feasibility as a working model. Amortization of capitalized computer software development costs is provided on aproduct-by-product basis using the straight-line method, beginning upon commercial release of the product and continuing over the remaining estimated economic life of the product. The carrying amounts of computer software development costs are annually compared to net realizable value and impairment charges are recorded, as appropriate, when amounts expected to be realized are lower.

We reviewinternal-use software and software development costs for impairment. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015,2019, there was no0 impairment of internal-use software and software developments costs.

Pre-publication Costs

We capitalize the art, prepress, manuscript and other costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of a book or other media (the“pre-publication “pre-publication costs”).Pre-publication costs are primarily amortized from the year of sale over five years using thesum-of-the-years-digits method, which is an accelerated method for calculating an asset’s amortization. Under this method, the amortization expense recorded for apre-publication cost asset is approximately 33% (year 1), 27% (year 2), 20% (year 3), 13% (year 4) and 7% (year 5). This policy is used throughout the Company, except for the Trade Publishing young readers and general interest books, which generally expenses such costs as incurred, and the assessment products, which uses the straight-line amortization method. Additionally,pre-publicationPre-publication costs recorded in connection with the acquisition of the EdTech business are amortized over 7 years on a projected sales pattern. The amortization methods and periods chosen best reflectreflects the pattern of expected sales generated from individual titles or programs. We periodically evaluate the remaining lives and recoverability of capitalizedpre-publication costs, which are often dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities.

Amortization expense related topre-publication costs for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019 were $126.0$108.6 million, $130.2$125.8 million and $120.5$149.3 million, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, an impairment chargeWe review pre-publication costs forpre-publication costs of $4.0 million was recorded as certain products will no longer be sold in the marketplace. impairment.For the years ended December 31, 20162021, 2020 and 2015,2019, there was no0 impairment ofpre-publication costs.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired. Other intangible assets principally consist of branded trademarks and trade names, acquired publishing rights and customer relationships. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets (certain trademarks and tradenames) are not amortized, but are reviewed at least annually for impairment or earlier, if an indication

72


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

of impairment exists. Goodwill is allocated entirely to our Education reporting unit. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions may include revenue growth ratesour market capitalization, and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, the determinationselection of appropriate market comparables as well as the fair value of individual assets and liabilities.a control premium.

We have the option of first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the currenttwo-stepa quantitative impairment test for goodwill or we can perform thetwo-step quantitative impairment test without performing the qualitative assessment.test. In performing the qualitative (Step 0) assessment, events and circumstances specific to the reporting unit and to the entity as a whole, such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance and cost factors are considered when evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.

Recoverability of goodwill can also be evaluated using atwo-step process. InIf we perform the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. Ifquantitative impairment test and the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, the second stepgoodwill

65


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill. Determining the implied fair value of goodwill requires valuation of a reporting unit’s tangibledollars, except share and intangible assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the allocation of purchase price in a business combination. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, goodwill per share information)

is deemed impaired and is written down to the extent of the difference. We estimate totaldifference between the fair value of the Education reporting unit and the carrying value.

We estimate the total fair value by using one or more of various valuation techniques including an evaluation of our market capitalization and peer company multiples depending on the best approximation of fair value in the current social and economic environment. With regard to indefinite-lived intangible assets, which includes only the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt tradename, the recoverability is evaluated using a one-step process whereby we determine the fair value by asset and then compare it to its carrying value to determine if the asset is impaired. We estimate the fair value by preparing a relief-from-royalty discounted cash flow analysis using forward looking projections of the Education reporting units’ future operating results and by comparing the value of the Education reporting unit to the implied market value of selected peers.revenue projections. The significant assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis include: future net sales, a long-term growth rate, a royalty rate and net sales growth, gross margins, other operating expenses, working capital levels, investments in new products, capital spending, tax, cash flows, the discounteda discount rate used to present value future cash flows and the terminal value of the Education reporting unit. The discount rate is based on the weighted-average cost of capital method at the date of the evaluation. With regardAdverse changes in our market capitalization or peer company multiples by an equivalent amount could give rise to indefinite-lived intangible assets,an impairment.

We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 31, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the recoverabilityasset might be impaired. We have concluded that we have 1 reporting unit and that our chief operating decision maker is evaluated using aone-step process whereby we determineour chief executive officer. We have assigned the fair value by asset, which is then comparedentire balance of goodwill to its carrying value to determine if the assets are impaired.

our one reporting unit. We completed our annual goodwill impairment teststest as of October 1, 20172021 and 2016. In 20172020 and 2016,did not identify an impairment. For October 1, 2021, we used incomeassessed qualitative factors and market valuation approachesdetermined it was not necessary to determineperform a quantitative impairment test for goodwill. Our qualitative assessment included company-specific (e.g., financial performance and long-range plans), industry, and macroeconomic factors, as well as consideration of the fair value of the Education reporting unit and usedrelative to its carrying value at the most recent five year strategic plan aslast valuation date. Based on our qualitative assessment, we believe it is more likely than not that the initial basisfair value of our analysis. We performed an interim quantitative evaluation as ofreporting unit exceeded its carrying value and no further impairment testing is required. Through December 31, 2017 related to our decreased market capitalization.2021, there were no events or changes in circumstances that indicated that the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. For October 1, 2020, we performed a quantitative analysis using consistent methodologies and assumptions. The fair value of the Education reporting unit substantially exceeded its carrying value as of the evaluation dates. No goodwill was deemed to be impaired for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

We completed our annual indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment testsby approximately 18% as of October 1, 2017 and 2016.2020. We recordednon-cash a goodwill impairment chargescharge of $139.2$279.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The2020. Refer to Note 2 for a discussion of the factors and circumstances leading to the goodwill impairment charges relatedin the first quarter of 2020. There was 0 goodwill impairment for the year ended December 31, 2019. We will continue to four specific tradenames withinmonitor and evaluate the Education segment in 2016carrying value of goodwill. If market and primarily resulted fromeconomic conditions or business performance deteriorate, this could increase the strategic decision to marketlikelihood of us recording an impairment charge.   

We completed our products under the Houghton Mifflin Harcourtannual indefinite-lived asset impairment tests as of October 1, 2021 and HMH name rather than legacy imprints along with certain declining sales projections. No2020. NaN indefinite-lived intangible assets were deemed to be impaired for the years ended December 31, 20172021, 2020 and 2015.

2019. The fair value significantly exceeded its carrying value as of October 1, 2021 and was in excess of its carrying value by approximately 18% as of October 1, 2020.

73


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

NotesDue to Consolidated Financial Statements

(the HMH Books & Media segment being classified as held for sale as of March 31, 2021, we performed an impairment analysis over the HMH Books & Media long-lived asset group during the first quarter of 2021. As the sale price was in thousandsexcess of dollars, except sharethe carrying value of the asset group, 0 impairment was identified. Additionally, we considered the impacts of the HMH Books & Media sale and per share information)

related segment change on our Education reporting unit, to which goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are entirely allocated, and noted no impact to its valuation.

Publishing Rights

A publishing right is an acquired right that allows us to publish and republish existing and future works as well as create new works based on previously published materials. We determinedetermined the fair market value of the publishing rights arising from business combinations by discounting theafter-tax cash flows projected to be derived from the publishing rights and titles to their net present value using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risk. The useful life of the publishing rights is based on the lives of the various copyrights involved. We calculate amortization using the percentage of the projected operating income before taxes derived from the titles in the current year as a percentage of the total estimated operating income before

66


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

taxes over the remaining useful life. Acquired publication rights, as well as customer-related intangibles with definitive lives, are primarily amortized on an accelerated basis over periods ranging from 3 to 20 years.  We review our publishing rights for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable.  NaN publishing rights were deemed to be impaired for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.  

Impairment of Other Long-lived Assets

We review our other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. If the future undiscounted cash flows are less than their book value, impairment exists. The impairment is measured as the difference between the book value and the fair value of the underlying asset. Fair value is normally determined using an undiscounteda discounted cash flow model.

Severance

We accrue postemployment benefits if the obligation is attributable to services already rendered, rights to those benefits accumulate, payment of benefits is probable, and amount of benefit is reasonably estimated. Postemployment benefits include severance benefits.

Subsequent to recording such accrued severance liabilities, changes in market or other conditions may result in changes to assumptions upon which the original liabilities were recorded that could result in an adjustment to the liabilities.

Royalty AdvancesLeases

Royalty advancesOn January 1, 2019, we adopted the new lease accounting standard using the modified retrospective method. We applied the guidance to authorseach lease as of January 1, 2019 with a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit as of that date. The standard requires lessees to recognize a lease liability and a right of use asset on the balance sheet for operating leases. Right of use assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Right of use assets and lease liabilities are capitalizedrecognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease payments over the lease term. Accounting for finance leases is substantially unchanged. Prior comparative periods were not adjusted.

We elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which allowed us to not reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, carry forward the historical lease classification and represent amounts paid in advanceto not reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases. We did not elect the hindsight practical expedient to determine the lease term for existing leases. Upon implementation of the new guidance, we have elected the practical expedients to combine lease and non-lease components, and to not recognize right of use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases. The adoption of this guidance impacted our consolidated balance sheets due to the recognition of the lease rights and obligations related to our office space, automobile fleet and office equipment leases as assets and liabilities of approximately $148.0 million and $161.0 million, respectively. The adjustment to accumulated deficit of approximately $0.8 million related to a previously recorded deferred gain on the sale leaseback of an author’s producta warehouse. The impact on our results of operations and are recovered as earned. As advances are recorded, a partial reserve may be recorded immediately based primarily upon historical sales experience. Advances are evaluated periodically tocash flows was not material.

Under the new lease accounting standard, we determine if theyan arrangement is a lease at inception. Right of use assets and lease liabilities are expectedrecognized at commencement date based on the present value of remaining lease payments over the lease term. For this purpose, we consider only payments that are fixed and determinable at the time of commencement. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Our incremental borrowing rate is a hypothetical rate based on our understanding of what our credit rating would be. The right of use asset also includes any lease payments made prior to be recovered. Any portioncommencement and is recorded net of a royalty advanceany lease incentives received. Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that is not expectedwe will exercise such options. When determining the probability of exercising such options, we consider

67


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to be recovered is fully reserved. Cash payments for royalty advancesConsolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

contract-based, asset-based, entity-based, and market-based factors. Our lease agreements may contain variable costs such as common area maintenance, insurance, real estate taxes or other costs. Variable lease costs are included within cash flows from operating activities, under the caption “Royalties payable and author advances, net,” inexpensed as incurred on our consolidated statements of cash flows.operations. Our lease agreements generally do not contain any residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants.

Operating leases are included in operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

We record income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax basis, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Our consolidated financial statements contain certain deferred tax assets which have arisen primarily as a result of interest expense limitations, as well as other temporary differences between

74


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

financial and tax accounting. We establish a valuation allowance if the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets is reduced based on an evaluation of objectiveobjectively verifiable evidence. Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against those deferred tax assets. We evaluate the weight of all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized.

We also evaluate any uncertain tax positions and only recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement. We record a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Any change in judgment related to the expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions is recognized in earnings in the period in which such change occurs. Interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in income tax expense.

We have accounted for the tax effects of The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, on a provisional basis. Our accounting for certain income tax effects is incomplete, but we have determined reasonable estimates for those effects. Our reasonable estimates are included in our financial statements as of December 31, 2017. We expect to complete our accounting during the one year measurement period from the enactment date. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further detail.

Stock-Based Compensation

Certain employees and directors have been granted stock options restricted stock and restricted stock units in our common stock. Stock-based compensation expense reflects the fair value of stock-based awards measured at the grant date and recognized over the relevant service period. We estimate the fair value of each stock-based award on the measurement date using the current market price based on the target value of the award for restricted stock and restricted stock units, the Monte Carlo simulation for market-based restricted stock units and the Black-Scholes valuation model for stock options. We recognize stock-based compensation expense over the awards requisite service period on a straight-line basis for time basedtime-based stock options restricted stock and restricted stock units, and on a graded basis for restricted stock and restricted stock units that are contingent on the achievement of performance conditions.

Comprehensive Loss68


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Comprehensive lossIncome (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as changes in the equity of an enterprise except those resulting from stockholder transactions. The amounts shown on the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive lossincome (loss) relate to the cumulative effect of changes in pension and postretirement liabilities, foreign currency translation gain and loss adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on short-term investments and gains and losses on derivative instruments.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency for each of our subsidiaries is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the subsidiary operates, generally defined as the currency in which the entity generates and expends

75


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

cash. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars at current rates as of the balance sheet date and the revenue, costs and expenses are translated at the average rates established during each reporting period. Cumulative translation gains or losses are recorded in equity as an element of accumulated other comprehensive income.income (loss).

Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are employed to manage risks associated with interest rate exposures and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. We recognize all derivative instruments in our consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized periodically either in earnings or in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss,income (loss), depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting and, if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Gains and losses on derivatives designated as hedges, to the extent they are effective, are recorded in other comprehensive loss,income (loss), and subsequently reclassified to earnings to offset the impact of the hedged items when they occur. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not qualifying as hedges are reported in earnings. During 20172020 and 2016,2019, our interest rate swaps were designated as hedges and qualifythe majority qualified for hedge accounting. Accordingly, weThe interest rate derivative contracts matured on July 22, 2020. We recorded an unrealized gain of $4.9 million and an unrealized loss of $2.5$3.4 million in our statements of comprehensive lossincome (loss) to account for the changes in fair value of these derivatives during the periodsperiod ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The corresponding $1.2 million and $6.1 million hedge liability is included within long-term other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 2019.Our foreign exchange forward contracts did not qualify for hedge accounting because we did not contemporaneously document our hedging strategy upon entering into the hedging arrangements.

Treasury Stock

We account for treasury stock under the cost method. When shares are reissued or retired from treasury stock they are accounted for at an average price. Upon retirement the excess over par value is charged against capital in excess of par value.

Net LossIncome (Loss) per Share

Basic net lossincome (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net lossincome (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Except where the result would be anti-dilutive, net lossincome (loss) per share is computed using the treasury stock method for the exercise of stock options. For periods in which the Company has reported net losses, diluted net lossincome (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net lossincome (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive. Diluted net lossincome (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net lossincome (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015.2019.

69


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Reclassifications

Certain 2020 amounts within the long-term assets section of the balance sheet have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Recent Accounting Standards

Recent accounting pronouncements, not included below, are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position andor results of operations.

 

76


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In March 2017,October 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended guidance on accounting for contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers in a business combination. The guidance is intended to address inconsistency related to recognition of an acquired contract liability and payment terms and their effect on subsequent revenue recognized. At the acquisition date, an entity should account for the related revenue contracts in accordance with existing revenue recognition guidance generally by assessing how the acquiree applied recognition and measurement in their financial statements. The amended guidance is effective January 1, 2023 on a prospective approach. Early adoption is permitted.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In December 2019, the FASB issued new guidance to improvesimplify the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic post-retirement benefit cost. The changesaccounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles, including simplification of areas such as franchise taxes, step-up in tax basis of goodwill, intraperiod allocations, separate entity financial statements and interim recognition of enactment of tax laws or rate changes. We adopted the guidance require employers to reporton January 1, 2021. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued new guidance on a customer's accounting for implementation, set-up, and other upfront costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is hosted by the vendor (i.e., a service cost component incontract). Under the new guidance, customers will apply the same line itemcriteria for capitalizing implementation costs as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by employees duringthey would for an arrangement to develop or obtain internal use software. Accordingly, the reporting period. The other components of net benefit costs will be presented inguidance requires a customer to determine the income statement separately from the service cost and outsidestage of a subtotalproject that the implementation activity relates to and the nature of income from operations.the associated costs in order to determine whether those costs should be expensed as incurred or capitalized. The guidance will be effective in 2018, and we believe it willalso requires the customer to amortize the capitalized implementation costs as an expense over the term of the hosting arrangement. We adopted the guidance on January 1, 2020. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued updated guidance to simplify the test for goodwill impairment by the elimination of Step 2 in the determination on whether goodwill should be considered impaired. The annual assessments are still required to be completed. TheWe adopted the guidance will be effective in 2020, with early adoption permitted. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of this guidance, but we do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.January 1, 2020.  

In NovemberJune 2016, the FASB issued new guidance that requires credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected, not based on incurred losses, as well as additional disclosures. The estimate of expected credit losses should consider historical information, current information, as well as reasonable and supportable forecasts, including estimates of prepayments. We adopted the guidance on restricted cash, which requires amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the total beginning and ending amounts for the periods shown on the statementJanuary 1, 2020. The adoption of cash flows. Thethis guidance will be effective in 2019 using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. We dodid not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued a guidance update to classifications of certain cash receipts and cash payments on the Statement of Cash Flows with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. This updated guidance addresses the following eight specific cash flow issues: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement ofzero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned life insurance policies); distributions received from equity method investees; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The guidance will be effective in 2018, and we do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance that primarily requires lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets but record expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to current accounting. For lessors,We adopted the guidance modifieson January 1, 2019 using the classification criteriamodified retrospective method and the accounting for sales-type and direct financing leases. The guidance is effectivedid not adjust comparative periods or modify disclosures in 2019 with early adoption permitted. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures, but we believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheets due to the recognition of the lease rights and obligations related to our office space leases as assets and liabilities.those comparative periods.

In May 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to revenue recognition. This new accounting standard will replace most current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminate most industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration for which the entity expects to be70

77


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Entities may adopt the new standard either retrospectively to all periods presented in the financial statements (the full retrospective method) or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption (modified retrospective method) in the year of adoption without applying to comparative periods financial statements. Further, in August 2015, the FASB issued guidance to defer the effective adoption date by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date and permitted early adoption of the standard, but not before fiscal years beginning after the original effective date of December 15, 2016. We will adopt the guidance for the annual reporting period beginning on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method.

As the new standard will supersede substantially all existing revenue recognition guidance, we believe it will impact the revenue recognition for a significant number of our contracts, in addition to our business processes and our information technology systems. As a result, we established a cross-functional coordinated team to implement the new revenue recognition standard. We have implemented changes to our systems, processes and internal controls to meet the standard’s reporting and disclosure requirements.

We have evaluated the impact of the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard and expect it will be significant to our consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures, principally as it relates to the following areas:

 

Software licenses

4.

Discontinued Operations

On May 10, 2021, we believe there will be an impact to our accounting for software license revenue. Undercompleted the current guidance, our software licenses may be recognized ratably over the lifesale of the service period. This is due to vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) not being established for the undelivered maintenance services as they are not sold separately from the software licenses. The requirement for establishing VSOE does not exist under the new standard and will require us to recognize the software license revenue at a point in time, which is predominately at the time of delivery.

Incremental costs to acquire new contracts– in accordance with the new guidance, we plan to capitalize and amortize sales commission fees based on the transfer of goods or services to which the assets relate, whereas we currently expense those costs as incurred. Further, we expect to apply a practical expedient whereby we recognize the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization periodall of the assets thatand liabilities used primarily in the HMH Books & Media segment, our consumer publishing business, for cash consideration of $349.0 million, subject to a customary working capital adjustment resulting in a payment to the purchaser of $8.4 million, and the purchaser’s assumption of all liabilities relating to the HMH Books & Media business, subject to specified exceptions. Upon closing of the transaction, all HMH Books & Media employees became employees of the purchaser. Net proceeds from the sale after the payment of transaction costs and exclusive of working capital adjustment, were approximately $337.0 million, all of which we otherwise wouldused to pay down debt. In connection with the sale of HMH Books & Media, we entered into a Transition Services Agreement (“TSA”) with the purchaser whereby we will perform certain support functions for a period of up to 12 months. Upon the signing of the asset purchase agreement on March 26, 2021, the HMH Books & Media business qualified as a discontinued operation and accordingly, all results of the HMH Books & Media business have recognized is one year or less. These costs arebeen removed from continuing operations for all periods presented. The results of the HMH Books & Media business were previously reported in its own reportable segment. We currently report our revenues and financial results from continuing operations under 1 reportable segment.

Selected financial information of the HMH Books & Media business included in selling, general, and administrative expenses.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In March 2016,discontinued operations is below. Included within the FASB issued guidance that changesloss from discontinued operations is interest expense which was allocated to the accounting for certain aspects of share-based paymentsHMH Books & Media business as we used the proceeds from the sale to employees. The guidance requires the recognition of the income tax effects of awardspay down debt, which was required by our debt facilities, as we did not reinvest such amounts in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, thus eliminating additionalpaid-in capital pools. The guidance also allows for the employer to repurchase more of an employee’s shares for tax withholding purposes without triggering liability accounting. In addition, the guidance allows for a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur rather than on an estimated basis. The guidance became effective January 1, 2017. The adoption of the guidance resulted in the recognition of approximately $12.3 million (tax effected) of previously unrecorded additionalpaid-in capital net operating losses as of January 1, 2017. The additional net operating losses were offset by an increase to the valuation allowance, accordingly no income tax benefit was recognized as a result of the adoption.

business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net sales

 

$

63,047

 

 

$

190,838

 

 

$

178,884

 

Costs

 

 

53,119

 

 

 

164,522

 

 

 

161,788

 

Amortization

 

 

1,413

 

 

 

7,266

 

 

 

11,120

 

Interest expense

 

 

9,430

 

 

 

28,251

 

 

 

19,287

 

Loss from discontinued operations before taxes

 

$

(915

)

 

$

(9,201

)

 

$

(13,311

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

90

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

347

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

(1,005

)

 

$

(9,148

)

 

$

(13,658

)

7871


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

3.Acquisitions

On April 23, 2015, we entered into a stock

As of December 31, 2020, the assets and asset purchase agreement with Scholastic Corporation (“Scholastic”) to acquire certain assets (including the stock of two of Scholastic’s subsidiaries) comprising its Educational Technology and Services (“EdTech”) business. On May 29, 2015, we completed the acquisition and paid an aggregate purchase price of $574.8 million in cash to Scholastic, including adjustments for working capital. The acquisition provided us with a leading position in intervention curriculum and services and extends our product offerings in key growth areas, including educational technology, early learning, and education services, creating a more comprehensive offering for students, teachers and schools. The transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of operationsliabilities of the purchasedHMH Books & Media business have been classified as assets of EdTech arediscontinued operations and liabilities of discontinued operations on our consolidated balance sheets. The major categories of assets and liabilities of the HMH Books & Media business included in our consolidated financial statements from the dateassets of acquisition. Transaction costs related to the acquisition were approximately $5.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015discontinued operations and liabilities of discontinued operations are included in the selling and administrative line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

The unaudited pro forma information presented in the following table summarizes the consolidated results of operations for the periods presented as if the acquisition of EdTech had occurred on January 1, 2014. The pro forma financial information is presented for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the period, nor is it intended to be a projection of future results. The pro forma results include estimates of the interest expense on debt used to finance the acquisition, the amortization of the other intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisition, the impact of the write-down of acquired deferred revenue to fair value and the related tax effects of the adjustments.follows:

 

   Unaudited 
   Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Net sales

  $1,486,810 

Net loss

   (144,830

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

64,002

 

Inventories

 

 

21,410

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

655

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

 

4,401

 

Pre-publication costs, net

 

 

329

 

Royalty advances to authors, net

 

 

40,060

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

26,100

 

Other assets

 

 

3,096

 

Total assets of discontinued operations

 

$

160,053

 

Accounts payable

 

 

10,353

 

Royalties payable

 

 

17,628

 

Salaries and wages payable

 

 

221

 

Other liabilities

 

 

2,460

 

Total liabilities of discontinued operations

 

$

30,662

 

For the 2015 fiscal year, we recorded approximately $142.2 million of net sales and $25.9 million of operating income attributable to EdTech within our consolidated statements of operations since the date of acquisition, May 29, 2015.

 

4.

5.

Balance Sheet Information

Short-term Investments

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and market value of ouravailable-for-sale securities with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporary, aggregated by investment category:

   December 31, 2017 
   Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
   Estimated
Fair Value
 

Short-term investments:

        

U.S. Government and agency securities

  $86,467   $—     $(18  $86,449 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

79


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

   December 31, 2016 
   Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
   Estimated
Fair Value
 

Short-term investments:

        

U.S. Government and agency securities

  $80,784   $91   $(34  $80,841 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The contractual maturities of our short-term investments are one year or less.

Account Receivable

Accounts receivable at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 consisted of the following:

 

  2017   2016 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Accounts receivable

  $224,664   $238,553 

 

$

143,023

 

 

$

97,197

 

Allowance for bad debt

   (2,598   (3,576

 

 

(3,459

)

 

 

(3,790

)

Reserve for book returns

   (20,986   (18,971

 

 

(4,069

)

 

 

(4,577

)

  

 

   

 

 

 

$

135,495

 

 

$

88,830

 

  $201,080   $216,006 
  

 

   

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, there was2021 and 2020, no one individual customer that comprised approximately 10% of our accounts receivable, net balance. As of December 31, 2016, no individual customer comprised more than 10% of our accounts receivable, net balance.We believe that our accounts receivable credit risk exposure is limited and we have not experienced significant write-downs in our accounts receivable balances.

We are exposed to credit losses primarily through our accounts receivable. We develop estimates to reflect the risk of credit loss which are based on an evaluation of accounts receivable aging, prior collection experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of the economic conditions that will exist through the contractual life of the financial asset. We write off the asset when it is no longer deemed collectible. We monitor our ongoing credit exposure through an active review of collection trends. Our activities include monitoring the timeliness of payment collection and performing timely customer account reconciliations. As of December 31, 2021, we reported allowances for doubtful accounts of $3.5 million, compared to $3.8 million at December 31, 2020, reflecting a decrease of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

72


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Inventories

Inventories at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 consisted of the following:

 

  2017   2016 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Finished goods

  $145,875   $157,925 

 

$

109,893

 

 

$

135,385

 

Raw materials

   8,769    4,490 

 

 

7,576

 

 

 

10,168

 

  

 

   

 

 

Inventories

  $154,644   $162,415 

 

$

117,469

 

 

$

145,553

 

  

 

   

 

 

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Balances of major classes of assets and accumulated depreciation and amortization at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 were as follows:

 

   2017   2016 

Land and land improvements

  $4,923   $4,923 

Building and building equipment

   9,867    9,867 

Machinery and equipment

   31,843    23,339 

Capitalized software

   539,517    497,803 

Leasehold improvements

   23,652    27,196 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   609,802   563,128 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (455,896   (387,926
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

  $153,906   $175,202 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

80


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Land and land improvements

 

$

2,840

 

 

$

2,840

 

Building and building equipment

 

 

3,201

 

 

 

3,221

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

10,687

 

 

 

9,909

 

Capitalized software and internal-use software

 

 

664,489

 

 

 

641,027

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

23,192

 

 

 

24,266

 

 

 

 

704,409

 

 

 

681,263

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(623,964

)

 

 

(592,462

)

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

$

80,445

 

 

$

88,801

 

 

For the yearyears ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015,2019, depreciation and amortization expense related to property, plant, and equipment were $75.5$44.9 million, $79.8$49.9 million and $72.6$60.7 million, respectively.

Property, plant, and equipment at December 31, 2017 and 2016 included approximately $6.9 million acquired under capital lease agreements, of which the majority is included in machinery and equipment. There are no future minimum lease payments required undernon-cancelable capital leases as of December 31, 2017.

Substantially all property, plant, and equipment are pledged as collateral under our Term Loanterm loan and Revolving Credit Facility.revolving credit facility.

 

5.Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following represents long-lived assets (property, plant, and equipment and operating lease assets) outside of the United States, which are substantially in Ireland. All other long-lived assets are located in the United States.

(in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Long-lived assets—International

 

$

5,088

 

 

$

6,487

 

Contract Assets and Liabilities, Contract Costs and Net Sales

Contract assets consist of unbilled amounts at the reporting date and are transferred to accounts receivable when the rights become unconditional. Contract assets are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on our consolidated balance sheets. Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue (current and long-term). The following table presents changes in contract assets and contract liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2021:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Contract assets

 

$

757

 

 

$

580

 

 

$

177

 

 

 

30.5

%

Contract liabilities (deferred revenue)

 

$

964,675

 

 

$

905,284

 

 

$

59,391

 

 

 

6.6

%

The $59.4 million increase in our contract liabilities from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 was primarily due to higher billings in the period attributed to the growth during a period of recovery during the COVID-19 pandemic, which materially impacted 2020, exceeding the satisfaction of performance obligations related to physical and digital products, and services during the period.

73


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

We capitalize incremental commissions paid to sales representatives for obtaining product sales as well as service contracts unless the capitalization and amortization of such costs are not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements. Applying the practical expedient within the accounting guidance, we recognize sales commission expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that we otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. We had deferred commissions in the amount of $35.1 million and $30.7 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and amortized $18.1 million, $12.9 million and $13.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The amortization is included in selling and administrative expenses.

Costs to fulfill a contract are directly related to a contract that will be used to satisfy a performance obligation in the future and are expected to be recovered. These costs are amortized on a systematic basis that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the goods or services to which the asset relates. Our assets associated with incremental costs to fulfill a contract were $22.5 million and $14.7 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and are included within prepaid expenses and other assets (current) and other assets (long term) on our consolidated balance sheet. We recorded amortization of $6.0 million, $3.8 million and $4.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The amortization is included in cost of sales, excluding publishing rights and pre-publication amortization.

During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we recognized the following net sales as a result of changes in the contract assets and contract liabilities balances:

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

2019

Net sales recognized in the period from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts included in contract liabilities at the beginning of the period

 

$320,453

 

         $295,675

 

$229,557

As of December 31, 2021, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations, which includes deferred revenue and open orders, was $1.1 billion, and we will recognize approximately 75% to net sales over the next 1 to 3 years.

The following table disaggregates our net sales by major source:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Core solutions (1)

 

$

550,300

 

 

$

459,350

 

 

$

578,675

 

Extensions (2)

 

 

500,502

 

 

 

381,104

 

 

 

633,115

 

     Net sales

 

$

1,050,802

 

 

$

840,454

 

 

$

1,211,790

 

(1)  Comprehensive solutions primarily for reading, math, science and social studies programs.

(2)  Primarily consists of our Heinemann brand, intervention, supplemental, and formative assessment products as well as professional services.

74


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The following is a schedule of net sales by geographic region:

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

Net sales—U.S.

 

$

1,009,225

 

Net sales—International

 

 

41,577

 

Total net sales

 

$

1,050,802

 

Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

Net sales—U.S.

 

$

805,229

 

Net sales—International

 

 

35,225

 

Total net sales

 

$

840,454

 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

Net sales—U.S.

 

$

1,149,527

 

Net sales—International

 

 

62,263

 

Total net sales

 

$

1,211,790

 

75


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

6. Goodwill and other intangible assets consisted of the following:Other Intangible Assets

   December 31, 2017   December 31, 2016 
   Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
  Total   Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
  Total 

Goodwill

  $783,073   $—    $783,073   $783,073   $—    $783,073 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Trademarks and tradenames: indefinite-lived

  $161,000   $—    $161,000   $161,000   $—    $161,000 

Trademarks and tradenames: definite-lived

   194,130    (19,101  175,029    194,130    (6,961  187,169 

Publishing rights

   1,180,000    (1,078,156  101,844    1,180,000    (1,031,918  148,082 

Customer related and other

   444,640    (271,850  172,790    442,640    (253,242  189,398 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other intangible assets, net

  $1,979,770   $(1,369,107 $610,663   $1,977,770   $(1,292,121 $685,649 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill of $438.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

2021. In accordance with the provisions of the accounting standard for goodwill and other intangible assets, goodwill and certain indefinite-lived tradenames are not amortized but rather are assessed for impairment on an annual basis. In connection with this assessment, we recorded anAccumulated impairment chargelosses on goodwill as of approximately $139.2 millionDecember 31, 2021 was $279.0 million. Refer to Note 2 for certaina discussion of ourthe valuation of goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets along with the triggering event which has been reflected asresulted in a goodwill impairment of $279.0 million during the measurement date of October 1, 2016.year ended December 31, 2020. There was no0 impairment charge recorded in the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2015. There was no goodwill impairment2019.

Other intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Total

 

 

Cost

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Total

 

Trademarks and tradenames: indefinite-

   lived

 

$

161,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

161,000

 

 

$

161,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

161,000

 

Trademarks and tradenames: definite-

   lived

 

 

130,730

 

 

 

(64,094

)

 

 

66,636

 

 

 

133,330

 

 

 

(46,810

)

 

 

86,520

 

Publishing rights

 

 

1,050,000

 

 

 

(1,041,125

)

 

 

8,875

 

 

 

1,050,000

 

 

 

(1,030,437

)

 

 

19,563

 

Customer related and other

 

 

424,140

 

 

 

(300,361

)

 

 

123,779

 

 

 

427,140

 

 

 

(291,739

)

 

 

135,401

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

$

1,765,870

 

 

$

(1,405,580

)

 

$

360,290

 

 

$

1,771,470

 

 

$

(1,368,986

)

 

$

402,484

 

On July 8, 2021, we sold the intellectual property, including the copyrights and trademarks, of certain product titles for total cash proceeds of $5.0 million. We had approximately $1.3 million of other intangible assets at the yearstime of sale and we recorded a gain on sale of $3.7 million, net of tax, during the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.2021.

During 2016, certain tradenames were deemed to be definite-lived and accordingly, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives. This was due to our strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily the Holt McDougal and various supplemental brands, and in favor of marketing our products under the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt and HMH names. As a result of this change in estimate from indefinite-lived to

Amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets, we recorded amortization expense of $9.6 million and $2.4 million during 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to these tradenames. During 2016, $139.4 million of previously indefinite-lived intangible assets were transferred to definite-lived intangible assets and $139.2 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired. Amortization expense for publishing rights and customer related and other intangibles were $77.0$40.9 million, $88.1$38.7 million and $103.0$41.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015,2019, respectively.

During 2017, we acquired the remaining intellectual property rights to certain educational content and recorded an intangible asset of $2.0 million.

81


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Estimated aggregate amortization expense expected for each of the next five years related to intangibles subject to amortization is as follows:

 

   Trademarks
and
Tradenames
   Publishing
Rights
   Other
Intangible
Assets
 

2018

  $12,362   $34,713   $16,059 

2019

   12,362    26,557    13,444 

2020

   12,362    20,056    9,594 

2021

   12,362    11,642    9,320 

2022

   12,362    7,569    9,119 

Thereafter

   113,219    1,307    115,254 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $175,029   $101,844   $172,790 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Trademarks

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

and

 

 

Publishing

 

 

Intangible

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

 

Rights

 

 

Assets

 

2022

 

 

13,300

 

 

 

7,568

 

 

 

9,940

 

2023

 

 

4,226

 

 

 

1,307

 

 

 

9,761

 

2024

 

 

4,044

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,310

 

2025

 

 

4,044

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,121

 

2026

 

 

4,044

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,979

 

Thereafter

 

 

36,978

 

 

 

 

 

 

79,668

 

 

 

$

66,636

 

 

$

8,875

 

 

$

123,779

 

 

76


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

6.

7.

Debt

Our debt consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

  December 31,
2017
   December 31,
2016
 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

$800,000 term loan due May 29, 2021 interest payable quarterly (net of discount and issuance costs)

  $768,194   $772,738 

$380,000 term loan due November 22, 2024, interest

payable quarterly (net of discount and issuance costs)

 

$

20,996

 

 

$

346,091

 

$306,000 senior secured notes due February 15, 2025,

interest payable semi-annually (net of discount and

issuance costs)

 

$

296,583

 

 

$

297,601

 

 

 

317,579

 

 

 

643,692

 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

   8,000    8,000 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,000

)

  

 

   

 

 

Total long-term debt, net of discount and issuance costs

  $760,194   $764,738 

 

$

317,579

 

 

$

624,692

 

  

 

   

 

 

Revolving credit facility

 

$

 

 

$

 

During 2016, we retrospectively adopted the new standard relating to simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs and reclassified debt issuance costs from other assets to long-term debt, net of discount and issuance costs, as of December 31, 2015.

Long-term debt repayments due in each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

Year 
2018  $8,000 
2019   8,000 
2020   8,000 
2021   756,000 
  

 

 

 
  $780,000 
  

 

 

 

Year

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2024

 

 

21,695

 

2025

 

 

303,274

 

2026

 

 

 

 

 

$

324,969

 

Term Loan Facility

In connection with our closingSenior Secured Notes

On November 22, 2019, we completed the sale of $306.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.0% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (the “notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and to persons outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.  The notes mature on February 15, 2025 and bear interest at a rate of 9.0% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on February 15, 2020.

The notes were issued at a discount equal to 2.0% of the EdTech acquisition referred to in Note 3, we entered into an amendedoutstanding borrowing commitment.

The transaction was accounted for under the guidance for debt modifications and restated term loan credit facility (the “term loan facility”) dated as of May 29, 2015 to increase our outstanding term loan credit facility from $250.0extinguishments. We incurred approximately $5.4 million of third-party fees for the transaction, of which $178.9approximately $4.1 million were capitalized as deferred financing fees and approximately $1.3 million was outstanding,recorded to $800.0expense and included in the selling and administrative line item in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019.  

We may redeem all or a portion of the notes at redemption prices as described in the notes. We redeemed $2.7 million of the notes during the second quarter of 2021 utilizing proceeds from the sale of the HMH Books & Media business.

The notes do not require us to comply with financial maintenance covenants. We are currently required to meet certain incurrence based financial covenants as defined under our notes. The notes are subject to restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue certain preferred stock, redeem, purchase or retire subordinated debt, make certain investments, pay dividends or other amounts, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, merge or consolidate with another person, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of which was drawn at closing. The term loan facility matures on May 29, 2021 and the interest rate is based on LIBOR plus 3.0%our assets, sell certain assets, including capital stock, designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries, redeem or an alternative base rate plus applicable margins. LIBOR is subject to a floor of 1.0% with the length of the LIBOR contracts ranging up to six months at the option of the Company.

repurchase capital

77

82


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

stock or make other restricted payments, and incur certain liens.  The notes are subject to customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the administrative agent may, or at the request of certain required lenders shall, accelerate the obligations outstanding under the notes.

Term Loan Facility

On November 22, 2019, we entered into a second amended and restated term loan credit agreement for an aggregate principal amount of $380.0 million (the “term loan facility”).The term loan facility may be prepaid, in wholematures on November 22, 2024 and the interest rate per annum is equal to, at the option of the Company, either (a) LIBOR plus a margin of 6.25% or in part, at any time, without premium. The(b) an alternate base rate plus a margin of 5.25%. As of December 31, 2021, the interest rate on the term loan facility iswas 7.25%. We repaid $334.6 million of the term loan facility during the second quarter of 2021 utilizing proceeds from the sale of the HMH Books & Media business. We were required to repay debt under the term loan facility as we did not intend to reinvest the proceeds from the sale in the business. There are 0 future quarterly repayment installments required and the balance is payable on the maturity date. In connection with the repayment, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt totaling $12.5 million relating to the pro rata write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs and discount.  

On July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”) announced that it will no longer require banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. Our term loan facility provides that the administrative agent may determine that (i) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBOR rate or (ii) the FCA or the government authority having jurisdiction over the administrative agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the LIBOR rate shall no longer be repaidused for determining interest rates for loans. If the administrative agent determines that (i) or (ii) above is unlikely to be temporary then the administrative agent and the Company will agree to transition to an alternate base rate or amend the term loan facility to establish an alternate rate of interest to LIBOR that gives due consideration to the then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in quarterly installments of $2.0 million.the United States at such time.

The term loan facility was issued at a discount equal to 0.5%4.0% of the outstanding borrowing commitment. As

The transaction was accounted for under the guidance for debt modifications and extinguishments. We incurred approximately $7.2 million of third-party fees for the transaction, of which approximately $2.9 million were capitalized as deferred financing fees and approximately $4.3 million was recorded to expense and included in the selling and administrative line item in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017, the interest rate of the2019.

The term loan facility was 4.6%.contains customary mandatory prepayment requirements, including with respect to excess cash flow, proceeds from certain asset sales or dispositions of property, and proceeds from certain incurrences of indebtedness. The term loan facility permits the Company to voluntarily prepay outstanding amounts at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

The term loan facility does not require us to comply with financial maintenance covenants. We are currently required to meet certain incurrence based financial covenants as defined under our term loan facility. The term loan facility is subject to usual and customary conditions, representations, warranties and covenants, including restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, acquisitions, asset dispositions, dividends to stockholders, repurchase or redemption of our stock, transactions with affiliates and other matters. The term loan facility is subject to customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the administrative agent may, or at the request of certain required lenders shall, accelerate the obligations outstanding under the term loan facility.

We are subject to an excess cash flow provision under our term loan facility which is predicated upon our leverage ratio and cash flow. There was no payment required under the excess cash flow provision in 2017 and 2016. In accordance with the excess cash flow provision of the previous term loan facility, we made a $63.6 million principal payment on March 5, 2015. In connection with this principal payment, we accelerated the amortization of deferred financing costs of $2.0 million, which was recognized as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.

On May 29, 2015,November 22, 2019, in connection with the notes and term loan facility described above, we paid off the remaining outstanding balance of our previous $250.0$800.0 million term loan facility of approximately $178.9 million.facility. The transaction was accounted for under the guidance for debt modifications and extinguishments. We incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of

78


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

approximately $2.2$4.4 million related to thewrite-off write off of the portion of the unamortized deferred financing fees and discount associated with the portion of the previous term loan accounted for as extinguishment associated with the term loan facility. We incurred approximately $15.6 million of third-party fees for the transaction, of which approximately $13.6 million were capitalized as deferred financing fees and approximately $2.0 million was recorded to expense and included in the selling and administrative line item in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.an extinguishment.

Interest Rate Hedging

On August 17, 2015, we entered into interest rate derivative contracts with various financial institutions having an aggregate notional amount of $400.0 million to convert floating rate debt into fixed rate debt and had $400.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2017.debt. We assessed at inception, andre-assess on an ongoing basis, whether the interest rate derivative contracts are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged variable rate debt. The interest rate derivative contracts matured on July 22, 2020.  

These interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow hedges and qualifyqualified for hedge accounting under the accounting guidance related to derivatives and hedging. Accordingly, we recorded an unrealized gain of $4.9 million and an unrealized loss of $2.5 million and $3.6$3.4 million in our statements of comprehensive lossincome (loss) to account for the changes in fair value of these derivatives during the periodsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The corresponding $1.22019.We reclassified $1.9 million and $6.1 million hedge liability is included within long-termfrom other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheetcomprehensive income (loss) to earnings during the year ended December 31, 2020.We had 0interest rate derivative contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The interest rate derivative contracts mature on July 22, 2020.

2021.

83


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Revolving Credit Facility

On JulyNovember 22, 2015,2019, we entered into ana second amended and restated revolving credit facility (the “revolving credit facility”). The revolving credit facilityagreement that provides borrowing availability in an amount equal to the lesser of either $250.0 million or a borrowing base that is computed monthly or weekly and comprised of the borrowers’Borrowers’ and the guarantors’Guarantors’ (as such terms are defined below) eligible inventory and receivables.receivables (the “revolving credit facility”). The revolving credit facility includes a letter of credit subfacility of $50.0 million, a swingline subfacility of $20.0 million and the option to expand the facility by up to $100.0 million in the aggregate under certain specified conditions. The revolving credit facility may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time, without premium.  The transaction was accounted for under the accounting guidance for modifications to or exchanges of revolving debt arrangements. We incurred a loss on extinguishmentapproximately $1.1 million of debt of approximately $0.9 million related to thewrite-off of the portion of the unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the portion of the revolving credit facility accounted for as an extinguishment. We incurred approximately $1.6 million ofcreditor and third-party fees which were capitalized as deferred financing fees.

The revolving credit facility requires the Company to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 on a trailing four-quarter basis only during certain periods commencing when excess availability under the revolving credit facility is less than certain limits prescribed by the terms of the revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility is subject to usual and customary conditions, representations, warranties and covenants, including restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, acquisitions, asset dispositions, dividends to stockholders, repurchase or redemption of our stock, transactions with affiliates and other matters. The revolving credit facility is subject to customary events of default. No amounts have been drawn onIf an event of default occurs and is continuing, the administrative agent may, or at the request of certain required lenders shall, accelerate the obligations outstanding under the revolving credit facility asfacility. As of December 31, 2017.2021, 0 amounts areoutstanding under the revolving credit facility.

As of December 31, 2017,2021, the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio covenant under our revolving credit facility was not applicable, due to our level of borrowing availability. The minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, which is only tested in limited situations, is 1.0 to 1.0 through the end of the facility.

Guarantees

Under botheach of the notes, the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility and the term loan facility, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company and HMH Publishers LLC are the borrowers (collectively, the “Borrowers”), and Citibank, N.A. acts as both the administrative agent and the collateral agent.

The obligations under our senior secured facilitiesthe notes, the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by the Company and each of its direct and indirectfor-profit domestic subsidiaries (other than the Borrowers) (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and are secured by all capital stock and other equity interests of the Borrowers and the Guarantors and substantially all of the other tangible and intangible assets of the Borrowers and the Guarantors, including, without limitation, receivables, inventory, equipment, contract rights, securities, patents, trademarks, other intellectual property, cash, bank accounts and securities accounts and owned real estate. The revolving credit facility

79


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

is secured by first priority liens on receivables, inventory, deposit accounts, securities accounts, instruments, chattel paper and other assets related to the foregoing (the “Revolving First Lien Collateral”), and second priority liens on the collateral which secures the term loan facility on a first priority basis. The term loan facility is secured by first priority liens on the capital stock and other equity interests of the Borrowers and the Guarantors, equipment, owned real estate, trademarks and other intellectual property, general intangibles that are not Revolving First Lien Collateral and other assets related to the foregoing, and second priority liens on the Revolving First Lien Collateral.

8.

Leases

We lease property and equipment under finance and operating leases. We have operating leases for various office space and facilities, warehouse equipment, automobile fleet and office equipment that expire at various dates through 2033. For leases with terms greater than 12 months, we record the related asset and obligation at the present value of lease payments over the lease term. Many of our leases include rental escalation clauses, renewal options and/or termination options that are factored into our determination of lease payments when appropriate. For leases beginning in 2019 and later, we account for lease components (e.g., fixed payments including rent) as combined with the non-lease components (e.g., common-area maintenance costs). Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. We sublease certain real estate office space to third parties. Our sublease portfolio consists of operating leases.

When available, we use the rate implicit in the lease to discount lease payments to present value; however, most of our leases do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. Therefore, we must estimate our incremental borrowing rate to discount the lease payments based on information available at lease commencement. We give consideration to our recent debt issuances as well as publicly available data for instruments with similar characteristics when calculating our incremental borrowing rates.

Lease Position as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

The table below presents the lease assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheet.

 

Leases

 

Classification

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease assets

 

Operating lease assets

 

$

 

110,572

 

 

$

 

126,850

 

 

Total leased assets

 

 

 

$

 

110,572

 

 

$

 

126,850

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

$

 

7,539

 

 

$

 

9,669

 

 

Noncurrent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

 

127,426

 

 

 

 

132,014

 

 

Total lease liabilities

 

 

 

$

 

134,965

 

 

$

 

141,683

 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term Operating leases

 

 

 

8.1 Years

 

 

8.2 Years

 

 

Weighted average discount rate Operating leases (1)

 

 

 

 

12.41

 

%

 

12.56

 

%

84

(1)

Upon adoption of the new lease standard, discount rates used for existing leases were established at January 1, 2019.

80


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

7.Restructuring, Severance and Other Charges

2017 Restructuring PlanLease costs

On an ongoing basis, we assess opportunitiesOperating lease cost and sublease income totaled $35.0 million and $3.2 million, $34.9 million and $2.1 million, and $39.9 million and $2.3 million for improved operational effectivenessthe years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and efficiency2019, respectively. The net lease cost of $31.8 million, $32.8 million and better alignment$37.6 million for years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, is included in the selling and administrative line item in our consolidated statements of expenses with net sales, while preserving our abilityoperations. Operating lease cost includes short term leases and variable lease costs, which are not material.

Undiscounted Cash Flows

The table below reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for each of the first five years and total of the remaining years to make the investments in content and our people that we believe are important to our long-term success. As a result of these assessments, we have undertaken a restructuring initiative in order to enhance our growth potential and better position us for long-term success. This initiative is described below.

Beginning at the end of 2016, we worked with a third party consultant to review our operating model and organizational design in order to improve our operational efficiency, better focuslease liabilities recorded on the needs of our customersbalance sheet.

 

 

Operating

 

 

Maturity of Lease Liabilities

 

Leases

 

 

2022

 

 

 

19,874

 

 

2023

 

 

 

28,780

 

 

2024

 

 

 

29,996

 

 

2025

 

 

 

29,413

 

 

2026

 

 

 

24,800

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

92,597

 

 

Total lease payments

 

$

 

225,460

 

 

Less: interest

 

 

(90,495

)

 

Present value of lease liabilities

 

$

 

134,965

 

 

Other Information

The table below presents supplemental cash flow information related to leases during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 andright-size our cost structure to create long-term shareholder value. 2019.

In March 2017, we committed to certain operational efficiency

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of

lease liabilities

     Operating cash flows for operating leases - 2021

$

32,302

     Operating cash flows for operating leases - 2020

$

28,639

     Operating cash flows for operating leases - 2019

$

31,245

9.Restructuring, Severance and cost-reduction actions we planned to take in order to accomplish these objectives (“2017 Restructuring Plan”). These actions include making organizational design changes across layers of the Company below the executive team and otherright-sizing initiatives expected to result in reductions in force, consolidating and/or subletting certain office space under real estate leases as well as other potential operational efficiency and cost-reduction initiatives. We have substantially completed the organizational design change actions and expect to substantially complete the remaining actions by the end of 2018.Other Charges

Implementation of actions under the 2017 Restructuring Plan is expected to result in total charges of approximately $45.0 million to $49.0 million, of which approximately $35.0 million to $39.0 million of these charges are estimated to result in future cash outlays. Previously, the range of expected charges for the 2017 Restructuring Plan was $41.0 million to $45.0 million of which approximately $32.0 million to $36.0 million was estimated to result in future cash outlays. The increase is primarily due to a change in the estimate of office space that the Company will be able to vacate along with higher cost of implementation. We recorded cash-related costs of $30.5 million for

2021

During the year ended December 31, 2017, of which a portion of these expenses totaling approximately $16.2 million were related to severance and termination benefits for2021, we recorded an asset impairment in the year ended December 31, 2017, with the remaining amount of approximately $14.3$13.3 million related to implementation of the plan andfor real estate consolidation costs. These costs arerelating to vacated office space primarily for certain floors in connection with the sale of our HMH Books & Media business, of which $11.7 million is reflected as a reduction in operating lease assets and $1.6 million as a reduction in property, plant, and equipment in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021. The fair value of the asset group was determined using a discounted cash flow model, which required the use of estimates, including projected cash flows for the related assets, the selection of discount rate used in the model, and regional real estate industry data. The fair value of the asset group was allocated to the operating lease asset and fixed assets based on their relative carrying values.

81


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

2020 Restructuring Plan

On September 4, 2020, we finalized a voluntary retirement incentive program, which was offered toall U.S. based employees at least 55 years of age with at least five years of service. Of the eligible employees, 165 elected to participate representing approximately 5% of our workforce. The majority of the employees voluntarily retired as of September 4, 2020 with select employees leaving later in the year. Each of the employees received separation payments in accordance with our severance policy.

On September 30, 2020, we undertook a restructuring program, including a reduction in force, as part of the ongoing assessment of our cost structure amid the COVID-19 pandemic and in line with our strategic transformation plan. The reduction in force resulted in a 22% reduction in our workforce, including positions eliminated as part of the voluntary retirement incentive program mentioned above, and net of newly created positions to support our digital first operations. The reduction in force resulted in the departure of approximately 525 employees and was completed in October 2020. Each of the employees received separation payments in accordance with our severance policy. The total one-time, non-recurring cost incurred in connection with the restructuring program, inclusive of the voluntary retirement incentive program, (collectively the “2020 Restructuring Plan”) all of which represented cash expenditures, was approximately $30.9 million.

The following table provides a summary of our total costs associated with the 2020 Restructuring Plan, included in the restructuringrestructuring/severance and other charges line item within our consolidated statements of operations, by major type of cost:

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Total Amount

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Incurred

 

Type of Cost

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

to Date

 

Restructuring charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and termination benefits

 

$

31,874

 

 

$

(951

)

 

$

30,923

 

 

 

$

31,874

 

 

$

(951

)

 

$

30,923

 

Our restructuring liabilities are comprised of accruals for severance and termination benefits. The following is a rollforward of our liabilities associated with the 2020 Restructuring Plan:

 

 

2021

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

Charges

 

 

payments

 

 

2021

 

Severance and termination benefits

 

$

19,311

 

 

$

(951

)

 

$

(17,955

)

 

$

405

 

 

 

$

19,311

 

 

$

(951

)

 

$

(17,955

)

 

$

405

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

Charges (1)

 

 

payments

 

 

2020

 

Severance and termination benefits

 

$

 

 

$

33,643

 

 

$

(14,332

)

 

$

19,311

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

33,643

 

 

$

(14,332

)

 

$

19,311

 

(1)

Charges during 2020 is inclusive of $1,769 of discontinued operations.

82


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

2019 Restructuring Plan

On October 15, 2019, our Board of Directors approved changes connected with our ongoing strategic transformation to simplify our business model and accelerate growth. This includes new product development and go-to-market capabilities, as well as the streamlining of operations company-wide for greater efficiency. These actions (the “2019 Restructuring Plan”) resulted in the net elimination of approximately 10% of our workforce, after taking into account new strategy-aligned positions that are expected to be added, and additional operating and capitalized cost reductions, including an approximately 20% reduction in previously planned content development expenditures over the next three years. These steps were intended to further simplify our business model while delivering increased value to customers, teachers and students. The workforce reductions were completed in the first quarter of 2020.

After considering additional headcount actions, implementation of the planned actions resulted in total charges of $15.8 million which was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2019. With respect to each major type of cost associated with such activities, substantially all costs were severance and other termination benefit costs and resulted in cash expenditures.

Further, as part of the strategic transformation plan, we recorded an incremental $9.8 million inventory obsolescence charge which was recorded in cost of sales in the statement of operations.

The following table provides a summary of our total costs associated with the 20172019 Restructuring Plan, included in the restructuringrestructuring/severance and other charges line item within our consolidated statements of operations, for the year ended December 31, 2017 by major type of cost:

Type of Cost

  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
   Total Amount
Incurred to Date
 

Restructuring charges:(1)

    

Severance and termination benefits

  $16,206   $16,206 

Office space consolidation (2)

   7,857    7,857 

Implementation and impairment (3)

   16,590    16,990 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $40,653   $41,053 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)All restructuring charges are included within Corporate and Other.
(2)During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded anon-cash charge for awrite-off of property, plant, and equipment of approximately $1.0 million and $6.8 million of accruals related to vacating certain office space in three of our locations.
(3)During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded anon-cash impairment charge of approximately $9.1 million related to a certain long-lived asset included within property, plant, and equipment.

85


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Total Amount

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Incurred

 

Type of Cost

 

2019

 

 

to Date

 

Restructuring charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and termination benefits

 

$

15,820

 

 

$

15,820

 

 

 

$

15,820

 

 

$

15,820

 

Our restructuring liabilities are primarily comprised of accruals for severance and termination benefits and office space consolidation.benefits. The following is a rollforward of our liabilities associated with the 20172019 Restructuring Plan:

 

   2017 
   Restructuring
accruals at
December 31, 2016
   Charges   Cash payments   Restructuring
accruals at
December 31, 2017
 

Severance and termination benefits

  $—     $16,206   $(11,900  $4,306 

Office space consolidation

   —      6,808    (1,512   5,296 

Implementation

   —      7,472    (7,472   —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $—     $30,486   $(20,884  $9,602 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

Charges

 

 

payments

 

 

2021

 

Severance and termination benefits

 

$

279

 

 

$

 

 

$

(279

)

 

$

 

 

 

$

279

 

 

$

 

 

$

(279

)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

Charges

 

 

payments

 

 

2020

 

Severance and termination benefits

 

$

11,649

 

 

$

 

 

$

(11,370

)

 

$

279

 

 

 

$

11,649

 

 

$

 

 

$

(11,370

)

 

$

279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table provides a summary

83


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of our updated estimates of costs associated with the 2017 Restructuring Plan through the end of 2018 by major type of cost:dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Type of Cost

  Total Estimated Amount
Expected to be Incurred
 

Restructuring charges:

      

Severance and termination benefits

  $15,000    to   $16,500 

Office space consolidation

   13,000    to    15,000 

Implementation and impairment

   17,000    to    17,500 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $45,000    to   $49,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Severance and Other Charges

20172020

Exclusive of the 20172020 Restructuring Plan and the 2019 Restructuring Plan, during the year ended December 31, 2017, $7.02020, $0.8 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 20172019 and prior years and $3.1 millionyears.

A summary of net payments were made for office space no longer utilized by the Companysignificant components of the severance costs is as a resultfollows:

 

 

2020

 

 

 

Severance/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance/

 

 

 

other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

Severance/

 

 

 

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

other

 

 

Cash

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

expense

 

 

payments

 

 

2020

 

Severance costs

 

$

758

 

 

$

 

 

$

(758

)

 

$

 

 

 

$

758

 

 

$

 

 

$

(758

)

 

$

 

2019

Exclusive of prior savings initiatives. Further, we recorded an expense in the amount of $0.9 million to reflect costs for severance, which we expect to be paid over the next twelve months, along with a favorable $0.2 million adjustment for office space no longer occupied.

2016

During2019 Restructuring Plan, during the year ended December 31, 2016, $7.42019, $3.2 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 20162019 and prior years, and $3.9 million of net payments for office space no longer utilized by the Company. Further, we recorded an expense in the amount of $12.4$2.5 million to reflect additional costs for severance, which we expect to be paid over the next twelve months, along with a $3.3 million accrual for vacated space.

2015

During the year ended December 31, 2015, $4.2 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 2015 and prior years and $4.2 million of net payments for office space no longer utilized by the Company. Further, weseverance. We also recorded an expense in the amount of $4.3$3.4 million to reflect additionalfor real estate consolidation costs, forwhich is reflected as a reduction in operating lease assets in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.

 

 

2019

 

 

 

Severance/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance/

 

 

 

other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

Severance/

 

 

 

 

 

 

accruals at

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

other

 

 

Cash

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

expense

 

 

payments

 

 

2019

 

Severance costs

 

$

1,420

 

 

$

2,534

 

 

$

(3,196

)

 

$

758

 

 

 

$

1,420

 

 

$

2,534

 

 

$

(3,196

)

 

$

758

 

(1)

Severance/other expense during 2019 is inclusive of $1,050 of discontinued operations.

The current portion of the severance which have been fully paid, along with aand other charges was $0.4 million accrual for vacated space.and $19.6 million (inclusive of the 2019 Restructuring Plan and 2020 Restructuring Plan) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

10. Income Taxes

The components of income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes by jurisdiction are as follows:

 

 

 

For

 

 

For

 

 

For

 

 

 

the Year

 

 

the Year

 

 

the Year

 

 

 

Ended

 

 

Ended

 

 

Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

U.S.

 

$

43

 

 

$

(485,255

)

 

$

(200,231

)

Foreign

 

 

4,703

 

 

 

2,214

 

 

 

3,910

 

Income (loss) before taxes

 

$

4,746

 

 

$

(483,041

)

 

$

(196,321

)

86

84


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

A summary of the significant components of the severance/restructuring and other charges, which are not allocated to our segments and included in Corporate and Other, is as follows:

   2017 
   Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2016
   Severance/
other
expense
  Cash payments  Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2017
 

Severance costs

  $6,417   $889  $(6,965 $341 

Other accruals

   4,604    (176  (3,129  1,299 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $11,021   $713  $(10,094 $1,640 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2016 
   Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2015
   Severance/
other
expense
   Cash payments  Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2016
 

Severance costs

  $1,455   $12,350   $(7,388 $6,417 

Other accruals

   5,251    3,300    (3,947  4,604 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $6,706   $15,650   $(11,335 $11,021 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2015 
   Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2014
   Severance/
other
expense
   Cash payments  Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2015
 

Severance costs

  $1,271   $4,338   $(4,154 $1,455 

Other accruals

   9,050    429    (4,228  5,251 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $10,321   $4,767   $(8,382 $6,706 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

The current portion of the severance and other charges was $6.9 million (inclusive of the 2017 Restructuring Plan) and $8.9 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

8.Income Taxes

Effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

New tax legislation, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”), was enacted on December 22, 2017. Accounting for income taxes requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment even though the effective date for most provisions of the 2017 Tax Act is for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.

Given the significance of the legislation, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which allows registrants to record provisional amounts during a one year “measurement period” similar to that used when accounting for business combinations. However, the measurement period is deemed to have ended earlier when the registrant has obtained, prepared and analyzed the information necessary to finalize its accounting. During the measurement period, impacts of the law are expected to be recorded at the time a reasonable estimate for all or a portion of the effects can be made, and provisional amounts can be recognized and adjusted as information becomes available, prepared or analyzed.

87


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

SAB 118 summarizes a three-step process to be applied at each reporting period to account for and qualitatively disclose: (1) the effects of the change in tax law for which accounting is complete; (2) provisional amounts (or adjustments to provisional amounts) for the effects of the tax law where accounting is not complete, but that a reasonable estimate has been determined; and (3) a reasonable estimate cannot yet be made and therefore taxes are reflected in accordance with law prior to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

The 2017 Tax Act reduces the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, provides for an indefinite carryforward of net operating losses arising from tax years ending after December 31, 2017 limited to a deduction of 80% of taxable income, requires companies to pay aone-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred and creates new taxes on certain foreign earnings. We have not completed our accounting for the effects of the 2017 Tax Act; however, we have made a reasonable estimate of those effects. Accordingly, we have recognized a provisional income tax benefit of $71.9 million, which is included as a component of the income tax provision on our consolidated statement of operations.

Included in this provisional amount is (i) a $31.5 million benefit reflecting the revaluation of our net deferred tax liability resulting from indefinite-lived intangibles based on a U.S. federal tax rate of 21% and (ii) a $40.4 million benefit from a release of valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets. This is as a result of the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act that would extend net operating losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 to an unlimited carryforward period subject to an 80% utilization against future taxable earnings. The Company scheduled out the reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and determined that they would reverse into an indefinite-lived net operating loss. As a result, the Company’s indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities could be used as a source of future taxable income in the Company’s assessment of its realization of the net indefinite-lived deferred tax asset. Our preliminary estimate is subject to the finalization of management’s analysis related to certain matters, such as developing interpretations of the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act and its effect on state income taxes. U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions interpreting the 2017 Tax Act may require further adjustments and changes in our estimates. The final determination of the revaluation of our net deferred tax liability and release of the valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets will be completed as additional information becomes available, but no later than one year from the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act.

The new law also includes aone-time mandatory repatriation transition tax on the net accumulated earnings and profits of a U.S. taxpayer’s foreign subsidiaries. The Company has performed an earnings and profits analysis, and as a result of accumulated losses since inception of the Company, there will be no income tax effect in the current or any future period.

Effects of tax law changes where a reasonable estimate of the accounting effects has not yet been made include the inclusion of commissions and performance based compensation in determining the excessive compensation limitation. Other significant provisions that are not yet effective but may impact income taxes in future years include: an exemption from U.S. tax on dividends of future foreign earnings, limitation on the current deductibility of net interest expense in excess of 30 percent of adjusted taxable income, an incremental tax (base erosion anti-abuse tax, or “BEAT”) on excessive amounts paid to foreign related parties, and a minimum tax on certain foreign earnings in excess of 10% of the foreign subsidiaries tangible assets (i.e., global intangiblelow-taxed income, or “GILTI”).

For the GILTI provisions of the 2017 Tax Act, a provisional estimate could not be made as the Company has not completed its assessment or elected an accounting policy to either recognize deferred taxes for basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI or to record GILTI as period costs if and when incurred.

88


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The substantial 2017 impact of the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act is reflected in the tables below.

The components of loss before taxes by jurisdiction are as follows:

   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2015
 

U.S.

  $(154,065  $(353,038  $(161,513

Foreign

   443    2,988    8,004 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

  $(153,622  $(350,050  $(153,509
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income taxes by jurisdiction are as follows:

 

 

For

 

 

For

 

 

For

 

 

the Year

 

 

the Year

 

 

the Year

 

 

Ended

 

 

Ended

 

 

Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

  For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2015
 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

  $(50,122  $(66,677  $(21,956

 

$

5,052

 

 

$

(12,723

)

 

$

4,245

 

Foreign

   (313   1,185    2,316 

 

 

(2,366

)

 

 

372

 

 

 

(391

)

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

$

2,686

 

 

$

(12,351

)

 

$

3,854

 

  $(50,435)   $(65,492)   $(19,640) 
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Significant components of the expense (benefit) expense for income taxes attributable to lossincome (loss) from continuing operations consist of the following:

 

   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Current

      

Foreign

  $(259  $437   $1,413 

U.S.—Federal

   —      92    (9,917

U.S.—State and other

   (930   2,320    (59,296
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

   (1,189   2,849    (67,800

Deferred

      

Foreign

   (54   748    903 

U.S.—Federal

   (54,666   (63,422   28,937 

U.S.—State and other

   5,474    (5,667   18,320 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

   (49,246   (68,341   48,160 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

  $(50,435  $(65,492  $(19,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

89


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

 

For the

 

 

For the

 

 

For the

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

$

(42

)

 

$

267

 

 

$

(1,048

)

U.S.—Federal

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.—State and other

 

 

329

 

 

 

1,737

 

 

 

367

 

Total current

 

 

291

 

 

 

2,004

 

 

 

(681

)

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

(2,324

)

 

 

105

 

 

 

658

 

U.S.—Federal

 

 

2,330

 

 

 

(5,505

)

 

 

1,908

 

U.S.—State and other

 

 

2,389

 

 

 

(8,955

)

 

 

1,969

 

Total deferred

 

 

2,395

 

 

 

(14,355

)

 

 

4,535

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

2,686

 

 

$

(12,351

)

 

$

3,854

 

 

The reconciliation of the income tax rate computed at the statutory tax rate to the reported income tax expense (benefit) attributable to continuing operations is as follows:

 

 

For the

 

 

For the

 

 

For the

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

  For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2017
 For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2016
 For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2015
 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Statutory rate

   (35.0)%  (35.0)%  (35.0)% 

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

Permanent items

   4.0  0.8  1.8 

 

 

76.1

 

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(3.9

)

Release/(accrual) of uncertain tax positions

   0.2  (0.3 (33.6

Foreign rate differential

   0.3  (0.1 (0.2

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and local taxes

   (18.3 (5.9 (10.9

 

 

(246.2

)

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

(8.8

)

State and local net operating lossre-establishment

   —    (3.3  —   

Increase in valuation allowance

   72.2  25.9  71.6 

Change in valuation allowance due to 2017 Tax Act

   49.0   —     —   

Impact of federal rate change on deferred tax assets and liabilities due to 2017 Tax Act

   (95.9  —     —   

Cancellation of debt income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.4

)

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance

 

 

101.5

 

 

 

(15.4

)

 

 

(8.9

)

Tax credits

   (1.3 (0.8 (6.5

 

 

104.6

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.2

)

Adoption of 2016 Accounting Standard related to accounting changes for certain aspects of share-based payments to employees (1)

   (8.0  —     —   
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

 

(4.0

)

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

   (32.8)%  (18.7)%  (12.8)% 

 

 

56.6

%

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

(2.0

)%

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

85


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The significant components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown in the following table:

 

   2017   2016 

Tax assets related to

    

Net operating loss and other carryforwards

  $229,595   $199,008 

Returns reserve/inventory expense

   40,687    64,736 

Pension benefits

   6,977    12,184 

Postretirement benefits

   6,285    9,988 

Deferred interest (2)

   280,246    428,346 

Deferred revenue

   122,192    182,051 

Stock-based compensation

   3,992    7,808 

Deferred compensation

   5,872    4,557 

Other, net

   8,875    12,127 

Valuation allowance

   (571,653   (759,887
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   133,068   160,918 
   2017   2016 

Tax liabilities related to

    

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

   (62,593   (71,380

Definite-lived intangible assets

   (45,644   (82,225

Depreciation and amortization expense

   (43,426   (75,236

Other, net

   (81   —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (151,744)   (228,841) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $(18,676  $(67,923
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Tax assets related to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss and other carryforwards

 

$

290,695

 

 

$

326,504

 

Returns reserve/inventory expense

 

 

27,475

 

 

 

39,095

 

Pension benefits

 

 

2,655

 

 

 

6,879

 

Postretirement benefits

 

 

4,644

 

 

 

4,480

 

Deferred interest (1)

 

 

209,155

 

 

 

226,227

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

153,899

 

 

 

141,775

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

2,570

 

 

 

2,806

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

5,836

 

 

 

6,525

 

Research and development

 

 

14,475

 

 

 

12,435

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

33,485

 

 

 

33,963

 

Other, net

 

 

4,558

 

 

 

8,263

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(610,252

)

 

 

(662,569

)

 

 

$

139,195

 

 

$

146,383

 

 

90


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Tax liabilities related to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

 

 

(68,169

)

 

 

(53,400

)

Definite-lived intangible assets

 

 

(14,063

)

 

 

(21,578

)

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

(36,000

)

 

 

(45,279

)

Operating lease assets

 

 

(27,219

)

 

 

(30,245

)

Other, net

 

 

(10,140

)

 

 

(9,877

)

 

 

 

(155,591

)

 

 

(160,379

)

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(16,396

)

 

$

(13,996

)

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

(1)

In March 2016, the FASB issued guidance that changes the accounting for certain aspects of shared-based payments to employees. The guidance requires the recognition of the income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, thus eliminating additionalpaid-in capital pools. The guidance became effective January 1, 2017 which resulted in the recognition of $12.3 million of previously unrecorded additionalpaid-in capital net operating losses at that time. The additional net operating losses were offset by an increase in the valuation allowance, accordingly no net income tax benefit was recognized as a result of the adoption.

(2)The deferred interest tax asset represents disallowed interest deductions under IRC Section 163(j) (Limitation on Deduction for interest on Certain Indebtedness) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“IRC”) for the current and prior years. At December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, we had gross deferred interest deductions totaling $1,042.1$812.5 million and $1,079.0$900.2 million, respectively. The disallowed interest is able to be carried forward indefinitely and utilized in future years pursuant to IRC Section 163(j). A full valuation allowance has been provided against deferred tax assets, excluding $3.6$5.0 million of foreign deferred tax assets which are expected to be realized, net of deferred tax liabilities resulting from indefinite-lived intangibles.

The net deferred tax liability balance is stated at prevailing statutory income tax rates. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 

  2017   2016 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Non-current deferred tax assets

  $3,593   $3,458 

 

$

4,997

 

 

$

2,415

 

Non-current deferred tax liabilities

   (22,269   (71,381

 

 

(21,393

)

 

 

(16,411

)

  

 

   

 

 

 

$

(16,396

)

 

$

(13,996

)

  $(18,676)   $(67,923) 
  

 

   

 

 

A reconciliation of the

The gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest and penalties, is as follows:$15.7 million. There has been 0 reductions or additions based on tax positions related to the prior year in 2021, 2020 and 2019.

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $78,634 

Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year

   (62,323

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   16,311 

Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year

   (855

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

   52 
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   15,508 

Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year

    

Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year

   172 
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $15,680 
  

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded $0.2 million of uncertain tax benefits due to its uncertainty around net operating losses that were generated in tax years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized $0.9 million of uncertain tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties) due to the expiration of the statute of limitations. We are currently open for audit under the statute of limitation for Federal, state and foreign jurisdictions for years 20112018 to 2016.2021. However, carryforward attributes from prior years may still be adjusted upon examination by tax authorities if they are used in a future period.

86


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

We report penalties andtax-related interest expense on unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. At December 31,

91


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share 2021 and per share information)

2017 and 2016, we had $0.02 million and $0.02 million, respectively, of2020, accrued interest and penalties in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Interestsheet and interest and penalties included in the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019 were $0.002 million, $0.02 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

On January 1, 2013, as part of the 2012 Chapter 11 Reorganization, we realized approximately $1.3 billion of cancellation of debt income. We excluded cancellation of debt income of $1.3 billion from taxable income since the Company was insolvent (liabilities greater than the fair value of its assets) by this amount at the time of the exchange. Although we did not need to pay current cash taxes from this transaction, we were required to reduce our tax attributes, such as net operating loss carryovers and tax credit carryovers and our tax basis of our assets to offset the $1.3 billion of taxable income that did not have to be recognized due to insolvency. As a result, our net operating losses and credit carryforwards were reduced on January 1, 2013, and a portion of our tax basis in our assets were reduced at that time. The Company completed an analysis of thestate-by-state attribute reduction as of December 31, 2016 and as a resultre-established $11.4 million of state net operating loss carryforwards (net of federal benefit) for states that decouple from IRC Sec. 1502.immaterial.

As of December 31, 2017,2021, we have approximately $602.3$923.0 million of Federal tax loss carryforwards, of which $476.3 million willexpire between 2034 and 2037. The Company has approximately $1,189.6$446.7 million of post-tax reform Federal tax loss carryforwards which have an indefinite life, though are limited in their use by 80% of taxable income. The Company has approximately $1,345.2 million of state tax loss carryforward,carryforwards, which will expire between 20192022 and 2037.2041. In addition, we have foreign tax credit carryforwards of $11.9$2.3 million and research and development credit carryforwards of $4.2 million, which will expire between 20182022 and 2027, and 2032 and 2036, respectively.2036. The Company’s Irish net operating losses of $26.1$141.2 million, which are reduced by a reserve for uncertain tax positions of $123.6 million, are not subject to expiration.The Canadian Federal losses ($2.2of $0.1 million federal and $1.2 million provincial) will expire between 2033 and 2037. The Puerto Rico alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $2.8 million are not subject to expiration.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,IRC, substantial changes in the Company’s ownership may limit the amount of net operating loss and Section 163(j) carryforwards that could be utilized annually in the future to offset taxable income. Specifically, this limitation may arise in the event of a cumulative change in ownership of the Company of more than 50% within a three-year period. Any such annual limitation may significantly reduce the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards before they expire. The Company performed an analysis through December 31, 2016,2020, and determined any potential ownership change under Section 382 during the yearprior to 2021 would not have a material impact on the future utilization of U.S. net operating losses and tax credits. However, future transactions in the Company’s common stock could trigger an ownership change for purposes of Section 382, which could limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and other attributes that could be utilized annually in the future to offset taxable income, if any. Any such limitation, whether as the result of sales of common stock by our existing stockholders or sales of common stock by the Company, could have a material adverse effect on results of operations in future years.

U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of the Company’snon-U.S. subsidiaries have not been provided for as the Company currently plans to indefinitely reinvest these amounts and has the ability to do so. There are no cumulative undistributed and untaxed foreign earnings at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Based on our assessment of historicalpre-tax losses and the fact that we did not anticipate sufficient future taxable income in the near term to assure utilization of certain deferred tax assets, the Company recorded a valuation allowance at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 of $571.7$610.3 million and $759.9$662.6 million, respectively. We have decreased our valuation allowance by $188.2$(52.3) million in 20172021 with $186.7$(53.7) million as a component of benefitdiscontinued operations and $4.8 million increase as a component of continuing operations and $1.5$(3.4) million of benefitdecrease as a component of other comprehensive income.

92


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

9.

11.

Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans

Retirement Plan

We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Retirement Plan”), which covers certain employees. The Retirement Plan is a cash balance plan, which accrues benefits based on pay, length of service, and interest. The funding policy is to contribute amounts subject to minimum funding standards set forth by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code. The Retirement Plan’s assets consist principally of common stocks, fixed income securities, investments in registered investment companies, and cash and cash equivalents. We also have a nonqualified defined benefit plan, or nonqualified plan, that previously covered employees who earned over the qualified pay limit as determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The nonqualified plan accrues benefits for the participants based on the cash balance plan calculation. The nonqualified plan is not funded. We use a December 31 date to measure the pension and postretirement liabilities. In 2007, both the qualified and nonqualified pension plans eliminated participation in the plans for new employees hired after October 31, 2007.

87


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

We recognize the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the balance sheet and are required to recognize actuarial gains and losses and prior service costs and credits in other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently amortize those items in the statement of operations.

The following table summarizes the Accumulated Benefit Obligations (“ABO”), the change in Projected Benefit Obligation (“PBO”), and the funded status of our plans as of and for the financial statement period ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016:2020:

 

  2017   2016 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

ABO at end of period

  $176,444   $177,300 

 

$

160,178

 

 

$

179,408

 

Change in PBO

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PBO at beginning of period

  $177,300   $174,110 

 

$

179,408

 

 

$

169,364

 

Interest cost on PBO

   5,528    5,224 

 

 

2,999

 

 

 

4,388

 

Actuarial loss

   6,206    7,521 

Plan settlements

 

 

(6,636

)

 

 

(4,990

)

Actuarial loss (gain)

 

 

(7,860

)

 

 

18,447

 

Benefits paid

   (12,590   (9,555

 

 

(7,733

)

 

 

(7,801

)

  

 

   

 

 

PBO at end of period

  $176,444   $177,300 

 

$

160,178

 

 

$

179,408

 

  

 

   

 

 

Change in plan assets

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair market value at beginning of period

  $148,344   $150,384 

 

$

153,754

 

 

$

145,716

 

Actual return

   16,477    7,408 

 

 

10,948

 

 

 

16,060

 

Company contribution

   80    107 

 

 

1,176

 

 

 

4,769

 

Plan settlements

 

 

(6,636

)

 

 

(4,990

)

Benefits paid

   (12,590   (9,555

 

 

(7,733

)

 

 

(7,801

)

  

 

   

 

 

Fair market value at end of period

  $152,311   $148,344 

 

$

151,509

 

 

$

153,754

 

  

 

   

 

 

Unfunded status

  $(24,133  $(28,956

 

$

(8,669

)

 

$

(25,654

)

  

 

   

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 consist of:

 

   2017   2016 

Noncurrent liabilities

  $(24,133  $(28,956

93


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Current liabilities

 

$

(185

)

 

$

(1,593

)

Noncurrent liabilities

 

 

(8,484

)

 

 

(24,061

)

Net amount recognized

 

$

(8,669

)

 

$

(25,654

)

 

Additionalyear-end information for pension plans with ABO in excess of plan assets at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 consist of:

 

  2017   2016 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

PBO

  $176,444   $177,300 

 

$

160,178

 

 

$

179,408

 

ABO

   176,444    177,300 

 

 

160,178

 

 

 

179,408

 

Fair value of plan assets

   152,311    148,344 

 

 

151,509

 

 

 

153,754

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations (both PBO and ABO) at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 are:

 

  2017 2016 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Discount rate

   3.6 4.0

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

2.2

%

Increase in future compensation

   N/A  N/A 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

88


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Net periodic pension (income) cost includes the following components:

 

 

For the

 

 

For the

 

 

For the

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

  For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2015
 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

  $5,528   $5,224   $6,719 

 

$

2,999

 

 

$

4,388

 

 

$

6,045

 

Expected return on plan assets

   (9,263   (9,150   (9,756

 

 

(7,476

)

 

 

(7,419

)

 

 

(7,659

)

Amortization of net loss

   804    50    330 

 

 

2,734

 

 

 

2,325

 

 

 

1,028

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net pension expense recognized for the period

  $(2,931  $(3,876  $(2,707
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Settlement loss recognized

 

 

1,326

 

 

 

1,100

 

 

 

 

Net pension (income) expense recognized for the period

 

$

(417

)

 

$

394

 

 

$

(586

)

Significant actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost at December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019 are:

 

  2017 2016 2015 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Discount rate

   4.0 4.3 3.8

 

 

2.2

%

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

4.2

%

Increase in future compensation

   N/A  N/A  N/A 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

   6.3 6.3 6.3

 

 

5.5

%

 

 

5.5

%

 

 

5.5

%

Assumptions on Expected Long-Term Rate of Return as Investment Strategies

We employ a building block approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term relationships between equities and fixed income are preserved congruent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long-term portfolio return is established via a building block approach and proper consideration of diversification and rebalancing. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed for reasonability and appropriateness. We regularly review the actual asset allocation and periodically rebalances investments to a targeted allocation when appropriate. The current targeted asset allocation is 34% with equity managers, 56% with fixed income managers, 6%5% with real-estate investment trust managers and 4%5% with hedge fund managers. For 2018,2022, we will use a 5.5%5.50% long-term rate of return for the Retirement Plan. We will continue to evaluate the expected rate of return assumption, at least annually, and will adjust as necessary.

94


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Plan Assets

Plan assets for the U.S. tax qualified plans consist of a diversified portfolio of fixed income securities, equity securities, real estate, and cash equivalents. Plan assets do not include any of our securities. The U.S. pension plan assets are invested in a variety of funds within a Collective Trust (“Trust”). The Trust is a group trust designed to permit qualified trusts to comingle their assets for investment purposes on a tax-exempt basis.

Investment Policy and Investment Targets

The tax qualified plans consist of the U.S. pension plan and the U.K. pension scheme (prior to May 28, 2014).plan. We fund amounts for our qualified pension plans at least sufficient to meet minimum requirements of local benefit and tax laws. The investment objectives of our pension plan asset investments isare to provide long-term total growth and return, which includes capital appreciation and current income. The nonqualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan is generally not funded. Assets were invested among several asset classes.

89


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The percentage of assets invested in each asset class at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 is shown below.

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Percentage

 

 

Percentage

 

 

in Each

 

 

in Each

 

Asset Class  2017
Percentage
in Each
Asset Class
 2016
Percentage
in Each
Asset Class
 

 

Asset Class

 

 

Asset Class

 

Equity

   32.9 32.9

 

 

33.2

%

 

 

33.5

%

Fixed income

   55.3  53.6 

 

 

54.1

 

 

 

52.7

 

Real estate investment trust

   6.5  6.4 

 

 

6.4

 

 

 

7.0

 

Other

   5.3  7.1 

 

 

6.3

 

 

 

6.8

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

   100.0 100.0
  

 

  

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of our pension plan assets by asset category at December 31 were as follows:

 

   December 31,
2017
   Not subject
to leveling(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $835   $835 

Equity securities

    

U.S. equity

   29,749    29,749 

Non-US equity

   14,306    14,306 

Emerging markets equity

   6,004    6,004 

Fixed income

    

Government bonds

   24,203    24,203 

Corporate bonds

   42,909    42,909 

Mortgage-backed securities

   8,621    8,621 

Asset-backed securities

   1,782    1,782 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   2,070    2,070 

International fixed income

   4,738    4,738 

Alternatives

    

Real estate

   9,848    9,848 

Hedge funds

   7,246    7,246 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $152,311   $152,311 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Not subject

 

 

 

2021

 

 

to leveling (1)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

285

 

 

$

285

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. equity

 

 

28,347

 

 

 

28,347

 

Non-US equity

 

 

14,494

 

 

 

14,494

 

Emerging markets equity

 

 

7,499

 

 

 

7,499

 

Fixed income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government bonds

 

 

30,771

 

 

 

30,771

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

46,172

 

 

 

46,172

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

642

 

 

 

642

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

1,066

 

 

 

1,066

 

International fixed income

 

 

3,352

 

 

 

3,352

 

Alternatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

9,676

 

 

 

9,676

 

Hedge funds

 

 

8,882

 

 

 

8,882

 

Other

 

 

323

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

$

151,509

 

 

$

151,509

 

 

95


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

   December 31,
2016
   Not subject
to leveling(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $862   $862 

Equity securities

    

U.S. equity

   30,727    30,727 

Non-U.S. equity

   12,797    12,797 

Emerging markets equity

   5,311    5,311 

Fixed income

    

Government bonds

   19,511    19,511 

Corporate bonds

   43,156    43,156 

Mortgage-backed securities

   7,987    7,987 

Asset-backed securities

   2,101    2,101 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   1,931    1,931 

International fixed income

   4,881    4,881 

Alternatives

    

Real estate

   9,472    9,472 

Hedge funds

   8,518    8,518 

Other

   1,090    1,090 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $148,344   $148,344 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

(1)

Investments that are valued using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy.

90


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Not subject

 

 

 

2020

 

 

to leveling (1)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,914

 

 

$

1,914

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. equity

 

 

27,765

 

 

 

27,765

 

Non-US equity

 

 

15,544

 

 

 

15,544

 

Emerging markets equity

 

 

8,259

 

 

 

8,259

 

Fixed income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government bonds

 

 

28,855

 

 

 

28,855

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

46,228

 

 

 

46,228

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

810

 

 

 

810

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

604

 

 

 

604

 

International fixed income

 

 

4,485

 

 

 

4,485

 

Alternatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

10,689

 

 

 

10,689

 

Hedge funds

 

 

8,228

 

 

 

8,228

 

Other

 

 

364

 

 

 

364

 

 

 

$

153,754

 

 

$

153,754

 

We recognize that risk and volatility are present to some degree with all types of investments. However, high levels of risk are minimized through diversification by asset class, and by style of each fund.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments are expected to be paid.

 

Fiscal Year Ended  Pension 
2018  $14,473 
2019   12,774 
2020   12,660 
2021   14,912 
2022   13,171 
2023—2027   63,716 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Pension

 

2022

 

$

11,574

 

2023

 

 

11,635

 

2024

 

 

11,670

 

2025

 

 

11,883

 

2026

 

 

11,953

 

2027–2031

 

 

56,698

 

Expected Contributions

We do not expect to contribute $3.0 million in 2018, however, the actual funding decision will be made after the 2017 valuation is completed.2022.

Postretirement Benefit Plan

We also provide postretirement medical benefits to retired full-time, nonunion employees hired before April 1, 1992, who have provided a minimum of five years of service and attained age 55.

91

96


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The following table summarizes the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation (“APBO”), the changes in plan assets, and the funded status of our plan as of and for the financial statement periods ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016.2020.

 

  2017   2016 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Change in APBO

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APBO at beginning of period

  $24,012   $25,567 

 

$

18,121

 

 

$

16,684

 

Service cost (benefits earned during the period)

   134    163 

 

 

75

 

 

 

67

 

Interest cost on APBO

   771    876 

 

 

271

 

 

 

426

 

Employee contributions

   89    253 

 

 

114

 

 

 

184

 

Plan amendments

   —      594 

Actuarial (gain)

   (1,248   (1,131

Actuarial loss (gain)

 

 

762

 

 

 

2,857

 

Benefits paid

   (1,855   (2,310

 

 

(1,785

)

 

 

(2,097

)

  

 

   

 

 

APBO at end of period

  $21,903   $24,012 

 

$

17,558

 

 

$

18,121

 

  

 

   

 

 

Change in plan assets

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair market value at beginning of period

  $—     $—   

 

$

 

 

$

 

Company contributions

   1,766    2,057 

 

 

1,713

 

 

 

1,913

 

Employee contributions

   89    253 

 

 

114

 

 

 

184

 

Benefits paid

   (1,855   (2,310

 

 

(1,827

)

 

 

(2,097

)

  

 

   

 

 

Fair market value at end of period

  $—     $—   

 

$

 

 

$

 

  

 

   

 

 

Unfunded status

  $(21,903  $(24,012

 

$

(17,558

)

 

$

(18,121

)

  

 

   

 

 

Amounts for postretirement benefits accrued in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 consist of:

 

  2017   2016 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Current liabilities

  $(1,618  $(1,928

 

$

(1,618

)

 

$

(1,555

)

Noncurrent liabilities

   (20,285   (22,084

 

 

(15,940

)

 

 

(16,566

)

  

 

   

 

 

Net amount recognized

  $(21,903  $(24,012

 

$

(17,558

)

 

$

(18,121

)

  

 

   

 

 

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 consist of:

 

   2017   2016 

Net (loss)

  $(1,328  $(2,588

Prior service cost

   222    1,561 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  $(1,106  $(1,027
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net (loss) gain

 

$

(1,813

)

 

$

(1,050

)

Prior service cost

 

 

(341

)

 

 

(384

)

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

$

(2,154

)

 

$

(1,434

)

Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine APBO atyear-end December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 are:

 

   2017  2016 

Discount rate

   3.6  4.1

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

   6.3  6.6

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline
(ultimate trend rate)

   4.5  4.5

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2038   2038 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Discount rate

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

2.2

%

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

 

 

5.3

%

 

 

5.5

%

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to

   decline (ultimate trend rate)

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

4.5

%

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

 

 

2038

 

 

2038

 

 

9792


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost included the following components:

 

  2017   2016   2015 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Service cost

  $134   $163   $205 

 

$

76

 

 

$

67

 

 

$

58

 

Interest cost on APBO

   771    876    1,081 

 

 

270

 

 

 

426

 

 

 

582

 

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost

   (1,339   (1,339   (1,381

 

 

42

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

42

 

Amortization of net loss

   13    86    220 
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit (income) expense

  $(421  $(214  $125 
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Amortization of net (gain) loss

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(164

)

Net periodic postretirement benefit expense

 

$

388

 

 

$

528

 

 

$

518

 

Significant actuarial assumptions used to determine postretirement benefit cost at December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019 are:

 

  2017 2016 2015 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Discount rate

   4.1 4.4 3.9

 

 

2.2

%

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

4.2

%

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

   6.6 6.9 6.9

 

 

5.5

%

 

 

5.8

%

 

 

6.1

%

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline
(ultimate trend rate)

   4.5 4.5 4.5

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

4.5

%

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2038  2038  2027 

 

 

2038

 

 

2038

 

 

2038

 

Assumed health care trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. Aone-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects on the expense recorded in 20172021 and 20162020 for the postretirement medical plan:

 

  2017   2016 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

One-percentage-point increase

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

  $7   $8 

 

$

2

 

 

$

2

 

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

   117    182 

 

 

98

 

 

 

87

 

One-percentage-point decrease

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

   (6   (7

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

   (104   (160

 

 

(86

)

 

 

(77

)

The following table presents the change in other comprehensive incomeloss for the year ended December 31, 20172021 related to our pension and postretirement obligations.

 

   Pension
Plans
   Postretirement
Benefit

Plan
   Total 

Sources of change in accumulated other comprehensive loss

      

Net gain arising during the period

  $(1,008  $(1,248  $(2,256

Amortization of prior service credit

   —      1,339    1,339 

Amortization of net (gain) loss

   (804   (13   (817
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive income recognized during the period

  $(1,812  $78   $(1,734
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

98


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

 

Pension

 

 

Postretirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plans

 

 

Benefit Plan

 

 

Total

 

Sources of change in accumulated other

   comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) arising during the period

 

$

12,628

 

 

$

(762

)

 

$

11,866

 

Amortization of net gain

 

 

2,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,734

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive

   income (loss) recognized during the period

 

$

15,362

 

 

$

(762

)

 

$

14,600

 

 

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) over the next fiscal year.

 

 

Pension

 

 

Postretirement

 

  

Total

Pension

Plans

   

Total

Postretirement

Plan

 

 

Plans

 

 

Benefit Plan

 

Prior service credit (cost)

  $—     $690 

 

$

 

 

$

(42

)

Net gain (loss)

   (1,420   —   

 

 

(2,064

)

 

 

(4

)

  

 

   

 

 

 

$

(2,064

)

 

$

(46

)

  $(1,420  $690 
  

 

   

 

 

93


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost for pension plans and postretirement plan and recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 consist of:

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

  2017   2016 

Net loss

  $(33,456  $(35,190
  

 

   

 

 

Net actuarial loss

 

$

(29,619

)

 

$

(44,219

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $(33,456  $(35,190

 

$

(29,619

)

 

$

(44,219

)

  

 

   

 

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid:

 

Fiscal Year Ended  

Postretirement

Plan

 

2018

  $1,617 

2019

   1,605 

2020

   1,573 

2021

   1,546 

2022

   1,517 

2023-2027

   7,094 

 

 

Postretirement

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Benefit Plan

 

2022

 

$

1,618

 

2023

 

 

1,568

 

2024

 

 

1,507

 

2025

 

 

1,417

 

2026

 

 

1,340

 

2027-2031

 

 

5,623

 

Expected Contribution

We expect to contribute approximately $1.6 million in 2018.2022.

Defined Contribution Retirement Plan

We maintain a defined contribution retirement plan, the Houghton Mifflin 401(k) Savings Plan, which conforms to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code,IRC and covers substantially all of our eligible employees. Participants may elect to contribute up to 50.0% of their compensation subject to an annual limit. We provide a matching contribution in amounts up to 3.0% of employee contributions. The 401(k) contribution expense amounted to $8.0$5.5 million, $7.7$6.8 million and $6.9$7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015,2019, respectively. We did not0t make any additional discretionary contributions in 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015.2019.

10.

12.

Stock-Based Compensation

Total compensation expense related to grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and purchases under the employee stock purchase plan recorded in the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019 was approximately $10.8$12.2 million, $10.6$11.2 million and $12.5$13.2 million, respectively, and is included in selling and administrative expense.

94

99


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Our Board of Directors adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“Plan”) in February 2015, which became effective on May 19, 2015 following stockholder approval. The Plan providesinitially provided to grant up to an aggregate of 4,000,000 million shares of our common stock plus 2,615,476 million shares of our common stock that were reserved for issuance under the 2012 Management Incentive Plan (“2012 MIP”) as of May 19, 2015 but were not issuable pursuant to any outstanding awards. There were 10,604,071 million additional shares underlying outstanding awards under the 2012 MIP as of May 19, 2015 that could have otherwise become available again for grants under the 2012 MIP in the future (by potential forfeiture, withholding or otherwise) which will instead become reserved for issuance under the Plan in the event such shares become available for future grants. On December 13, 2019, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Plan to allow employees to have the share withholding increased from the minimum statutory rate to a higher rate, not to exceed the maximum statutory rate. On May 19, 2020, our shareholders approved an amended and restated Plan which increased the authorization of the number of shares available for grant under the Plan by 3,630,000 shares of our common stock.  

Our Compensation Committee may grant awards of nonqualified stock options, incentive (qualified) stock options or cash, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance compensation awards, other stock-based awards or any combination of the foregoing. Certain employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who have been selected by the Compensation Committee and who enter into an award agreement with respect to an award granted to them under the Plan are eligible for awards under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The stock option awards will be granted at a strike price equal to or greater than the fair value per share of common stock as of the date of grant. The stock related to award forfeitures and stock withheld to cover tax withholding requirements upon vesting of restricted stock units remains outstanding and may be reallocated to new recipients. The purpose of the Plan is to help us attract and retain key personnel by providing them the opportunity to acquire an equity interest in our Company.

As of May 19, 2015,December 31, 2021, there were 6,615,476 shares authorized and available for issuance under the Plan plus any amount that could have otherwise become available again for grants under the 2012 MIP in the future by forfeiture, withholding or otherwise. As of December 31, 2017, there were 7,166,6445,715,174 shares authorized and available for future issuance under the Plan. The vesting terms for equity awards generally range from 1 to 4 years over equal annual installments and generally expire seven years after the date of grant.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes option activity for certain employees in our stock options:

 

   

Number of

Shares

   

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   5,499,837   $14.13 

Granted

   1,289,375    11.17 

Exercised

   (39,200   13.06 

Forfeited

   (2,978,664   13.73 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   3,771,348   $13.45 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2017

   3,387,771   $13.56 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2017

   2,048,934   $13.72 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

1,897,212

 

 

$

12.95

 

Forfeited

 

 

(60,000

)

 

 

21.36

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

1,837,212

 

 

$

12.68

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2021

 

 

1,837,212

 

 

$

12.68

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2021

 

 

1,802,871

 

 

$

12.82

 

As of December 31, 2017,2021, the range of exercise prices is $9.60$5.25 to $22.80$18.57 with a weighted average remaining contractual life of 4.02.4 years for options outstanding. The weighted average remaining contractual life for options vested and expected to vest and exercisable was 3.82.4 years and 2.22.3 years, respectively. The intrinsic

100


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

value of a stock option is the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option as of the balance sheet date. The intrinsic value of options outstanding, options vested and expected to vest, and options exercisable was zero$7.4 million, $7.4 million and $7.1 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

We estimate the fair2021, respectively. The intrinsic value of stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stockoutstanding, options include the exercise price of the award, the expected volatility of our stock over the option’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the option’s expected term,vested and our expected annual dividend yield.

The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions:

   For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2017
   For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2016
   For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Expected term (years) (a)

   4.75    4.75    4.75 

Expected dividend yield

   0.00%    0.00%    0.00% 

Expected volatility (b)

   25.22%-25.50%    23.86%-24.26%    20.52%-23.50% 

Risk-free interest rate (c)

   1.94%-1.99%    1.20%-1.31%    1.53%-1.72% 

(a)The expected term is the number of years that we estimate that options will be outstanding prior to exercise. We have used the simplified method for estimating the expected term as we do not have sufficient stock option exercise experience to support a reasonable estimate of the expected term. The simplified method represents the best estimate of the expected term.
(b)We have estimated volatility for options granted based on the historical volatility for a group of companies (including our own) believed to be a representative peer group, and were selected based on industry and market capitalization.
(c)The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield for a period commensurate with the expected life of the option.

We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and periodically revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded only for those awards expected to vest, using estimated forfeiture rates based on historical forfeiture data.and options exercisable was 0 at December 31, 2020.

As of December 31, 2017,2021, there remained approximately $3.6 million of0 unearned compensation expense related to unvested stock options to be recognized over a weighted average term of 3.3 years.

The weighted average grant date fair value was $2.85, $4.25 and $4.82 for options granted in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

options.

 

101

95


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Restricted Stock and

Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity for grants to certain employees and independent members of the board of directors in our restricted stock and restricted stock units:

 

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

  Restricted Stock   Restricted Stock Units 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

  

Numbers of

Units

   

Weighted

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

   

Numbers of

Units

   

Weighted

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   322,559   $20.10    857,787   $18.26 

 

Numbers of

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

Units

 

 

Fair Value

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

5,689,809

 

 

$

5.34

 

Granted

   —      —      1,649,236    11.65 

 

 

2,177,453

 

 

 

6.74

 

Vested

   (21,890   20.10    (314,555   16.08 

 

 

(1,569,773

)

 

 

5.49

 

Forfeited

   (27,014   20.10    (364,552   13.56 

 

 

(836,337

)

 

 

6.12

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   273,655   $20.10    1,827,916   $13.37 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

5,461,152

 

 

$

5.73

 

During 20172021 and 2016,2020, we granted market-based restricted stock units to certain members of our senior management team. The number of shares ultimately issued to the recipient is based on the total shareholder return (TSR)(“TSR”) of our common stock as compared to the TSR of the common stock of a peer group comprised of each member of the Russell 2000 Small Cap Market Index over a three-year performance measurement period. In addition, award recipients must remain employed by us throughout the three-year performance measurement period to attain the full amount of the market-based units that satisfy the market performance criteria. We determined the fair value of the 20172021 and 20162020 market-based restricted stock units to be approximately $2.7 million and $3.0$2.9 million, respectively. We determined the fair value based on a Monte CarloMonte-Carlo simulation as of the date of grant, utilizing the following assumptions: the stock price on the date of grant of $11.05$6.03 for 2021 and $12.95$4.21 for 2017, and $19.57 for 2016,2020, a three-year performance measurement period, and a risk-free rate of 1.45%0.24% and 0.96%0.40% for 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively. We recognize the expense on these awards on a straight-line basis over the three-year performance measurement period.

As of December 31, 2017,2021, there remained approximately $12.2$13.8 million of unearned compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock units to be recognized over a weighted average term of 1.91.4 years. There was approximately no unearned compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock. The restricted stock and restricted stock units include a combination of time-based and performance-based vesting.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our Board of Directors adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) in February 2015, which became effective on May 19, 2015 following stockholder approval. The ESPP provides for up to an aggregatesale of 1.3 million shares of our common stock may be made available for sale under the plan to eligible employees. At the beginning of eachsix-month offering period under the ESPP each participant is deemed to have been granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock equal to the amount of their payroll deductions during the period, but in any event not more than five percent of the employee’s eligible compensation, subject to certain limitations. Such options may be exercised only to the extent of accumulated payroll deductions at the end of the offering period, at a purchase price per share equal to 85% of the fair market value of our common stock at the beginning or end of each offering period, whichever is less. On May 14, 2021, our shareholders approved an amended and restated ESPP which increased the authorization of the number of shares available for sale under the ESPP by 2,400,000 shares of our common stock. As of December 31, 2017,2021, there were approximately 1.0 million2,363,041 shares available for future issuance under the ESPP.

102


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Information related to shares issued or to be issued in connection with the ESPP based on employee contributions and the range of purchase prices is as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

  December 31,
2017
   December 31,
2016
 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Shares issued or to be issued

   165,145    178,112 

 

37,094

 

 

516,563

 

Range of purchase prices

  $7.91—$9.22     $9.22—$13.29   

 

$9.24

 

$1.54 -$1.56

 

96


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

We record stock-based compensation expense related to the discount provided to participants. Also, we use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the grant-date fair value of shares issued under the employee stock purchase plan. We recognize expense related to shares purchased through the employee stock purchase plan ratably over the offering period. We recognized $0.5$0.1 million and $0.4 millionin expense associated with our ESPP for each of the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively.

Warrants

Following our emergence from Chapter 11 on June 22, 2012 and in accordance with the plan of reorganization, after giving effect of the2-for-1 stock split, there were 7,368,422 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of warrants under the 2012 MIP. Each existing common stockholder prior to bankruptcy received its pro rata share of warrants to purchase 5% of the common stock of the Company, subject to dilution for equity awards issued in connection with the 2012 MIP. The warrants have a term of seven years. As of December 31, 2017, there were warrants outstanding for the purchase of 7,297,909 shares of common stock at a strike price of $21.14.

 

11.Fair Value Measurements

13. Fair Value Measurements

The accounting standard for fair value measurements, among other things, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. The accounting standard establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1

Observable input such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2

Observable inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3

Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on one or more of three valuation techniques identified in the tables below. Where more than one technique is noted, individual assets or liabilities were valued using one or more of the noted techniques. The valuation techniques are as follows:

 

(a)

Market approach: Prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities;

 

(b)

Cost approach: Amount that would be currently required to replace the service capacity of an asset (current replacement cost); and

 

(c)

Income approach: Valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based on market expectations (including present value techniques).

103


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

On a recurring basis, we measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, including our money market funds short-term investments which consist of U.S. treasury securities and U.S. agency securities, foreign exchange forward contracts, and interest rate derivatives contracts. The accounting standard for fair value measurements defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. In determining fair value, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as consider counterparty and its credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

97


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following tables present our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 20172021 and 2016:2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in Active

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets for

 

 

Observable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

 

Inputs

 

 

Valuation

  2017   

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

   

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Valuation

Technique

 

 

2021

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

Technique

Financial assets

        

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

  $115,464   $115,464   $—      (a) 

 

$

441,131

 

 

$

441,131

 

 

$

 

 

(a)

U.S. treasury securities

   16,065    16,065    —      (a) 

U.S. agency securities

   70,384    —      70,384    (a) 

 

$

441,131

 

 

$

441,131

 

 

$

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange derivatives

   351    —      351   

 

$

485

 

 

$

 

 

$

485

 

 

(a)

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

$

485

 

 

$

 

 

$

485

 

 

 

  $202,264   $131,529   $70,735   
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

Financial liabilities

        

Interest rate derivatives

  $1,159   $—     $1,159    (a) 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   
  $1,159   $—     $1,159   
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   2016   

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

   

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Valuation

Technique

 

Financial assets

        

Money market funds

  $184,968   $184,968   $—      (a) 

U.S. treasury securities

   14,457    14,457    —      (a) 

U.S. agency securities

   66,384    —      66,384    (a) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
  $265,809   $199,425   $66,384   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Financial liabilities

        

Foreign exchange derivatives

  $816   $—     $816    (a) 

Interest rate derivatives

   6,108    —      6,108    (a) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
  $6,924   $—     $6,924   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in Active

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets for

 

 

Observable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

 

Inputs

 

 

Valuation

 

 

2020

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

Technique

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

262,135

 

 

$

262,135

 

 

$

 

 

(a)

Foreign exchange derivatives

 

 

466

 

 

 

 

 

 

466

 

 

(a)

 

 

$

262,601

 

 

$

262,135

 

 

$

466

 

 

 

Our money market funds and U.S. treasury securities are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments. Our U.S. agency securities are classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using other than

104


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

quoted prices in active markets. In addition to $115.5$441.1 million and $185.0$262.1 million invested in money market funds as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively, we had $33.5$22.0 million and $41.1$19.1 million of cash invested in bank accounts as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively.

Our foreign exchange derivatives consist of forward contracts and are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on observable inputs and are available for substantially the full term of our derivative instruments. We use foreign exchange forward contracts to fix the functional currency value of forecasted commitments, payments and receipts. The aggregate notional amount of the outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts was $15.8$12.6 million and $16.2$14.9 million at December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively. Our foreign exchange forward contracts contain netting provisions to mitigate credit risk in the event of counterparty default, including payment default and cross default. At December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, the fair value of our counterparty default exposure was less than $1.0 million and spread across several highly rated counterparties.

Our interest rate derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on observable inputs and are available for substantially the full term of our derivative instruments. Our interest rate risk relates primarily to U.S. dollar borrowings, partially offset by U.S. dollar cash investments. We have historically used interest rate derivative instruments to manage our earnings and cash flow exposure to changes in interest rates by converting floating-rate debt into fixed-rate debt. The aggregate notional amount of the outstanding interest rate derivative instruments was $400.0 million as of December 31, 2017. We designate these derivative instruments either as fair value or cash flow hedges under the accounting guidance related to derivatives and hedging. We record changes in the value of fair value hedges in interest expense, which is generally offset by changes in the fair value of the hedged debt obligation. Interest payments made or received related to our interest rate derivative instruments are included in interest expense. We record the effective portion of any change in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges as unrealized gains or losses in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, until the hedged cash flow occurs, at which point the effective portion of any gain or loss is reclassified to earnings. In the event the hedged cash flow does not occur, or it becomes no longer probable that it will occur, we reclassify the amount of any gain or loss on the related cash flow hedge to interest expense at that time.

We believe we do not have significant concentrations of credit risk arising from our interest rate derivative instruments, whether from an individual counterparty or a related group of counterparties. We manage the concentration of counterparty credit risk on our interest rate derivatives instruments by limiting acceptable counterparties to a diversified group of major financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings, limiting the amount of credit exposure to each counterparty, and actively monitoring their credit ratings and outstanding fair values on an ongoing basis. Furthermore, none of our derivative transactions contain provisions that are dependent on our credit ratings from any credit rating agency.

We also employ master netting arrangements that reduce our counterparty payment settlement risk on any given maturity date to the net amount of any receipts or payments due between us and the counterparty financial institution. Thus, the maximum loss due to counterparty credit risk is limited to the unrealized gains in such contracts net of any unrealized losses should any of these counterparties fail to perform as contracted. Although these protections do not eliminate concentrations of credit risk, as a result of the above considerations, we do not consider the risk of counterparty default to be significant.

Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities

Ournon-financial assets, which include goodwill, other intangible assets, property, plant, and equipment, pre-publication costs andpre-publication costs, operating lease assets, are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. However, if

105


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

certain trigger events occur, or if an annual impairment test is required, we evaluate thenon-financial assets for impairment. If an impairment did occur, the asset is required to be recorded at the estimated fair value. An impairment analysis was performed for the preparation of the 2020 first quarter report, as there was a triggering event for the three months ended March 31, 2020 related to the decline in our stock price attributed to the market environment, which resulted in a goodwill impairment. There were no0 non-financial liabilities that were required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 20172021, 2020 and 2016.2019.

98


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The following table presents our nonfinancialnon-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 2017 and 2016:2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inputs

 

 

Total

 

 

Valuation

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

(Level 3)

 

 

Impairment

 

 

Technique

Non-financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

437,977

 

 

$

437,977

 

 

$

279,000

 

 

(c)

 

 

$

437,977

 

 

$

437,977

 

 

$

279,000

 

 

 

 

   2017   

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

   Total
Impairment
   Valuation
Technique
 

Nonfinancial assets

        

Property, plant and equipment

  $—     $—     $9,119    (c

Pre-publication costs

   —      —      3,980    (c
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
  $—     $—     $13,099   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

   2016   

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

   Total
Impairment
   Valuation
Technique
 

Nonfinancial assets

        

Other intangible assets

  $65,400   $65,400   $139,205    (a)(c) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The carrying amounts of software development costs, included within property, plant, and equipment, are periodically compared to net realizable value and impairment charges are recorded, as appropriate, when amounts expected to be realized are lower. During the year ended December 31, 2017 in connection with our 2017 Restructuring Plan, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $9.1 million related to a certain long-lived asset included within property, plant, and equipment as the carrying amount of the asset is no longer recoverable based on projected cash flows, which was classified as Level 3 due to significant unobservable inputs. There was no impairment of property, plant, and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Pre-publication costs recorded on the balance sheet are periodically reviewed for impairment by comparing the unamortized capitalized costs of the assets to the fair value of those assets. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded an impairment charge of $4.0 million as the products will no longer be sold in the marketplace. There was no impairment ofpre-publication costs for the year ended December 31, 2016.

In evaluating goodwill for impairment, we first compare our reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. We estimate the fair values of our reporting unitsunit by considering our market multiplecapitalization and recent transaction values of peer companies, where available, and projected discounted cash flows, if reasonably estimable.other judgements. Impairment recorded for goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $279.0 million. There was no0 impairment recorded for goodwill for the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016.2019.

We perform an impairment test for our other intangible assets by comparing the assets fair value to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated based on recent market transactions, where available, and projected discounted cash flows, if reasonably estimable. There was no0 impairment of other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

We test our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable or that it may exceed its fair value. During the year ended December 31, 2017. There2021, we recorded an impairment of our operating lease assets in the amount of $11.7 million for real estate consolidation costs primarily relating to vacated office space formerly utilized by employees of the HMH Books & Media business. The fair value of the operating lease assets was determined based on the income approach, with level 3 inputs utilizing certain market participant assumptions. These inputs included forecasted cash inflows from estimated subleases and a $139.2discount rate. The remaining carrying value was $2.0 million. In connection with the real estate consolidation costs, we also recorded an impairment of property, plant, and equipment, of $1.6 million impairment recordedduring the year ended December 31, 2021 using the income approach with level 3 inputs. This was primarily related to leasehold improvements on the vacated office space, and has a remaining carrying value of $0.3 million.

Non-Marketable Investments

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the carrying value of our non-marketable investments, which were comprised of equity interests in educational technology private companies, was $6.3 million and $4.4 million, respectively. The amounts are included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheets. Our non-marketable investments are accounted for using the cost method and are adjusted for observable transactions as appropriate. Gains from non-marketable investments were $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 for intangible assets due to the carrying value2021, of four specific tradenames within the Education business segment exceeding the implied fair value, primarily due to the Company making the strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily the Holt McDougalwhich $1.4 million was included in gain on investments and

$0.5 million was included as a reduction of cost of sales in our consolidated statements of operations.

99

106


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

various supplemental brands, and to market our products under the corporate Houghton Mifflin Harcourt and HMH names. In connection with the tradename impairment test, we performed a discounted cash flow analysis using a relief from royalty method on a specific tradename basis. We used a weighted average royalty rate of 4.1%, weighted average discount rate of 9.1% and maximum long-term growth rates of 2.0%. The $65.4 million presented in the table above represents the net book value of the other intangible assets that were subject to impairment immediately after the $139.2 million impairment was recorded. The fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets are estimates, which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties, and actual results could vary significantly from these estimates.

Fair Value of Debt

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair market values of our debt at December 31, 20172021 and 2016.2020. The fair value of debt is deemed to be the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

   December 31, 2017   December 31, 2016 
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
 

Debt

        

Term Loan

  $768,194   $710,579   $772,738   $732,169 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Estimated

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Amount

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$380,000 Term loan

 

$

20,996

 

 

$

20,970

 

 

$

346,091

 

 

$

331,382

 

$306,000 Senior secured notes

 

$

296,583

 

 

$

309,929

 

 

$

297,601

 

 

$

304,297

 

The fair market values of our debt were estimated based on quoted market prices on a private exchange for those instruments that are traded and are classified as levelLevel 2 within the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 20172021 and 2016.2020. The fair market values require varying degrees of management judgment. The factors used to estimate these values may not be valid on any subsequent date. Accordingly, the fair market values of the debt presented may not be indicative of their future values.

12.

14.

Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Obligations

We have operating leases for various real property, office facilities, and warehouse equipment that expire at various dates through 2022 and thereafter. Certain leases contain renewal and escalation clauses for a proportionate share of operating expenses.

The future minimum rental commitments under all noncancelable leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) for real estate and equipment are payable as follows:

   Operating
Leases
 

2018

  $38,854 

2019

   36,819 

2020

   28,641 

2021

   28,963 

2022

   27,172 

Thereafter

   209,485 
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

  $369,934 
  

 

 

 

Total future minimal rentals under subleases

  $11,803 
  

 

 

 

107


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 rent expense, net of sublease income, was $40.2 million, $32.1 million and $26.3 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the rent expense included $6.6 million, $3.3 million and $0.4 million charge, as additional real estate was vacated.

Commitments and Contingencies

We are involved in ordinary and routine litigation and matters incidental to our business.business, including claims alleging breach of contract and seeking royalty payments. Litigation alleging infringement of copyrights and other intellectual property rights is also common in the educational publishing industry. Specifically, thereThere have been various settled, pending and threatened litigation that allege we exceeded the print run limitation or other restrictions in licenses granted to us to reproduce photographs in our textbooks. During 2016, we settled all such pending or actively threatened litigations alleging infringement of copyrights, and made total settlement payments of $10.0 million, collectively. We received approximately $4.5 million of insurance recovery proceeds during the first quarter of 2017.

While management believes that there is a reasonable possibility we may incur a loss associated with othercertain pending andor threatened litigation, we are not able to estimate such amount, if any, but we do not expect any of these matters to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We have insurance over such amounts and with coverage and deductibles as management believes is reasonable. There can be no assurance that our liability insurance will cover all events or that the limits of coverage will be sufficient to fully cover all liabilities.

In connection with an agreement with a development content provider, we agreed to act as guarantor to that party’s loan to finance such development. Such guarantee is expected to remain until 2020. Under the guarantee, we believe the maximum future payments to approximate $14.0 million. If in the unlikely event that we were required to make payments on behalf of the development content provider, we would have recourse against the development content provider.

We were contingently liable for $2.5$1.1 million and $4.1$1.4 million of performance-related surety bonds for our operating activities as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively. An aggregate of $25.2$16.1 millionand $31.7$18.8 million of letters of credit existed each year at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020, respectively, of which $0.1$0.5 million and $2.4$1.1 million backed the aforementioned performance-related surety bonds each year in 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively.

We routinely enter into standard indemnification provisions as part of license agreements involving use of our intellectual property. These provisions typically require us to indemnify and hold harmless licensees in connection with any infringement claim by a third partythird-party relating to the intellectual property covered by the license agreement. The assessment business routinely enters into contracts with customers that contain provisions requiring us to indemnify the customer against a broad array of potential liabilities resulting from any breach of the contract or the invalidity of the test. Although the term of these provisions and the maximum potential amounts of future payments we could be required to make is not limited, we have never incurred any costs to defend or settle claims related to these types of indemnification provisions. We therefore believe the estimated fair value of these provisions is inconsequential and have no0 liabilities recorded for them as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016.

2020.

100

108


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

15.

13.

Stockholders’ Equity

Accumulated Other Comprehensive LossIncome (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive lossincome (loss) consisted of the following at December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015:2019:

 

  2017   2016   2015 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net change in pension and benefit plan liabilities

  $(39,501  $(41,235  $(31,298

 

$

(34,366

)

 

$

(48,966

)

 

$

(39,757

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (5,753   (5,862   (4,642

 

 

(7,700

)

 

 

(6,650

)

 

 

(6,420

)

Unrealized loss on short-term investments

   (108   (90   (147

 

 

(90

)

 

 

(90

)

 

 

(90

)

Net change in unrealized loss on derivative instruments

   (1,160   (6,108   (3,641

Net change in unrealized loss on derivative

Instruments

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(1,005

)

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

$

(42,174

)

 

$

(55,724

)

 

$

(47,272

)

  $(46,522  $(53,295  $(39,728
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive lossincome (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019 relating to the amortization of defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans totaled approximately $(0.7)$(2.8) million, $0.5$(2.4) million and $1.2$(0.9) million, respectively, and affected the selling and administrative line item in the consolidated statement of operations. These accumulated other comprehensive lossincome (loss) components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost.

Stock Repurchase Program

16.

Related Party Transactions

Our BoardThere were no related party transactions during 2021 and2020.

In November 2019, Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. (“Anchorage”), a significant stockholder in the Company at the time and a former partner of Directors has authorizedwhich was serving on the repurchaseCompany’s board of up to $1.0 billiondirectors, participated as a lender in aggregate valuethe refinancing of the Company’s common stock.debt, acquiring $20.0 million out of the $306.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”) issued by the Company and becoming a lender under the Company’s second amended and restated term loan credit agreement (the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”) with a commitment of $15.0 million out of the $380.0 million in initial principal amount of the term loan. As of December 31, 2017, there was approximately $482.0 million available for share repurchases under this authorization. The aggregate share repurchase program may be executed through December 31, 2018. Repurchases under the program may be made from time to time10, 2020, Anchorage no longer had an ownership interest in the open market (including under a trading plan) orCompany. Anchorage’s participation in privately negotiated transactions. The extentthe refinancing was on the same terms as all the other lenders. Refer to Note 7 for additional information about the Notes and timing of any such repurchases would generally be at our discretion and subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements and other considerations. Any repurchased shares may be used for general corporate purposes. There was no share repurchase activity for the year ended December 31, 2017.Term Loan Credit Agreement.

The Company’s share repurchase activity was as follows:101

   Year Ended
December 31, 2017
   Year Ended
December 31, 2016
   Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Cost of repurchases

  $—     $55,017   $463,013 

Shares repurchased

   —      2,903,566    21,591,446 

Average cost per share

  $—     $18.95   $21.44 

In connection with the Company’s stock repurchase program, during the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company repurchased shares of its common stock from certain of its stockholders who (through affiliates of such stockholders) each beneficially owned more than 5% of the Company’s common stock at certain points during 2015. On May 20, 2015, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 6,521,739 shares from affiliates of Paulson & Co. Inc. (“Paulson”), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $150.0 million. On June 30, 2015, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 1,306,977 shares from affiliates of Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C., for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $33.5 million. On September 11, 2015, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 439,560 shares from affiliates of Paulson, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.0 million. The purchase prices for these shares were based on negotiated fair values which approximated either the closing prices of the shares or a modest discount to the closing price. The purchase prices from these share repurchases are included within repurchases of common

109


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

stock under cash flows from financing activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 and within treasury stock under stockholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

14.

17.

Related Party Transactions

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

A company controlled by an immediate family member of our former Chief Executive Officer performedweb-design services for the Company in 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we were billed $0.1 million for those services.

Pursuant to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, we paid approximately $10.5 million in underwriting fees and commissions and other offering expenses on behalf of Paulson for a secondary public offering of 12,161,595 shares of our common stock sold by affiliates of Paulson on May 20, 2015, which is included in the selling and administrative line item in our statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. Prior to giving effect to the sale of the common stock in such offering, Paulson was the beneficial owner of more than 15% of our outstanding common stock.

For a description of the repurchases of common stock from certain stockholders, and the effects of these repurchases on our financial statements, refer to Note 13, “Stockholders’ Equity—Stock Repurchase Program.

There were no related party transactions during 2017 and 2016.

15.Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”):

 

 

For the Year

 

 

For the Year

 

 

For the Year

 

 

Ended

 

 

Ended

 

 

Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

  For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2015
 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Numerator

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $(103,187  $(284,558  $(133,869
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

2,060

 

 

$

(470,690

)

 

$

(200,175

)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(1,005

)

 

 

(9,148

)

 

 

(13,658

)

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

212,523

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

211,518

 

 

 

(9,148

)

 

 

(13,658

)

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 

$

213,578

 

 

$

(479,838

)

 

$

(213,833

)

Denominator

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

   122,949,064    122,418,474    136,760,107 

 

 

127,337,815

 

 

 

125,455,487

 

 

 

124,152,984

 

Diluted

   122,949,064    122,418,474    136,760,107 

 

 

131,402,866

 

 

 

125,455,487

 

 

 

124,152,984

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

      

Basic

  $(0.84  $(2.32  $(0.98

Diluted

  $(0.84  $(2.32  $(0.98

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common

stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

(3.75

)

 

$

(1.61

)

Discontinued operations

 

 

1.66

 

 

 

(0.07

)

 

 

(0.11

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

1.68

 

 

$

(3.82

)

 

$

(1.72

)

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

(3.75

)

 

$

(1.61

)

Discontinued operations

 

 

1.61

 

 

 

(0.07

)

 

 

(0.11

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

1.63

 

 

$

(3.82

)

 

$

(1.72

)

As we incurred a net loss in each of the periodsyears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 presented above, all outstanding stock options restricted stock,and restricted stock units and warrants for those periods have an anti-dilutive effect and therefore are excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding. Accordingly, basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are equal for such periods.

110


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The following table summarizes our weighted average outstanding common stock equivalents that were anti-dilutive attributable to common stockholders during the periods, and therefore excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

 

   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Stock options

   2,977,550    5,322,266    7,637,005 

Restricted stock and restricted stock units

   1,429,816    715,504    537,266 

Warrants

   —      —      7,326,884 

16.Segment Reporting

As of December 31, 2017, we had two reportable segments (Education and Trade Publishing). Our Education segment provides educational products, technology platforms and services to meet the diverse needs of today’s classrooms. These products and services include print and digital content in the form of textbooks, digital courseware, instructional aids, educational assessment and intervention solutions, which are aimed at improving achievement and supporting learning for students that are not keeping pace with peers, professional development and school reform services. Our Trade Publishing segment primarily develops, markets and sells consumer books in print and digital formats and licenses book rights to other publishers and electronic businesses in the United States and abroad. The principal distribution channels for Trade Publishing products are retail stores, both physical and online, and wholesalers. Reference materials are also sold to schools, colleges, libraries, office supply distributors and other businesses.

We measure and evaluate our reportable segments based on net sales and segment Adjusted EBITDA. We exclude from our segments certain corporate-related expenses, as our corporate functions do not meet the definition of a segment, as defined in the accounting guidance relating to segment reporting. In addition, certain transactions or adjustments that our Chief Operating Decision Maker considers to benon-operational, such as amounts related to goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges, derivative instruments charges, acquisition-related activity, restructuring/integration costs, severance, separation costs and facility closures, equity compensation charges, debt extinguishment losses, legal settlement charges, amortization and depreciation expenses, as well as interest and taxes, are excluded from segment Adjusted EBITDA. Although we exclude these amounts from segment Adjusted EBITDA, they are included in reported consolidated net loss and are included in the reconciliation below.

(in thousands)  Year Ended December 31, 
   Education   Trade
Publishing
   Corporate/
Other
 

2017

      

Net sales

  $1,222,971   $184,540   $—   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   253,600    16,060    (50,658

2016

      

Net sales

  $1,207,070   $165,615   $—   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   225,672    6,255    (48,506

2015

      

Net sales

  $1,251,122   $164,937   $—   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   269,386    7,703    (42,110

 

 

For the Year

 

 

For the Year

 

 

For the Year

 

 

 

Ended

 

 

Ended

 

 

Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Stock options

 

 

1,076,060

 

 

 

1,897,212

 

 

 

2,765,826

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

1,739

 

 

 

4,133,531

 

 

 

3,342,923

 

 

111102


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

(in thousands)  Years Ended December 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $219,002   $183,421   $234,979 

Interest expense

   (42,805   (39,181   (32,254

Interest income

   1,338    518    209 

Depreciation expense

   (75,494   (79,825   (72,639

Amortization expense

   (203,024   (218,344   (223,551

Non-cash charges—stock compensation

   (10,828   (10,567   (12,452

Non-cash charges—loss on derivative instruments

   1,366    (614   (2,362

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

   (3,980   (139,205   —   

Purchase accounting adjustments

   —      (5,116   (7,487

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

   (1,464   (1,123   (25,562

2017 Restructuring Plan

   (40,653   —      —   

Restructuring/Integration

   —      (14,364   (4,572

Severance, separation costs and facility closures

   (713   (15,650   (4,767

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   —      —      (3,051

Legal reimbursement (settlement)

   3,633    (10,000   —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations before taxes

   (153,622   (350,050   (153,509

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   (50,435   (65,492   (19,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(103,187  $(284,558  $(133,869
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment information as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

(in thousands)  

 

   

 

 
   2017   2016 

Total assets—Education segment

  $2,121,647   $2,206,309 

Total assets—Trade Publishing segment

   173,395    183,356 

Total assets—Corporate and Other

   268,549    341,806 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consolidated assets

  $2,563,591   $2,731,471 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following represents long-lived assets (property, plant, and equipment) outside of the United States, which are substantially in Ireland. All other long-lived assets are located in the United States.

(in thousands)  2017   2016 

Long-lived assets—International

  $7,593   $498 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

112


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The following is a schedule of net sales by geographic region:

(in thousands)    

Year Ended December 31, 2017

  

Net sales—U.S.

  $1,335,438 

Net sales—International

   72,073 
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

  $1,407,511 
  

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

  

Net sales—U.S.

  $1,284,562 

Net sales—International

   88,123 
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

  $1,372,685 
�� 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

  

Net sales—U.S.

  $1,337,897 

Net sales—International

   78,162 
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

  $1,416,059 
  

 

 

 

17.

18.

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

   Balance at
Beginning
of Year
   Net Charges   Utilization of
Allowances
   Balance at
End of
Year
 

2017

        

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $3,576   $400   $(1,378  $2,598 

Reserve for returns

   18,971    43,688    (41,673   20,986 

Reserve for royalty advances

   85,562    18,116    (36   103,642 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

   759,887    (187,480   (754   571,653 

2016

        

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $8,459   $734   $(5,617  $3,576 

Reserve for returns

   24,288    54,059    (59,376   18,971 

Reserve for royalty advances

   70,014    16,270    (722   85,562 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

   664,730    98,949    (3,792   759,887 

2015

        

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $5,625   $4,109   $(1,275  $8,459 

Reserve for returns

   22,159    67,764    (65,636   24,288 

Reserve for royalty advances

   55,000    15,240    (226   70,014 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

   550,660    116,935    (2,865   664,730 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

 

 

 

 

Utilization of

 

 

End

 

 

 

of Year

 

 

Net Charges

 

 

Allowances

 

 

of Year

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

3,790

 

 

$

(73

)

 

$

(258

)

 

$

3,459

 

Reserve for returns

 

 

4,577

 

 

 

23,976

 

 

 

(24,484

)

 

 

4,069

 

Reserve for royalty advances

 

 

7,309

 

 

 

593

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

7,882

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

 

 

662,568

 

 

 

(46,601

)

 

 

(5,715

)

 

 

610,252

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

2,834

 

 

$

1,335

 

 

$

(379

)

 

$

3,790

 

Reserve for returns

 

 

6,303

 

 

 

17,489

 

 

 

(19,215

)

 

 

4,577

 

Reserve for royalty advances

 

 

7,094

 

 

 

3,145

 

 

 

(2,930

)

 

 

7,309

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

 

 

583,505

 

 

 

81,475

 

 

 

(2,412

)

 

 

662,568

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

1,972

 

 

$

2,034

 

 

$

(1,172

)

 

$

2,834

 

Reserve for returns

 

 

8,355

 

 

 

22,651

 

 

 

(24,703

)

 

 

6,303

 

Reserve for royalty advances

 

 

6,629

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

7,094

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

 

 

562,392

 

 

 

23,707

 

 

 

(2,594

)

 

 

583,505

 

 

113103


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

18.

19.

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

 

   Three Months Ended 
   March 31,   June 30,   September 30,   December 31, 

2017:

        

Net sales

  $221,917   $393,051   $532,040   $260,503 

Gross profit

   73,406    176,733    277,602    89,692 

Operating income (loss)

   (96,103   (31,166   90,210    (76,462

Net income (loss)

   (120,658   (46,867   90,506    (26,168

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

        

Basic

  $(0.98  $(0.38  $0.74   $(0.21

Diluted

  $(0.98  $(0.38  $0.73   $(0.21

2016:

        

Net sales

  $205,816   $392,042   $533,021   $241,806 

Gross profit

   54,224    172,848    278,368    64,936 

Operating income (loss)

   (122,204   (21,152   83,371    (250,788

Net income (loss)

   (165,148   (28,391   90,022    (181,041

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

        

Basic

  $(1.34  $(0.23  $0.74   $(1.48

Diluted

  $(1.34  $(0.23  $0.73   $(1.48

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

146,195

 

 

$

308,672

 

 

$

417,130

 

 

$

178,805

 

Gross profit

 

 

59,841

 

 

 

155,317

 

 

 

234,101

 

 

 

83,528

 

Operating (loss) income

 

 

(37,300

)

 

 

22,834

 

 

 

95,537

 

 

 

(32,889

)

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 

 

(49,028

)

 

 

2,158

 

 

 

95,359

 

 

 

(46,429

)

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(2,955

)

 

 

1,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

214,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,997

)

Net (loss) income

 

 

(51,983

)

 

 

218,628

 

 

 

95,359

 

 

 

(48,426

)

Net (loss) income per share attributable to

   common stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Continuing operations

 

$

(0.39

)

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

0.75

 

 

$

(0.36

)

       Discontinued operations

 

 

(0.02

)

 

 

1.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.02

)

       Net (loss) income

 

$

(0.41

)

 

$

1.71

 

 

$

0.75

 

 

$

(0.38

)

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(0.39

)

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

0.72

 

 

$

(0.36

)

      Discontinued operations

 

 

(0.02

)

 

 

1.66

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.02

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(0.41

)

 

$

1.68

 

 

$

0.72

 

 

$

(0.38

)

2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

151,843

 

 

$

216,239

 

 

$

331,205

 

 

$

141,167

 

Gross profit

 

 

53,197

 

 

 

80,605

 

 

 

150,011

 

 

 

45,417

 

Operating loss

 

 

(338,000

)

 

 

(23,449

)

 

 

(5,897

)

 

 

(80,570

)

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(338,026

)

 

 

(32,437

)

 

 

(11,885

)

 

 

(88,342

)

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(7,947

)

 

 

(5,731

)

 

 

(667

)

 

 

5,197

 

Net loss

 

 

(345,973

)

 

 

(38,168

)

 

 

(12,552

)

 

 

(83,145

)

Net loss per share attributable to

   common stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Continuing operations

 

$

(2.71

)

 

$

(0.25

)

 

$

(0.09

)

 

$

(0.70

)

       Discontinued operations

 

 

(0.06

)

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

0.04

 

       Net loss

 

$

(2.77

)

 

$

(0.30

)

 

$

(0.10

)

 

$

(0.66

)

Our net sales, operating profit or loss and net cash provided by or used in operations are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar. Consequently, the performance of our businessesbusiness may not be comparable quarter to consecutive quarter and should be considered on the basis of results for the whole year or by comparing results in a quarter with results in the same quarter for the previous year.

During the six months ended June 30, 2017,fourth quarter of 2020, we recordedout-of-period corrections an adjustment of approximately $4.0$17.0 million increasing net sales and reducing deferred revenue that should have been recognized previously.$1.0 million to increase both the goodwill impairment charge and income tax benefit recorded, respectively, to correct an error of the previously recorded goodwill impairment of $262.0 million and related income tax benefit in the first quarter of 2020. Management believes theseout-of-period corrections adjustments are not material to the current period financial statements or any previously issued financial statements.prior periods.

During

104


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

20.Subsequent Events

Acquisition by Entities Beneficially Owned by Veritas

On February 21, 2022, the six months ended June 30, 2016, we recordedout-of-period correctionsCompany entered into an Agreement and Plan of approximately $2.9 million increasing net salesMerger (the “Merger Agreement”) by and reducing deferred revenueamong the Company, Harbor Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation(the “Parent”), and Harbor Purchaser Inc.,a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent (the “Purchaser”). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the Company by the Parent through a cash tender offer (the “Offer”) by the Purchaser for all of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock at a price of $21.00 per share of common stock (the “Offer Price”). The Parent and the Purchaser are beneficially owned by The Veritas Capital Fund VII, L.P.

The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) has unanimously approved the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Merger (as defined below) and recommended that should have been recognized previously. Management believes theseout-of-period corrections are not materialthe stockholders of the Company accept the Offer and tender their shares of common stock pursuant to the current period financial statementsOffer. Under the Merger Agreement, the Purchaser is required, as soon as practicable, and in any event within ten Business Days after the date of the Merger Agreement, to commence the Offer to purchase any and all outstanding shares of common stock.  The Offer initially will remain open for twenty business days, subject to possible extension on the terms set forth in the Merger Agreement. The parties currently expect the Offer and the Merger to be completed in the second quarter of 2022.

The Purchaser’s obligation to accept shares of common stock tendered in the Offer is subject to customary closing conditions, including: (a) that the number of shares of common stock validly tendered and not validly withdrawn, together with any shares of common stock beneficially owned by the Parent or any previously issued financial statements.

subsidiary of the Parent, equals at least one share more than 50% of all shares of common stock then outstanding; (b) the absence of any legal impediment that has the effect of enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting or prohibiting the consummation of the Offer, the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or making the Offer, the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement illegal; (c) that, since the date of the Merger Agreement, there shall not have occurred any material adverse effect with respect to the Company; (d) compliance in all material respects by the Company with its covenants under the Merger Agreement; (e) the continued accuracy of representations and warranties made by the Company in the Merger Agreement, except as permitted by the Merger Agreement; (f) that the waiting period (and any extensions thereof) and any approvals or clearances applicable to the Offer and Merger under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, shall have expired, been terminated or obtained; and (g) other customary conditions.

 

114Following the completion of the Offer, subject to the absence of injunctions or other legal restraints preventing the consummation thereof, the Purchaser will merge with and into the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent, pursuant to the procedure provided for under Section 251(h) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, without any additional stockholder approvals. The Merger will be effected as soon as practicable following the time of acceptance for purchase by the Purchaser of shares of common stock validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Offer.


The Merger Agreement contains customary representations and warranties from both the Company, on the one hand, and the Parent and the Purchaser, on the other hand. It also contains customary covenants of the Company and customary termination rights including, among others, for failure to consummate the Offer on or before August 22, 2022. If the Merger Agreement is terminated under certain circumstances specified in the Merger Agreement (including under specified circumstances in connection with the Company’s entry into an agreement with respect to a superior proposal or in connection with the Company board’s change in recommendation), the Company will be required to pay the Parent a termination fee of $65.0 million.


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 20172021 pursuant to Rules13a-15(e) and15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended, the “Exchange Act”). Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 20172021 were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and the information required to be disclosed by us is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules13a-15(f) or15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of the assets of the Company;

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or dispositions of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.2021. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria established inInternal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

115


Based on our assessment and the aforementioned criteria, (and subject to the aforementioned exclusion), management concluded that, as of December 31, 2017,2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.


The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20172021 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein in Item 8 of this Annual Report.Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the quarter ended December 31, 20172021 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions That Prevent Inspections

          Not applicable.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Except to the extent provided below, the information required by this Item shall be set forth in the sections titled “Corporate Governance” and “Executive Officers” in our Proxy Statement for our 20172022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2017,2021, and is incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.

We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or any person performing similar functions, which we post on our website in the “Corporate Governance” link located at: ir.hmhco.com. We intend to publish any amendment to, or waiver from, the Code of Conduct on our website. We will provide any person, without charge, a copy of such Code of Conduct upon written request, which may be mailed to 125 High Street, Boston, MA 02110, Attn: Corporate Secretary.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item shall be set forth in the sections titled “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in our Proxy Statement for our 20182022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2017,2021, and is incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters

The information required by this Item shall be set forth in the section titled “Security Ownership and Other Matters” in our Proxy Statement for our 20182022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2017,2021, and is incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.

The information required by this Item shall be set forth in the section titled “Corporate Governance – Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Persons” in our Proxy Statement for our 20182022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2017,2021, and is incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item shall be set forth in the section titled “Ratification of the Appointment of the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement for our 20182022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2017,2021, and is incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.

 

116



Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of the report.

 

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

61

53

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20172021 and 20162020

63

55

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019

64

56

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive LossIncome (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019

65

57

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019

66

57

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019

67

58

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

68

59

(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

113

Schedule II—“Valuation and Qualifying Accounts” is included herein as Note 1718 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3) Exhibits.

(3) Exhibits.

118

See the Exhibit Index.

119


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

117


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

 

Description 

Exhibit
No.

Description

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of February 21, 2022 by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Harbor Holding Corp. and Harbor Purchaser Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 22, 2022 (File No. 001-36166)).

    2.1

 2.2

Prepackaged Joint Plan of Reorganization of the Debtors Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc., Houghton Mifflin, LLC, Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc., Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc., HM Publishing Corp., Riverdeep Inc., A Limited Liability Company, Broderbund LLC, RVDP, Inc., HRW Distributors, Inc., Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc., Classroom Connect, Inc., Achieve! Data Solutions, LLC, Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC, HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc., HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Sentry Realty Corporation, Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc., The Riverside Publishing Company, Classwell Learning Group Inc., Cognitive Concepts, Inc., Edusoft And Advanced Learning Centers, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 2.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

    2.2

 2.3

Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of April  23, 2015, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, as Purchaser, Scholastic Corporation, as Parent Seller, and Scholastic Inc., as Seller (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed April 24, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)). Certain schedules

 2.4

Asset Purchase Agreement, by and similar attachmentsamong Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company (solely for purposes of Section 8.2 and 8.3) and Riverside Assessment, LLC, dated as of September 12, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to this Exhibit 2.1 have been omitted in accordance with RegulationS-K Item 601(b)(2). The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of all omitted schedules and similar attachments to the SEC upon its request.Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 12, 2018 (File No. 001-36166)).

 2.5

Amendment No. 1 to Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company (solely for purposes of Section 8.2 and 8.3) and Riverside Assessment, LLC, dated as of October 1, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1b to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 5, 2018 (File No. 001-36166)).

2.6

Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, HarperCollins Publishers L.L.C. and News Corporation (solely with respect to Section 7.10) dated as of March 26, 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 29, 2021 (File No. 001-36166)).

 3.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 3.1 to Amendment No.  4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed October 25, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

 3.2

Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  3.2 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed October 25, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

 3.3

Amended and RestatedBy-laws of the Registrant, as amended, effective September 20, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed November 19, 2013October 6, 2020 (File No. 001-36166)).

 4.1

Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the stockholders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September  13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

 4.2

Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.3 to Amendment No.  4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed October 25, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).


Exhibit No.

Description 

 4.3

Form of Warrant Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.4 to Amendment No.  2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed October 4, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

 4.4

Warrant Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.5 to Amendment No.  2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed October 4, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

118


Exhibit
No.

Description

 4.5

  10.1

Nomination Agreement, effective December  21, 2016, by andIndenture, dated as of November 22, 2019, among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company and certain affiliates of Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C.HMH Publishers LLC, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and Citibank N.A., as collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed December 22, 2016November 25, 2019 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.2†

 4.6

Form of 9.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 25, 2019) (File No. 001-36166)).

 4.7

Description of Registrant’s Common Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2020 (File No. 36166)).

10.1†

Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.12 to Amendment No.  1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

  10.3

10.2

Amended and Restated Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of May  29, 2015, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, certain other subsidiaries of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.4

10.3

Amended and Restated Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May  29, 2015, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiaries of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.5

10.4

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July  22, 2015, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, certain other subsidiaries of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed July 23, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.6

10.5

Amended and Restated Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July  23, 2015, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiaries of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed July 22, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).


Exhibit No.

Description 

  10.7†

10.6

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, First Amendment to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and Consent to Release of Mortgages, dated as of June 28, 2019 and effective as of July 1, 2019, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, certain other subsidiaries of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 1, 2019 (File No. 001-36166)).

10.7

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2019, among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company and HMH Publishers LLC, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, Citibank N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Citigroup Global Market Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., BofA Securities, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and Citizens Bank, N.A., as co-manager (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 25, 2019 (File No. 001-36166)).

10.8

Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2019, among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company and HMH Publishers LLC, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, Citibank N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Citigroup Global Market Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., BofA Securities, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and Citizens Bank, N.A., as co-manager (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 25, 2019 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.9†

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  10.5 -10.5 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

  10.8†

  10.10†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company ELT Severance Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q, filed November 5, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.9†

  10.11†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Severance Plan, amended and restated as of March 31, 2016 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q, filed May 4, 2016 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.11†

  10.12†

Form of Director Compensation Letter (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.11 to Amendment No.  1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

119


Exhibit
No.

Description

  10.13†

  10.12†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt CompanyNon-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  10.50 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 25, 2016 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.13†

  10.14†

Amended and RestatedHoughton Mifflin Harcourt Company Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.199.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement Current Reporton FormS-8, 8-K, filed May 29, 2015 19, 2021 (File No. 333-204519) 001-36166)).

  10.14†

  10.15†

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  10.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

  10.15†

  10.16†

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 10.2a to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).


Exhibit No.

Description 

  10.16†

  10.17†

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.32 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 26, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.17†

  10.18†

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.33 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 26, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.18†

  10.19†

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 26, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.19†

  10.20†

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Time-Based Restricted Stock Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 26, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.20†

  10.21†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-8, filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 333-204519)).

  10.21†

  10.22†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (Employees) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-8, filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 333-204519)).

  10.22†

  10.23†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (Employees) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-8, filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 333-204519)).

  10.23†

  10.24†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (Directors) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q, filed August 6, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.24†

  10.25†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Award Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q, filed August 6, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.25†

  10.26†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (with Deferral Feature—Directors) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 25, 2016 (File No. 001-36166)).

120


Exhibit
No.

Description

  10.27†

  10.26†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (TSR/Billings—Employees) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed May 4, 2016 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.27*†

  10.28†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan New Hire Stock Option Award Notice dated May 9, 2017 by and between Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company and John J. Lynch, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 22, 2018) (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.28*†

  10.29†

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan New Hire Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice dated May 9, 2017 by and between Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company and John J. Lynch, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.28 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 22, 2018) (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.29†

  10.30†

William Bayers Offer Letter dated April 10, 2007, as amended on May 14, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.9 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

  10.30†

  10.31†

Lee R. Ramsayer Offer Letter dated January 25, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed March 27, 2014 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.31†Joseph Abbott Offer Letter dated as of March 10, 2016 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  201-5 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed March 10, 2016 (File No. 001-36166)).


Exhibit No.

Description 

  10.32†

Letter Agreement, effective September 22, 2016, by and between Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company and L. Gordon Crovitz (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q, filed November 3, 2016 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.33†

John J. Lynch Offer Letter dated February 10, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K filed on February 15, 2017 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.34*†

    10.34†*

Rosamund Else-MitchellMichael E. Evans Offer Letter dated April 22, 2015.July 23, 2019.

  10.35*†

    10.35†*

Rosamund Else-Mitchell PromotionJames P. O’Neill Offer Letter dated August 27, 201521, 2017..

  10.36*†

  10.36†

Rosamund Else-Mitchell Promotion LetterAmendment No. 1 to the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan dated August 3, 2017.

  10.37†Mary Cullinane Offer Letter dated October 21, 2011December 13, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  10.2810.41 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K filed Marchon February 27, 20142020 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.38†

10.37†*

Mary Cullinane Letter Agreement dated as of May  24, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K filed on May 25, 2017 (File No. 001-36166)).

  10.39*†Confidential Severance Agreement and General Release dated as of October 1, 2017, by and between Mary Cullinane and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company Revised 2021 Bonus Plan – US.

 21.1*

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 23.1*

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 31.1*

Certification of CEO Pursuant to Rule13a-14(a) or15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 31.2*

Certification of CFO Pursuant to Rule13a-14(a) or15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

121


Exhibit
No.

Description

   32.1**

  32.1**

Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

   32.2**

Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS

The instance document does not appear in the interactive file because its XBRL Instance Document.tags are embedded within the inline XBRL document.

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

 

Identifies a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

*

Filed herewithherewith.

**

This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for the purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that section. Furthermore, this certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into the filings of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

Item 16. Form10-K Summary

None.


122


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

(Registrant)

By:

By:

/s/ John J. Lynch, Jr.

John J. Lynch, Jr.

President, Chief Executive Officer

(On behalf of the registrant)

February 22, 201824, 2022

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

Title

Date

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ John J. Lynch, Jr.

John J. Lynch, Jr.

President, Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer) and Director

February 22, 201824, 2022

/s/ Joseph P. Abbott, Jr.

Joseph P. Abbott, Jr.

Executive Vice President and Chief

Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

February 22, 201824, 2022

/s/ Michael J. Dolan

Michael J. Dolan

Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

February 22, 201824, 2022

/s/ Lawrence K. Fish

Lawrence K. Fish

Chairman of the Board of Directors

February 22, 201824, 2022

/s/ Daniel M. AllenJean-Claude Brizard

Daniel M. Allen

Jean-Claude Brizard

Director

February 22, 201824, 2022

/s/ L. Gordon Crovitz

L. Gordon Crovitz

Director

February 22, 201824, 2022

/s/ Jean S. Desravines

Jean S. Desravines

Director

February 24, 2022

/s/ Jill A. Greenthal

Jill A. Greenthal

Director

February 22, 201824, 2022

/s/ John F. Killian

John F. Killian

Director

February 22, 201824, 2022

/s/ John R. McKernan, Jr.

John R. McKernan, Jr.

Director

February 22, 2018

24, 2022

/s/ E. Rogers Novak, Jr.

E. Rogers Novak, Jr.

Director

February 22, 2018

/s/ Tracey D. Weber

Tracey D. Weber

Director

February 22, 201824, 2022

 

123124